Camerafarm product archive #41325

Image Date Product description Price Buy
22/02

Nikon JAD10101 LC-52 Snap-On 52mm Lens Cap

Nikon LC-52 Snap-on 52mm lens cap

 
  • All Nikon Cameras and Lenses have 1-year warranty in the box.
  • Additional extra year available after registration at MyNikonLife.com.au
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon VHF00401 CF-DC3 SLR Semi-Soft Case

Nikon SLR Semi-Soft Case CF-DC3
 
VHF00401
 
Features:
 
This semi-soft camera case is designed to carry a Nikon SLR camera with a small wide-angle or short zoom lens attached. The case is made of textile and leather, and has an internal pocket thats perfect for storing memory cards. Your camera strap can be used to carry this case around your shoulder or neck.
Semi-soft leather and textile camera case

Holds a Nikon DSLR camera with small wide-angle or short zoom lens attached

Protects equipment from dust and scratches

Internal pocket for memory cards

Embossed Nikon logo on front
 
Specifications:
 
Color external: black

Color internal: black

Dimensions WxHxD: 16x20x12.5 cm

Material: textile and genuine leather

Weight: 290 g
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon BM-11 LCD Monitor Cover - For D7000

LCD Monitor Cover BM-11
 
VBW23001
 
Clear plastic clip-on cover, protects the LCD monitor from accidental damage.
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon ME-1 Stereo Microphone - Unidirectional Stereo Microphone, Superior Ergonomics, Low-Cut Filter Switch, Weather Resistant - Black

ME-1 Microphone
 
VBW30001
 
Features:
 
Dedicated stereo microphone designed to expand the sound recording capabilities of compatible Nikon cameras.
 
A smart alternative to a cameras built-in microphone, it suppresses unwanted operational noise such as autofocus to let you capture movies in superb stereo sound. A windscreen and low-cut filter switch prevent interference from wind or low-frequency noise and it boasts a short body for comfortable operation when shooting.
 
Conveniently powered via the camera, it offers the ideal way to record crisp, clear sound.
 
Unidirectional stereo microphone: records high-quality stereo sound.
 
Clear stereo sound: suppresses operational noise that can come from autofocus or from handling the camera.
 
Superior ergonomics: designed to work seamlessly with Nikon D-SLRs, it boasts a short body that enables easy access to the viewfinder and comfortable handheld shooting.
 
Cable-stop: keeps the cable out of the way, helping to prevent unwanted noise through accidental contact when filming.
 
Wind screen (included): suppresses the sound of the wind for clear recordings.
 
Low-cut filter switch: provides additional control over low frequency noise.
 
Weather resistant: built to withstand diverse shooting environments.
 
Powered from the camera for convenient use.
 
Compatible with Nikon D-SLR and COOLPIX cameras that have a 3.5 mm connector for external microphones.
 
Specifications:
 
 
 

Sensitivity

-42 dB (0 dB=1V/Pa,1kHz)

Type

Back-electret condenser microphone

Length of cable

Approx. 300 mm/11.8 in.

Number of channels

2 (stereo)

Low-cut filter

Controlled by low-cut filter switch

Power supply

Supplied by camera (1-10 V)

Dimensions (W x H x D)

Approx. 38 x 79 x 87 mm/1.5 x 3.1 x 3.4 in. (ME-1 only, excluding cable and projections) Approx. 38 x 79 x 100 mm/1.5 x 3.1 x 3.9 in. (including wind screen but excluding cable and projections)

Signal-to-noise ratio

60 dB or more

Weight

Approx. 92 g/3.3 oz. (ME-1 only) Approx. 93 g/3.3 oz. (including wind screen)

Frequency response

70-16,000 Hz

Plug

Gold-plated, L-shaped stereo mini-pin plug (3.5 mm)

Directionality

Unidirectional

Supplied accessories

Wind screen, Soft case

Product name

ME-1

Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon Coolpix AW100 Digital Camera - Blue


- 16MP, 5x Optical Zoom, 5.0-25.0mm (Angle Of View Equivalent To That Of 28-140mm Lens In 35mm [135] Format), 3.0"TFT LCD, Waterproof, Shockproof
COOLPIX AW100 Born to be extreme
 
Grab a rugged, waterproof, shockproof, freezeproof COOLPIX AW100 with 5x Zoom-NIKKOR ED glass lens and 16-MP CMOS sensor to record action photos and Full HD (1080p) movies. Life on the road deserves GPS + Electronic compass, so the COOLPIX AW100 has these too.
 
Overview
 
The rush lasts a moment, the pictures last a lifetime.

You live to be “in the moment,” so anything that brings back the rush is worth it. The Nikon COOLPIX AW100 is waterproof, shockproof and freezeproof, so you can take it on all of your extreme adventures. It packs a 5x Zoom-NIKKOR ED glass lens and a 16.0-MP CMOS sensor to record low-light and fast-action photos and Full HD (1080p) movies. Life on the road deserves GPS + Electronic compass, so the AW100 has these too. Add a 3-inch monitor, our new Action Control for easily adjusting settings when wearing gloves plus a range of in-camera special effects, and you've got a camera as rugged as you. Start saving those action-packed memories—every view and heartbeat.
 
VR Image Stabilization icon Motion Detection icon ISO Sensitivity Up To 3200 icon Backside Illumination CMOS Sensor icon Clear Color Display icon Smart Portrait System icon Scene Auto Selector icon Subject Tracking icon Full HD (1080p) Movie icon Rugged Reliability icon Built-In GPS icon Built-In World Map icon
 
16.0
Megapixel
CMOS Sensor

5X
Zoom-NIKKOR
ED Glass Lens

3.0"
High-Resolution
(460,000-dot) LCD

Full HD
(1080p) Movies
with Stereo Sound
 
Nikon underwater camera is built as rugged as you are
 
Ready for extreme adventures
 
Waterproof, shockproof and freezeproof
 
The AW100 can handle all that Mother Nature can throw at it. Take it diving to depths of up to 33-feet. Shoot at temperatures as cold as 14 F. And don't sweat drops of up to five feet. Whether it's in your hand, mounted to a surfboard, clipped on a backpack or attached to a scuba tank, every twist, splash, dive and crash can be recorded in both still and Full HD (1080p) movies. Plus, Nikon's new Action Control brings fast and easy operation to gloved hands. The AW100 lets you capture every thrilling moment from inside the actionnot the sidelines.

Shoot in extreme low light

16.0 MP CMOS sensor

Adventure doesn't always happen during perfect photo-taking conditions. Imagine sharp images produced 33-feet underwater, photos and movies captured while you explore a dark cave, or snapshots nabbed during that last run just as the sun was setting. What does it take to get these and more? A 16.0 MP CMOS sensor that blazes through low light, fast action and challenging shooting conditions to capture high-impact photos with exceptional image quality and low noise. Shoot three shots in about one second using one-touch control for Full HD (1080p) movies and ensure not a single moment of your action-packed lifestyle is missed.
 
16-MP CMOS sensor captures great pictures, even in low lighting
 
Star in your own viral movies

Full HD (1080p) movies with stereo sound
 
Don't just share some photos with friends, put them inside the action with you. Imagine reliving the downhill snowboarding rush, the incredible view as you hang glide down a 4,000-foot peak or showing your friends exactly what it was like to ”shoot the tube” in Hawaii. Attach the AW100 to your gear, and with a single touch of the control you're creating an in-the-action Full HD (1080p) movie with stereo sound. You'll capture all of life's adventures from a whole new perspective—your own.
 
Always stay on track with the COOLPIX AW100's built-in GPS
 
See where you’re going, mark where you’ve been

Built-in GPS, mapping and Electronic compass

Imagine you and a friend are white water rafting down an unfamiliar route. The AW100's rugged waterproof build can take the pounding action while you record photos and movies of this incredible adventure. Use the built-in GPS to track progress with Nikon View NX2 software, NIkon's myPicturetown® photo sharing site or Google Earth™. A built-in map lets you view your path, and the Electronic compass is an extra safety measure that can even help you ascertain which branch to take if there's a fork in the stream. Your geo-tagged photo travelogue will give you bragging rights as you share the adventure with your friends.
 
New Action Control feature makes camera adjustments easy even when wearing gloves
 
Creative control even in gloves

A handy Action Control feature

More creativity at your fingertips—even if your fingertips are enclosed in ski gloves! The AW100's handy Action Control feature makes it easy to adjust specific camera settings. Wrapped up in the action with no time to change settings? The AW100 automatically adjusts camera settings. And if you're looking to add creativity, select in-camera effects such as black and white, or selective color. There's even an underwater mode to keep images colorful and properly exposed.
 
Five advanced Vibration Reduction (VR) image stabilization features keep images sharp
 
Steady even when youre not
 
Five advanced VR image stabilizing features automatically reduce the streaky images associated with shaky cameras.
 
Motion detection keeps moving subjects in focus
 
Sharper objects in motion
 
To ward off motion blur, the AW100's motion detector automatically tracks moving subjects and adjusts the camera's settings to keep them in focus.
 
20 Scene Modes to match any setting
 
At home in any setting
 
The AW100 has 20 Scene Modes to match your setting, or simply let Easy Auto Mode determine the ideal setting for great photos every time.
 
Take 3 shots in about 1 second at full resolution
 
Mind-blowing action sequences
 
The AW100 lets you take a blazing three shots in about one second at full resolution, ensuring you'll never miss a moment of action.
 
Specifications:
 
  • Type
     Compact Digital Camera 
  • Effective Pixels
     16 million
  • Image Sensor
     CMOS 
  • Sensor Size
     1/ 2.3 in.
  • Total Pixels
     16.79 million (approx.)
  • Lens
     5x optical Zoom, NIKKOR ED glass lens 
  • Lens Focal Length
     5.0-25.0mm (angle of view equivalent to that of 28-140mm lens in 35mm [135] format) 
  • Lens f/-number
     f/3.9-4.8 
  • Lens Construction
     12 elements in 10 groups 
  • Lens Zoom
     5x
  • Digital Zoom
     Up to 4x (angle of view equivalent to that of 560mm lens in 35mm [135] format) 
  • Vibration Reduction
     Lens-shift VR 
  • Autofocus (AF)
     Contrast-detect TTL AF 
  • Autofocus (AF) Focus-area selection
     Auto (9-area automatic selection)
    Center
    Face priority
    Manual with 99 focus areas
    Subject tracking 
  • Focus Range
     [W]: Approx. 1 ft. 8 in. (50 cm.) to infinity
    [T]: Approx. 3 ft. 4 in. (1 m.) to infinity
    Macro close-up mode: [W]: Approx. 0.4 in. (1 cm.) to infinity 
  • Focus Lock
     Yes 
  • Maximum Autofocus Areas/Points
     99 
  • Monitor Size
     3.0 in. diagonal
  • Monitor Type
     TFT-LCD  with Anti-reflection coating 
  • Monitor Resolution
     460,000-dots
  • Monitor Frame coverage (shooting mode)
     98% horizontal (Approx.)
    98% vertical (Approx.) 
  • Monitor Frame coverage (playback mode)
     100% horizontal (Approx.) 
  • Storage Media
     SD memory card
    SDHC memory card
    SDXC memory card 
  • Internal Memory
    Approx. 83MB
  • Storage File System
     DCF
    EXIF 2.3
    DPOF compliant
  • Storage File formats
     Still pictures: JPEG
    Audio files: WAV
    Movies: MOV (Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264, Audio: AAC stereo) 
  • Movie
     Audio file format: AAC stereo
    Full HD: 1920x1080p / 30fps
    HD: 1280x720p / 30fps
    iFrame 540: 960x540 / 30fps
    Movie file format: MPEG-4 AVC H.264
    Standard TV: 640x480 / 30fps 
  • Voice Memo Function
     Yes 
  • Image Size (pixels)
     4608 x 3456 (16M) 
  • ISO Sensitivity
    ISO 125 -3200
     Auto (auto gain ISO 125-800)
    Fixed range auto (ISO 125-400) 
  • Lowest ISO Sensitivity
     125 
  • Highest ISO Sensitivity
     3200 
  • Exposure Metering
     256-segment matrix, center-weighted 
  • Exposure Control
     Programmed auto exposure
    Exposure compensation (-2.0 to +2.0 EV in steps of 1/3 EV)
    motion detection 
  • Exposure Modes
     Programmed Auto 
  • Scene Modes
     Back Light
    Beach
    Black and White Copy
    Close Up
    Dusk/Dawn
    Easy Panorama
    Fireworks Show
    Food
    Landscape
    Museum
    Night Landscape
    Night Portrait
    Panorama Assist
    Party/Indoor
    Pet Portrait
    Portrait
    Snow
    Sports
    Sunset
    Underwater 
  • In-Camera Image Editing
     Crop
    D-Lighting
    Filter Effects
    Glamour Retouch
    Quick retouch
    Skin softening
    Small Picture 
  • Exposure Compensation
     2 EV in steps of 1/3 
  • Exposure Lock
     Yes 
  • White Balance
     Auto
    Cloudy
    Daylight
    Flash
    Fluorescent
    Incandescent
    Manual 
  • Shutter
     Mechanical and CMOS electronic shutter 
  • Shutter Speed
     1/1500-1 sec. (when ISO sensitivity set to Auto)
    4 sec. (when scene mode is set to Fireworks show) 
  • Top Continuous Shooting Speed at full resolution
    Up to 3 shots at approx. 7.1 frames per second
  • Continuous Shooting Options
     Best Shot Selector
    Continuous H
    Continuous L
    Multi-shot 16
    Single 
  • Aperture
     Electronically-controlled ND filter (-2 AV) selection 
  • Self-timer
     Can be selected from 10 or 2 seconds duration 
  • Built-in flash Range (approx.) (ISO sensitivity: Auto)
     [W]: 0.3 to 3.5m (1ft. to 11ft.)
    [T]: 0.5 to 2.2m (1ft. 8 in. to 7ft. 2in.)  
  • Built-in Flash Control
     TTL auto flash with monitor preflashes 
  • Built-in Flash
     Yes 
  • Interface
     Hi-speed USB 
  • Interface Data transfer protocol
     MTP
    PTP 
  • Video Output
     NTSC
    PAL 
  • HDMI Output
     Can be selected from:
    Auto
    480p
    720p
    1080i 
  • I/O terminal
     Audio/video (A/V) output
    Digital I/O (USB)
    HDMI Mini Connector (HDMI output) 
  • GPS
     Yes (Built-in) 
  • Supported Languages
     Arabic
    Chinese (Simplified and Traditional)
    Czech
    Danish
    Dutch
    English
    Finnish
    French
    German
    Greek
    Hindi
    Hungarian
    Indonesian
    Italian
    Japanese
    Korean
    Norwegian
    Polish
    Portugese (European and Brazilian)
    Romanian
    Russian
    Spanish
    Swedish
    Thai
    Turkish
    Ukranian
    Vietnamese 
  • Power Sources
     One Rechargeable Li-ion Battery EN-EL12 (supplied) 
  • Battery / Batteries
     Rechargeable Li-ion Battery EN-EL12 
  • Battery Life (shots per charge)
     Still pictures*: Approx. 250 shots
    *Based on Camera and Imaging Products Association (CIPA) standards for measuring the life of camera batteries. Measured at 23(-/+2)C (73(-/+4)F); zoom adjusted with each shot, flash fired with every other shot, image quality set to Normal, image size set to 4608 x 3456 (16M). Battery life may vary depending on shooting interval and length of time menus and images are displayed. 
  • Tripod Socket
     ISO 1222 
  • Approx. Dimensions
    Height: 2.6in. (64.9mm)
    Width: 4.4in. (110.1mm)
    Depth: 0.9in. (22.8mm)
    Excluding projections. Method of noting dimensions and weight is in accordance with CIPA DCG-005-2009 guideline.
  • Approx. Weight
     6.3 oz. (178g)
    With battery and SD memory card. Method of noting dimensions and weight is in accordance with CIPA DCG-005-2009 guideline.
  • Operating environment
     Temperature: -10 to +40C (14 to 104F ) for land use
    Temperature: 0 to 40C (32 to 104F) for underwater use 
  • Waterproof
     Yes 
  • Shockproof
     Yes 
  • Supplied Accessories
     
    • AN-CP23 Strap
    • UC-E6 USB Cable
    • EG-CP16 Audio/Video Cable
    • EN-EL12 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery
    • MH-65 Battery Charger
    • UR-E23 Filter Attachment
    • NikonView NX 2 CD-ROM
    • Reference Manual CD
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon Coolpix AW100 Digital Camera - Orange


- 16MP, 5x Optical Zoom, 5.0-25.0mm (Angle Of View Equivalent To That Of 28-140mm Lens In 35mm [135] Format), 3.0"TFT LCD, Waterproof, Shockproof
COOLPIX AW100 Born to be extreme
 
Grab a rugged, waterproof, shockproof, freezeproof COOLPIX AW100 with 5x Zoom-NIKKOR ED glass lens and 16-MP CMOS sensor to record action photos and Full HD (1080p) movies. Life on the road deserves GPS + Electronic compass, so the COOLPIX AW100 has these too.
 
Overview
 
The rush lasts a moment, the pictures last a lifetime.

You live to be “in the moment,” so anything that brings back the rush is worth it. The Nikon COOLPIX AW100 is waterproof, shockproof and freezeproof, so you can take it on all of your extreme adventures. It packs a 5x Zoom-NIKKOR ED glass lens and a 16.0-MP CMOS sensor to record low-light and fast-action photos and Full HD (1080p) movies. Life on the road deserves GPS + Electronic compass, so the AW100 has these too. Add a 3-inch monitor, our new Action Control for easily adjusting settings when wearing gloves plus a range of in-camera special effects, and you've got a camera as rugged as you. Start saving those action-packed memories—every view and heartbeat.
 
VR Image Stabilization iconMotion Detection iconISO Sensitivity Up To 3200 iconBackside Illumination CMOS Sensor iconClear Color Display iconSmart Portrait System iconScene Auto Selector iconSubject Tracking iconFull HD (1080p) Movie iconRugged Reliability iconBuilt-In GPS iconBuilt-In World Map icon
 
16.0
Megapixel
CMOS Sensor
 
5X
Zoom-NIKKOR
ED Glass Lens
 
3.0"
High-Resolution
(460,000-dot) LCD
 
Full HD
(1080p) Movies
with Stereo Sound
 
Nikon underwater camera is built as rugged as you are
 
Ready for extreme adventures

Waterproof, shockproof and freezeproof

The AW100 can handle all that Mother Nature can throw at it. Take it diving to depths of up to 33-feet. Shoot at temperatures as cold as 14° F. And don't sweat drops of up to five feet. Whether it's in your hand, mounted to a surfboard, clipped on a backpack or attached to a scuba tank, every twist, splash, dive and crash can be recorded in both still and Full HD (1080p) movies. Plus, Nikon's new Action Control brings fast and easy operation to gloved hands. The AW100 lets you capture every thrilling moment from inside the action—not the sidelines.
 
Shoot in extreme low light

16.0 MP CMOS sensor

Adventure doesn't always happen during perfect photo-taking conditions. Imagine sharp images produced 33-feet underwater, photos and movies captured while you explore a dark cave, or snapshots nabbed during that last run just as the sun was setting. What does it take to get these and more? A 16.0 MP CMOS sensor that blazes through low light, fast action and challenging shooting conditions to capture high-impact photos with exceptional image quality and low noise. Shoot three shots in about one second using one-touch control for Full HD (1080p) movies and ensure not a single moment of your action-packed lifestyle is missed.
 
16-MP CMOS sensor captures great pictures, even in low lighting
 
Star in your own viral movies

Full HD (1080p) movies with stereo sound
 
Don't just share some photos with friends, put them inside the action with you. Imagine reliving the downhill snowboarding rush, the incredible view as you hang glide down a 4,000-foot peak or showing your friends exactly what it was like to ”shoot the tube” in Hawaii. Attach the AW100 to your gear, and with a single touch of the control you're creating an in-the-action Full HD (1080p) movie with stereo sound. You'll capture all of life's adventures from a whole new perspective—your own.
 
Always stay on track with the COOLPIX AW100's built-in GPS 
 
See where you’re going, mark where you’ve been

Built-in GPS, mapping and Electronic compass

Imagine you and a friend are white water rafting down an unfamiliar route. The AW100's rugged waterproof build can take the pounding action while you record photos and movies of this incredible adventure. Use the built-in GPS to track progress with Nikon View NX2 software, NIkon's myPicturetown® photo sharing site or Google Earth™. A built-in map lets you view your path, and the Electronic compass is an extra safety measure that can even help you ascertain which branch to take if there's a fork in the stream. Your geo-tagged photo travelogue will give you bragging rights as you share the adventure with your friends.
 
New Action Control feature makes camera adjustments easy even when wearing gloves

Creative control even in gloves

A handy Action Control feature

More creativity at your fingertips—even if your fingertips are enclosed in ski gloves! The AW100's handy Action Control feature makes it easy to adjust specific camera settings. Wrapped up in the action with no time to change settings? The AW100 automatically adjusts camera settings. And if you're looking to add creativity, select in-camera effects such as black and white, or selective color. There's even an underwater mode to keep images colorful and properly exposed.
 
Five advanced Vibration Reduction (VR) image stabilization features keep images sharp
 
Steady even when youre not
 
 Five advanced VR image stabilizing features automatically reduce the streaky images associated with shaky cameras.
 
Motion detection keeps moving subjects in focus
 
Sharper objects in motion
 
To ward off motion blur, the AW100's motion detector automatically tracks moving subjects and adjusts the camera's settings to keep them in focu
 
20 Scene Modes to match any setting
 
At home in any setting
 
The AW100 has 20 Scene Modes to match your setting, or simply let Easy Auto Mode determine the ideal setting for great photos every time.
 
Take 3 shots in about 1 second at full resolution
 
Mind-blowing action sequences
 
The AW100 lets you take a blazing three shots in about one second at full resolution, ensuring you'll never miss a moment of action.
 
Specifications
 
  • Type
     Compact Digital Camera 
  • Effective Pixels
     16 million
  • Image Sensor
     CMOS 
  • Sensor Size
     1/ 2.3 in.
  • Total Pixels
     16.79 million (approx.)
  • Lens
     5x optical Zoom, NIKKOR ED glass lens 
  • Lens Focal Length
     5.0-25.0mm (angle of view equivalent to that of 28-140mm lens in 35mm [135] format) 
  • Lens f/-number
     f/3.9-4.8 
  • Lens Construction
     12 elements in 10 groups 
  • Lens Zoom
     5x
  • Digital Zoom
     Up to 4x (angle of view equivalent to that of 560mm lens in 35mm [135] format) 
  • Vibration Reduction
     Lens-shift VR 
  • Autofocus (AF)
     Contrast-detect TTL AF 
  • Autofocus (AF) Focus-area selection
     Auto (9-area automatic selection)
    Center
    Face priority
    Manual with 99 focus areas
    Subject tracking 
  • Focus Range
     [W]: Approx. 1 ft. 8 in. (50 cm.) to infinity
    [T]: Approx. 3 ft. 4 in. (1 m.) to infinity
    Macro close-up mode: [W]: Approx. 0.4 in. (1 cm.) to infinity 
  • Focus Lock
     Yes 
  • Maximum Autofocus Areas/Points
     99 
  • Monitor Size
     3.0 in. diagonal
  • Monitor Type
     TFT-LCD  with Anti-reflection coating 
  • Monitor Resolution
     460,000-dots
  • Monitor Frame coverage (shooting mode)
     98% horizontal (Approx.)
    98% vertical (Approx.) 
  • Monitor Frame coverage (playback mode)
     100% horizontal (Approx.) 
  • Storage Media
     SD memory card
    SDHC memory card
    SDXC memory card 
  • Internal Memory
    Approx. 83MB
  • Storage File System
     DCF
    EXIF 2.3
    DPOF compliant
  • Storage File formats
     Still pictures: JPEG
    Audio files: WAV
    Movies: MOV (Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264, Audio: AAC stereo) 
  • Movie
     Audio file format: AAC stereo
    Full HD: 1920x1080p / 30fps
    HD: 1280x720p / 30fps
    iFrame 540: 960x540 / 30fps
    Movie file format: MPEG-4 AVC H.264
    Standard TV: 640x480 / 30fps 
  • Voice Memo Function
     Yes 
  • Image Size (pixels)
     4608 x 3456 (16M) 
  • ISO Sensitivity
    ISO 125 -3200
     Auto (auto gain ISO 125-800)
    Fixed range auto (ISO 125-400) 
  • Lowest ISO Sensitivity
     125 
  • Highest ISO Sensitivity
     3200 
  • Exposure Metering
     256-segment matrix, center-weighted 
  • Exposure Control
     Programmed auto exposure
    Exposure compensation (-2.0 to +2.0 EV in steps of 1/3 EV)
    motion detection 
  • Exposure Modes
     Programmed Auto 
  • Scene Modes
     Back Light
    Beach
    Black and White Copy
    Close Up
    Dusk/Dawn
    Easy Panorama
    Fireworks Show
    Food
    Landscape
    Museum
    Night Landscape
    Night Portrait
    Panorama Assist
    Party/Indoor
    Pet Portrait
    Portrait
    Snow
    Sports
    Sunset
    Underwater 
  • In-Camera Image Editing
     Crop
    D-Lighting
    Filter Effects
    Glamour Retouch
    Quick retouch
    Skin softening
    Small Picture 
  • Exposure Compensation
     2 EV in steps of 1/3 
  • Exposure Lock
     Yes 
  • White Balance
     Auto
    Cloudy
    Daylight
    Flash
    Fluorescent
    Incandescent
    Manual 
  • Shutter
     Mechanical and CMOS electronic shutter 
  • Shutter Speed
     1/1500-1 sec. (when ISO sensitivity set to Auto)
    4 sec. (when scene mode is set to Fireworks show) 
  • Top Continuous Shooting Speed at full resolution
    Up to 3 shots at approx. 7.1 frames per second
  • Continuous Shooting Options
     Best Shot Selector
    Continuous H
    Continuous L
    Multi-shot 16
    Single 
  • Aperture
     Electronically-controlled ND filter (-2 AV) selection 
  • Self-timer
     Can be selected from 10 or 2 seconds duration 
  • Built-in flash Range (approx.) (ISO sensitivity: Auto)
     [W]: 0.3 to 3.5m (1ft. to 11ft.)
    [T]: 0.5 to 2.2m (1ft. 8 in. to 7ft. 2in.)  
  • Built-in Flash Control
     TTL auto flash with monitor preflashes 
  • Built-in Flash
     Yes 
  • Interface
     Hi-speed USB 
  • Interface Data transfer protocol
     MTP
    PTP 
  • Video Output
     NTSC
    PAL 
  • HDMI Output
     Can be selected from:
    Auto
    480p
    720p
    1080i 
  • I/O terminal
     Audio/video (A/V) output
    Digital I/O (USB)
    HDMI Mini Connector (HDMI output) 
  • GPS
     Yes (Built-in) 
  • Supported Languages
     Arabic
    Chinese (Simplified and Traditional)
    Czech
    Danish
    Dutch
    English
    Finnish
    French
    German
    Greek
    Hindi
    Hungarian
    Indonesian
    Italian
    Japanese
    Korean
    Norwegian
    Polish
    Portugese (European and Brazilian)
    Romanian
    Russian
    Spanish
    Swedish
    Thai
    Turkish
    Ukranian
    Vietnamese 
  • Power Sources
     One Rechargeable Li-ion Battery EN-EL12 (supplied) 
  • Battery / Batteries
     Rechargeable Li-ion Battery EN-EL12 
  • Battery Life (shots per charge)
     Still pictures*: Approx. 250 shots
    *Based on Camera and Imaging Products Association (CIPA) standards for measuring the life of camera batteries. Measured at 23(-/+2)C (73(-/+4)F); zoom adjusted with each shot, flash fired with every other shot, image quality set to Normal, image size set to 4608 x 3456 (16M). Battery life may vary depending on shooting interval and length of time menus and images are displayed. 
  • Tripod Socket
     ISO 1222 
  • Approx. Dimensions
    Height: 2.6in. (64.9mm)
    Width: 4.4in. (110.1mm)
    Depth: 0.9in. (22.8mm)
    Excluding projections. Method of noting dimensions and weight is in accordance with CIPA DCG-005-2009 guideline.
  • Approx. Weight
     6.3 oz. (178g)
    With battery and SD memory card. Method of noting dimensions and weight is in accordance with CIPA DCG-005-2009 guideline.
  • Operating environment
     Temperature: -10 to +40C (14 to 104F ) for land use
    Temperature: 0 to 40C (32 to 104F) for underwater use 
  • Waterproof
     Yes 
  • Shockproof
     Yes 
  • Supplied Accessories
     
    • AN-CP23 Strap
    • UC-E6 USB Cable
    • EG-CP16 Audio/Video Cable
    • EN-EL12 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery
    • MH-65 Battery Charger
    • UR-E23 Filter Attachment
    • NikonView NX 2 CD-ROM
    • Reference Manual CD
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon Coolpix AW100 Digital Camera - Camouflage


- 16MP, 5x Optical Zoom, 5.0-25.0mm (Angle Of View Equivalent To That Of 28-140mm Lens In 35mm [135] Format), 3.0"TFT LCD, Waterproof, Shockproof
COOLPIX AW100 Born to be extreme
 
Grab a rugged, waterproof, shockproof, freezeproof COOLPIX AW100 with 5x Zoom-NIKKOR ED glass lens and 16-MP CMOS sensor to record action photos and Full HD (1080p) movies. Life on the road deserves GPS + Electronic compass, so the COOLPIX AW100 has these too.
 
Overview
 
The rush lasts a moment, the pictures last a lifetime.

You live to be “in the moment,” so anything that brings back the rush is worth it. The Nikon COOLPIX AW100 is waterproof, shockproof and freezeproof, so you can take it on all of your extreme adventures. It packs a 5x Zoom-NIKKOR ED glass lens and a 16.0-MP CMOS sensor to record low-light and fast-action photos and Full HD (1080p) movies. Life on the road deserves GPS + Electronic compass, so the AW100 has these too. Add a 3-inch monitor, our new Action Control for easily adjusting settings when wearing gloves plus a range of in-camera special effects, and you've got a camera as rugged as you. Start saving those action-packed memories—every view and heartbeat.
 
VR Image Stabilization iconMotion Detection iconISO Sensitivity Up To 3200 iconBackside Illumination CMOS Sensor iconClear Color Display iconSmart Portrait System iconScene Auto Selector iconSubject Tracking iconFull HD (1080p) Movie iconRugged Reliability iconBuilt-In GPS iconBuilt-In World Map icon
 
16.0
Megapixel
CMOS Sensor
 
5X
Zoom-NIKKOR
ED Glass Lens
 
3.0"
High-Resolution
(460,000-dot) LCD
 
Full HD
(1080p) Movies
with Stereo Sound
 
Nikon underwater camera is built as rugged as you are
 
Ready for extreme adventures
 
Waterproof, shockproof and freezeproof
 
The AW100 can handle all that Mother Nature can throw at it. Take it diving to depths of up to 33-feet. Shoot at temperatures as cold as 14 F. And don't sweat drops of up to five feet. Whether it's in your hand, mounted to a surfboard, clipped on a backpack or attached to a scuba tank, every twist, splash, dive and crash can be recorded in both still and Full HD (1080p) movies. Plus, Nikon's new Action Control brings fast and easy operation to gloved hands. The AW100 lets you capture every thrilling moment from inside the actionnot the sidelines.

Shoot in extreme low light 16.0 MP CMOS sensor

Adventure doesn't always happen during perfect photo-taking conditions. Imagine sharp images produced 33-feet underwater, photos and movies captured while you explore a dark cave, or snapshots nabbed during that last run just as the sun was setting. What does it take to get these and more? A 16.0 MP CMOS sensor that blazes through low light, fast action and challenging shooting conditions to capture high-impact photos with exceptional image quality and low noise. Shoot three shots in about one second using one-touch control for Full HD (1080p) movies and ensure not a single moment of your action-packed lifestyle is missed.
 
16-MP CMOS sensor captures great pictures, even in low lighting
 
Star in your own viral movies Full HD (1080p) movies with stereo sound
 
Don't just share some photos with friends, put them inside the action with you. Imagine reliving the downhill snowboarding rush, the incredible view as you hang glide down a 4,000-foot peak or showing your friends exactly what it was like to ”shoot the tube” in Hawaii. Attach the AW100 to your gear, and with a single touch of the control you're creating an in-the-action Full HD (1080p) movie with stereo sound. You'll capture all of life's adventures from a whole new perspective—your own.
 
Always stay on track with the COOLPIX AW100's built-in GPS
 
See where you’re going, mark where you’ve been Built-in GPS, mapping and Electronic compass

Imagine you and a friend are white water rafting down an unfamiliar route. The AW100's rugged waterproof build can take the pounding action while you record photos and movies of this incredible adventure. Use the built-in GPS to track progress with Nikon View NX2 software, NIkon's myPicturetown® photo sharing site or Google Earth™. A built-in map lets you view your path, and the Electronic compass is an extra safety measure that can even help you ascertain which branch to take if there's a fork in the stream. Your geo-tagged photo travelogue will give you bragging rights as you share the adventure with your friends.

Creative control even in gloves A handy Action Control feature

More creativity at your fingertips—even if your fingertips are enclosed in ski gloves! The AW100's handy Action Control feature makes it easy to adjust specific camera settings. Wrapped up in the action with no time to change settings? The AW100 automatically adjusts camera settings. And if you're looking to add creativity, select in-camera effects such as black and white, or selective color. There's even an underwater mode to keep images colorful and properly exposed.
 
New Action Control feature makes camera adjustments easy even when wearing gloves
 
 
Five advanced Vibration Reduction (VR) image stabilization features keep images sharp
 
Steady even when youre not
 
Five advanced VR image stabilizing features automatically reduce the streaky images associated with shaky cameras.
 
Motion detection keeps moving subjects in focus
 
Sharper objects in motion
 
To ward off motion blur, the AW100's motion detector automatically tracks moving subjects and adjusts the camera's settings to keep them in focus.
 
20 Scene Modes to match any setting
 
At home in any setting
 
The AW100 has 20 Scene Modes to match your setting, or simply let Easy Auto Mode determine the ideal setting for great photos every time.
 
Take 3 shots in about 1 second at full resolution
 
Mind-blowing action sequences
 
The AW100 lets you take a blazing three shots in about one second at full resolution, ensuring you'll never miss a moment of action.
 
Specifications:
 
  • Type
     Compact Digital Camera 
  • Effective Pixels
     16 million
  • Image Sensor
     CMOS 
  • Sensor Size
     1/ 2.3 in.
  • Total Pixels
     16.79 million (approx.)
  • Lens
     5x optical Zoom, NIKKOR ED glass lens 
  • Lens Focal Length
     5.0-25.0mm (angle of view equivalent to that of 28-140mm lens in 35mm [135] format) 
  • Lens f/-number
     f/3.9-4.8 
  • Lens Construction
     12 elements in 10 groups 
  • Lens Zoom
     5x
  • Digital Zoom
     Up to 4x (angle of view equivalent to that of 560mm lens in 35mm [135] format) 
  • Vibration Reduction
     Lens-shift VR 
  • Autofocus (AF)
     Contrast-detect TTL AF 
  • Autofocus (AF) Focus-area selection
     Auto (9-area automatic selection)
    Center
    Face priority
    Manual with 99 focus areas
    Subject tracking 
  • Focus Range
     [W]: Approx. 1 ft. 8 in. (50 cm.) to infinity
    [T]: Approx. 3 ft. 4 in. (1 m.) to infinity
    Macro close-up mode: [W]: Approx. 0.4 in. (1 cm.) to infinity 
  • Focus Lock
     Yes 
  • Maximum Autofocus Areas/Points
     99 
  • Monitor Size
     3.0 in. diagonal
  • Monitor Type
     TFT-LCD  with Anti-reflection coating 
  • Monitor Resolution
     460,000-dots
  • Monitor Frame coverage (shooting mode)
     98% horizontal (Approx.)
    98% vertical (Approx.) 
  • Monitor Frame coverage (playback mode)
     100% horizontal (Approx.) 
  • Storage Media
     SD memory card
    SDHC memory card
    SDXC memory card 
  • Internal Memory
    Approx. 83MB
  • Storage File System
     DCF
    EXIF 2.3
    DPOF compliant
  • Storage File formats
     Still pictures: JPEG
    Audio files: WAV
    Movies: MOV (Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264, Audio: AAC stereo) 
  • Movie
     Audio file format: AAC stereo
    Full HD: 1920x1080p / 30fps
    HD: 1280x720p / 30fps
    iFrame 540: 960x540 / 30fps
    Movie file format: MPEG-4 AVC H.264
    Standard TV: 640x480 / 30fps 
  • Voice Memo Function
     Yes 
  • Image Size (pixels)
     4608 x 3456 (16M) 
  • ISO Sensitivity
    ISO 125 -3200
     Auto (auto gain ISO 125-800)
    Fixed range auto (ISO 125-400) 
  • Lowest ISO Sensitivity
     125 
  • Highest ISO Sensitivity
     3200 
  • Exposure Metering
     256-segment matrix, center-weighted 
  • Exposure Control
     Programmed auto exposure
    Exposure compensation (-2.0 to +2.0 EV in steps of 1/3 EV)
    motion detection 
  • Exposure Modes
     Programmed Auto 
  • Scene Modes
     Back Light
    Beach
    Black and White Copy
    Close Up
    Dusk/Dawn
    Easy Panorama
    Fireworks Show
    Food
    Landscape
    Museum
    Night Landscape
    Night Portrait
    Panorama Assist
    Party/Indoor
    Pet Portrait
    Portrait
    Snow
    Sports
    Sunset
    Underwater 
  • In-Camera Image Editing
     Crop
    D-Lighting
    Filter Effects
    Glamour Retouch
    Quick retouch
    Skin softening
    Small Picture 
  • Exposure Compensation
     2 EV in steps of 1/3 
  • Exposure Lock
     Yes 
  • White Balance
     Auto
    Cloudy
    Daylight
    Flash
    Fluorescent
    Incandescent
    Manual 
  • Shutter
     Mechanical and CMOS electronic shutter 
  • Shutter Speed
     1/1500-1 sec. (when ISO sensitivity set to Auto)
    4 sec. (when scene mode is set to Fireworks show) 
  • Top Continuous Shooting Speed at full resolution
    Up to 3 shots at approx. 7.1 frames per second
  • Continuous Shooting Options
     Best Shot Selector
    Continuous H
    Continuous L
    Multi-shot 16
    Single 
  • Aperture
     Electronically-controlled ND filter (-2 AV) selection 
  • Self-timer
     Can be selected from 10 or 2 seconds duration 
  • Built-in flash Range (approx.) (ISO sensitivity: Auto)
     [W]: 0.3 to 3.5m (1ft. to 11ft.)
    [T]: 0.5 to 2.2m (1ft. 8 in. to 7ft. 2in.)  
  • Built-in Flash Control
     TTL auto flash with monitor preflashes 
  • Built-in Flash
     Yes 
  • Interface
     Hi-speed USB 
  • Interface Data transfer protocol
     MTP
    PTP 
  • Video Output
     NTSC
    PAL 
  • HDMI Output
     Can be selected from:
    Auto
    480p
    720p
    1080i 
  • I/O terminal
     Audio/video (A/V) output
    Digital I/O (USB)
    HDMI Mini Connector (HDMI output) 
  • GPS
     Yes (Built-in) 
  • Supported Languages
     Arabic
    Chinese (Simplified and Traditional)
    Czech
    Danish
    Dutch
    English
    Finnish
    French
    German
    Greek
    Hindi
    Hungarian
    Indonesian
    Italian
    Japanese
    Korean
    Norwegian
    Polish
    Portugese (European and Brazilian)
    Romanian
    Russian
    Spanish
    Swedish
    Thai
    Turkish
    Ukranian
    Vietnamese 
  • Power Sources
     One Rechargeable Li-ion Battery EN-EL12 (supplied) 
  • Battery / Batteries
     Rechargeable Li-ion Battery EN-EL12 
  • Battery Life (shots per charge)
     Still pictures*: Approx. 250 shots
    *Based on Camera and Imaging Products Association (CIPA) standards for measuring the life of camera batteries. Measured at 23(-/+2)C (73(-/+4)F); zoom adjusted with each shot, flash fired with every other shot, image quality set to Normal, image size set to 4608 x 3456 (16M). Battery life may vary depending on shooting interval and length of time menus and images are displayed. 
  • Tripod Socket
     ISO 1222 
  • Approx. Dimensions
    Height: 2.6in. (64.9mm)
    Width: 4.4in. (110.1mm)
    Depth: 0.9in. (22.8mm)
    Excluding projections. Method of noting dimensions and weight is in accordance with CIPA DCG-005-2009 guideline.
  • Approx. Weight
     6.3 oz. (178g)
    With battery and SD memory card. Method of noting dimensions and weight is in accordance with CIPA DCG-005-2009 guideline.
  • Operating environment
     Temperature: -10 to +40C (14 to 104F ) for land use
    Temperature: 0 to 40C (32 to 104F) for underwater use 
  • Waterproof
     Yes 
  • Shockproof
     Yes 
  • Supplied Accessories
     
    • AN-CP23 Strap
    • UC-E6 USB Cable
    • EG-CP16 Audio/Video Cable
    • EN-EL12 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery
    • MH-65 Battery Charger
    • UR-E23 Filter Attachment
    • NikonView NX 2 CD-ROM
    • Reference Manual CD
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon Coolpix AW100 Digital Camera - Black


- 16MP, 5x Optical Zoom, 5.0-25.0mm (Angle Of View Equivalent To That Of 28-140mm Lens In 35mm [135] Format), 3.0"TFT LCD, Waterproof, Shockproof

COOLPIX AW100 Born to be extreme

 
Grab a rugged, waterproof, shockproof, freezeproof COOLPIX AW100 with 5x Zoom-NIKKOR ED glass lens and 16-MP CMOS sensor to record action photos and Full HD (1080p) movies. Life on the road deserves GPS + Electronic compass, so the COOLPIX AW100 has these too.
 
Overview
 
The rush lasts a moment, the pictures last a lifetime.

You live to be “in the moment,” so anything that brings back the rush is worth it. The Nikon COOLPIX AW100 is waterproof, shockproof and freezeproof, so you can take it on all of your extreme adventures. It packs a 5x Zoom-NIKKOR ED glass lens and a 16.0-MP CMOS sensor to record low-light and fast-action photos and Full HD (1080p) movies. Life on the road deserves GPS + Electronic compass, so the AW100 has these too. Add a 3-inch monitor, our new Action Control for easily adjusting settings when wearing gloves plus a range of in-camera special effects, and you've got a camera as rugged as you. Start saving those action-packed memories—every view and heartbeat.
 
VR Image Stabilization iconMotion Detection iconISO Sensitivity Up To 3200 iconBackside Illumination CMOS Sensor iconClear Color Display iconSmart Portrait System iconScene Auto Selector iconSubject Tracking iconFull HD (1080p) Movie iconRugged Reliability iconBuilt-In GPS iconBuilt-In World Map icon
 
16.0
Megapixel
CMOS Sensor
 
5X
Zoom-NIKKOR
ED Glass Lens
 
3.0"
High-Resolution
(460,000-dot) LCD
 
Full HD
(1080p) Movies
with Stereo Sound
 
Nikon underwater camera is built as rugged as you are
 
Ready for extreme adventures Waterproof, shockproof and freezeproof

The AW100 can handle all that Mother Nature can throw at it. Take it diving to depths of up to 33-feet. Shoot at temperatures as cold as 14° F. And don't sweat drops of up to five feet. Whether it's in your hand, mounted to a surfboard, clipped on a backpack or attached to a scuba tank, every twist, splash, dive and crash can be recorded in both still and Full HD (1080p) movies. Plus, Nikon's new Action Control brings fast and easy operation to gloved hands. The AW100 lets you capture every thrilling moment from inside the action—not the sidelines.
 
16-MP CMOS sensor captures great pictures, even in low lighting

Shoot in extreme low light

16.0 MP CMOS sensor

Adventure doesn't always happen during perfect photo-taking conditions. Imagine sharp images produced 33-feet underwater, photos and movies captured while you explore a dark cave, or snapshots nabbed during that last run just as the sun was setting. What does it take to get these and more? A 16.0 MP CMOS sensor that blazes through low light, fast action and challenging shooting conditions to capture high-impact photos with exceptional image quality and low noise. Shoot three shots in about one second using one-touch control for Full HD (1080p) movies and ensure not a single moment of your action-packed lifestyle is missed.
 
Star in your own viral movies
 
Full HD (1080p) movies with stereo sound
 
Don't just share some photos with friends, put them inside the action with you. Imagine reliving the downhill snowboarding rush, the incredible view as you hang glide down a 4,000-foot peak or showing your friends exactly what it was like to ”shoot the tube” in Hawaii. Attach the AW100 to your gear, and with a single touch of the control you're creating an in-the-action Full HD (1080p) movie with stereo sound. You'll capture all of life's adventures from a whole new perspective—your own.
 
Always stay on track with the COOLPIX AW100's built-in GPS
 
See where you’re going, mark where you’ve been Built-in GPS, mapping and Electronic compass

Imagine you and a friend are white water rafting down an unfamiliar route. The AW100's rugged waterproof build can take the pounding action while you record photos and movies of this incredible adventure. Use the built-in GPS to track progress with Nikon View NX2 software, NIkon's myPicturetown® photo sharing site or Google Earth™. A built-in map lets you view your path, and the Electronic compass is an extra safety measure that can even help you ascertain which branch to take if there's a fork in the stream. Your geo-tagged photo travelogue will give you bragging rights as you share the adventure with your friends.
 
Creative control even in gloves A handy Action Control feature

More creativity at your fingertips—even if your fingertips are enclosed in ski gloves! The AW100's handy Action Control feature makes it easy to adjust specific camera settings. Wrapped up in the action with no time to change settings? The AW100 automatically adjusts camera settings. And if you're looking to add creativity, select in-camera effects such as black and white, or selective color. There's even an underwater mode to keep images colorful and properly exposed.
 
New Action Control feature makes camera adjustments easy even when wearing gloves
 
Five advanced Vibration Reduction (VR) image stabilization features keep images sharp
 
Steady even when you’re not
 
Five advanced VR image stabilizing features automatically reduce the streaky images associated with shaky cameras.
 
Motion detection keeps moving subjects in focus
 
Sharper objects in motion
 
To ward off motion blur, the AW100's motion detector automatically tracks moving subjects and adjusts the camera's settings to keep them in focus.
 
20 Scene Modes to match any setting
 
At home in any setting
 
The AW100 has 20 Scene Modes to match your setting, or simply let Easy Auto Mode determine the ideal setting for great photos every time.
 
Take 3 shots in about 1 second at full resolution
 
Mind-blowing action sequences
 
The AW100 lets you take a blazing three shots in about one second at full resolution, ensuring you'll never miss a moment of action.
 
Specifications
 
  • Type
     Compact Digital Camera 
  • Effective Pixels
     16 million
  • Image Sensor
     CMOS 
  • Sensor Size
     1/ 2.3 in.
  • Total Pixels
     16.79 million (approx.)
  • Lens
     5x optical Zoom, NIKKOR ED glass lens 
  • Lens Focal Length
     5.0-25.0mm (angle of view equivalent to that of 28-140mm lens in 35mm [135] format) 
  • Lens f/-number
     f/3.9-4.8 
  • Lens Construction
     12 elements in 10 groups 
  • Lens Zoom
     5x
  • Digital Zoom
     Up to 4x (angle of view equivalent to that of 560mm lens in 35mm [135] format) 
  • Vibration Reduction
     Lens-shift VR 
  • Autofocus (AF)
     Contrast-detect TTL AF 
  • Autofocus (AF) Focus-area selection
     Auto (9-area automatic selection)
    Center
    Face priority
    Manual with 99 focus areas
    Subject tracking 
  • Focus Range
     [W]: Approx. 1 ft. 8 in. (50 cm.) to infinity
    [T]: Approx. 3 ft. 4 in. (1 m.) to infinity
    Macro close-up mode: [W]: Approx. 0.4 in. (1 cm.) to infinity 
  • Focus Lock
     Yes 
  • Maximum Autofocus Areas/Points
     99 
  • Monitor Size
     3.0 in. diagonal
  • Monitor Type
     TFT-LCD  with Anti-reflection coating 
  • Monitor Resolution
     460,000-dots
  • Monitor Frame coverage (shooting mode)
     98% horizontal (Approx.)
    98% vertical (Approx.) 
  • Monitor Frame coverage (playback mode)
     100% horizontal (Approx.) 
  • Storage Media
     SD memory card
    SDHC memory card
    SDXC memory card 
  • Internal Memory
    Approx. 83MB
  • Storage File System
     DCF
    EXIF 2.3
    DPOF compliant
  • Storage File formats
     Still pictures: JPEG
    Audio files: WAV
    Movies: MOV (Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264, Audio: AAC stereo) 
  • Movie
     Audio file format: AAC stereo
    Full HD: 1920x1080p / 30fps
    HD: 1280x720p / 30fps
    iFrame 540: 960x540 / 30fps
    Movie file format: MPEG-4 AVC H.264
    Standard TV: 640x480 / 30fps 
  • Voice Memo Function
     Yes 
  • Image Size (pixels)
     4608 x 3456 (16M) 
  • ISO Sensitivity
    ISO 125 -3200
     Auto (auto gain ISO 125-800)
    Fixed range auto (ISO 125-400) 
  • Lowest ISO Sensitivity
     125 
  • Highest ISO Sensitivity
     3200 
  • Exposure Metering
     256-segment matrix, center-weighted 
  • Exposure Control
     Programmed auto exposure
    Exposure compensation (-2.0 to +2.0 EV in steps of 1/3 EV)
    motion detection 
  • Exposure Modes
     Programmed Auto 
  • Scene Modes
     Back Light
    Beach
    Black and White Copy
    Close Up
    Dusk/Dawn
    Easy Panorama
    Fireworks Show
    Food
    Landscape
    Museum
    Night Landscape
    Night Portrait
    Panorama Assist
    Party/Indoor
    Pet Portrait
    Portrait
    Snow
    Sports
    Sunset
    Underwater 
  • In-Camera Image Editing
     Crop
    D-Lighting
    Filter Effects
    Glamour Retouch
    Quick retouch
    Skin softening
    Small Picture 
  • Exposure Compensation
     2 EV in steps of 1/3 
  • Exposure Lock
     Yes 
  • White Balance
     Auto
    Cloudy
    Daylight
    Flash
    Fluorescent
    Incandescent
    Manual 
  • Shutter
     Mechanical and CMOS electronic shutter 
  • Shutter Speed
     1/1500-1 sec. (when ISO sensitivity set to Auto)
    4 sec. (when scene mode is set to Fireworks show) 
  • Top Continuous Shooting Speed at full resolution
    Up to 3 shots at approx. 7.1 frames per second
  • Continuous Shooting Options
     Best Shot Selector
    Continuous H
    Continuous L
    Multi-shot 16
    Single 
  • Aperture
     Electronically-controlled ND filter (-2 AV) selection 
  • Self-timer
     Can be selected from 10 or 2 seconds duration 
  • Built-in flash Range (approx.) (ISO sensitivity: Auto)
     [W]: 0.3 to 3.5m (1ft. to 11ft.)
    [T]: 0.5 to 2.2m (1ft. 8 in. to 7ft. 2in.)  
  • Built-in Flash Control
     TTL auto flash with monitor preflashes 
  • Built-in Flash
     Yes 
  • Interface
     Hi-speed USB 
  • Interface Data transfer protocol
     MTP
    PTP 
  • Video Output
     NTSC
    PAL 
  • HDMI Output
     Can be selected from:
    Auto
    480p
    720p
    1080i 
  • I/O terminal
     Audio/video (A/V) output
    Digital I/O (USB)
    HDMI Mini Connector (HDMI output) 
  • GPS
     Yes (Built-in) 
  • Supported Languages
     Arabic
    Chinese (Simplified and Traditional)
    Czech
    Danish
    Dutch
    English
    Finnish
    French
    German
    Greek
    Hindi
    Hungarian
    Indonesian
    Italian
    Japanese
    Korean
    Norwegian
    Polish
    Portugese (European and Brazilian)
    Romanian
    Russian
    Spanish
    Swedish
    Thai
    Turkish
    Ukranian
    Vietnamese 
  • Power Sources
     One Rechargeable Li-ion Battery EN-EL12 (supplied) 
  • Battery / Batteries
     Rechargeable Li-ion Battery EN-EL12 
  • Battery Life (shots per charge)
     Still pictures*: Approx. 250 shots
    *Based on Camera and Imaging Products Association (CIPA) standards for measuring the life of camera batteries. Measured at 23(-/+2)C (73(-/+4)F); zoom adjusted with each shot, flash fired with every other shot, image quality set to Normal, image size set to 4608 x 3456 (16M). Battery life may vary depending on shooting interval and length of time menus and images are displayed. 
  • Tripod Socket
     ISO 1222 
  • Approx. Dimensions
    Height: 2.6in. (64.9mm)
    Width: 4.4in. (110.1mm)
    Depth: 0.9in. (22.8mm)
    Excluding projections. Method of noting dimensions and weight is in accordance with CIPA DCG-005-2009 guideline.
  • Approx. Weight
     6.3 oz. (178g)
    With battery and SD memory card. Method of noting dimensions and weight is in accordance with CIPA DCG-005-2009 guideline.
  • Operating environment
     Temperature: -10 to +40C (14 to 104F ) for land use
    Temperature: 0 to 40C (32 to 104F) for underwater use 
  • Waterproof
     Yes 
  • Shockproof
     Yes 
  • Supplied Accessories
     
    • AN-CP23 Strap
    • UC-E6 USB Cable
    • EG-CP16 Audio/Video Cable
    • EN-EL12 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery
    • MH-65 Battery Charger
    • UR-E23 Filter Attachment
    • NikonView NX 2 CD-ROM
    • Reference Manual CD
 
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon JAA638DA AF-S DX Micro NIKKOR 40mm f/2.8G, Macro Lens

AF-S DX Micro NIKKOR 40mm f/2.8G
  
JAA638DA
  
Features:
 
 Standard, 40mm DX-format macro lens. Ideal for getting really close to subjects, it offers a fast maximum aperture of f/2.8 and 1:1 reproduction ratio.

Nikons exclusive Silent Wave Motor ensures quiet autofocus so you can shoot up close without disturbing your subject. The fast maximum aperture lets you single out subjects for images with a pleasantly blurred background and contributes towards sharp shots in low-light.

Built to capture fine detail, this wonderfully easy-to-handle lens delivers stunning close-ups as well as great general shots and portraits.
 
40 mm DX-format macro lens (FX-format/35mm equivalent:60mm).
 
Large maximum aperture of f/2.8.
 
1:1 reproduction ratio offers life-like close-ups.
 
Closest focusing distance: 0.163 m.
 
SWM (Silent Wave Motor) for accurate, whisper-quiet autofocus.
 
Two focus modes: M/A (manual-priority autofocus), allows quick switching between Autofocus and Manual focus operation, and M (manual focus).
 
Hood and soft lens case included.
 
Specifications:
 
 

Filter/attachment size

52mm

Picture angle

3850

Weight

Approximately 235 g/8.3 oz

Minimum aperture

f/22

Focal length

40mm

Closest focusing distance

0.163 m/0.53 ft. (From focal plane)

Maximum reproduction ratio

1x

Maximum aperture

f/2.8

No. of diaphragm blades

7 (rounded)

Lens construction

9 elements in 7 groups

Diameter x length (extension from lens mount)

Approximately 68.5 x 64.5 mm/2.7 x 2.5 in

Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon Coolpix S9200 Digital Camera - Black


- 16MP, 18x Optical Zoom, 4.5-81.0mm, 3.0" TFT LCD, Backside Illumination CMOS Image Sensor, Lens-Shift VR, EXPEED C2, Full 1080p HD Movie Recording
COOLPIX S9300 Explore new horizons
 
A world traveler deserves a world-class camera. Make stunning photos and Full HD (1080p) movies of your journeys. Bring far off horizons near with a powerful 18x zoom, and built-in GPS to track your travels.
 
Overview
 
Key Features
 
  • Incredibly versatile 18x optical Zoom-NIKKOR ED glass lens (25mm-450mm).
  • High-speed continuous shooting captures 6 shots in approximately one second at full resolution.
  • Record Full HD (1080p) Movies with stereo sound at the touch of a button; connect to an HDTV with the built-in HDMI port.
  • Filter effects can be applied after the still shot has been taken; these include Soft, Selective color, Cross Screen, Fisheye, Painting and Miniature.
  • Scene modes include Scene Auto Selector automatically optimize camera settings for best results.
  • High image quality attained with NIKKOR optics, 16.0 MP CMOS sensor and Nikon EXPEED C2 image processing engine.
  • Intelligent design for quick and easy access to features and controls.
  • Smart Portrait System automatically creates beautiful portraits.
  • 16.0 MP CMOS sensor, ideal for low light shooting and fast operation.
  • Built-in GPS records shooting location and logs routes. Map displays present location during shooting as well as Points of Interest (POI) locations, landmark information can be attached to photos.
  • Special effects which can be selected prior to shooting include Soft Focus, Sepia, High/Low key, High Contrast Monochrome and Selective color.
  • 3.0-inch LCD monitor with ultra-high-resolution 921,000 dot Clear Color Display and anti-reflection coating.
  • Easy Panorama Mode allows seamless shooting of both 180 or 360 panoramas.
  • Optical VR Image Stabilization system minimizes the effect of camera shake for sharp, clear images.
  • Subject Trackingcontinuously focus and track a designated moving subject.
 
Specifications
 
  • Type
     Compact Digital Camera 
  • Effective Pixels
     16 million
  • Image Sensor
     CMOS 
  • Sensor Size
     1/ 2.3 in.
  • Total Pixels
     16.79 million (approx.)
  • Lens
     18x optical Zoom, NIKKOR ED glass lens 
  • Lens Focal Length
     4.5-81.0mm (angle of view equivalent to that of 25-450mm lens in 35mm [135] format) 
  • Lens f/-number
     f/3.5-5.9 
  • Lens Construction
     11 elements in 10 groups 
  • Lens Zoom
     18x
  • Digital Zoom
     Up to 4x (angle of view equivalent to that of approx. 1800mm lens in 35mm [135] format) 
  • Vibration Reduction
     Lens-shift VR 
  • Autofocus (AF)
     Contrast-detect TTL AF 
  • Autofocus (AF) Focus-area selection
     Auto (9-area automatic selection)
    Center
    Face priority
    Manual with 99 focus areas
    Subject tracking 
  • Focus Range
     [W]: Approx. 1 ft. 8 in. (50 cm.) to infinity
    [T]: Approx. 5 ft. (1.5 m.) to infinity
    Macro close-up mode: [W]: Approx. 1.6 in. (4 cm.) to infinity 
  • Focus Lock
     Yes 
  • Maximum Autofocus Areas/Points
     99 
  • Monitor Size
     3.0 in. diagonal
  • Monitor Type
     TFT-LCD  with Anti-reflection coating
    5-level brightness adjustment 
  • Monitor Resolution
     921,000-dots
  • Monitor Frame coverage (shooting mode)
     97% horizontal (Approx.)
    97% vertical (Approx.) 
  • Monitor Frame coverage (playback mode)
     100% horizontal (Approx.) 
  • Storage Media
     SD memory card
    SDHC memory card
    SDXC memory card 
  • Internal Memory
    Approx. 26MB
  • Storage File System
     DCF
    EXIF 2.3
    DPOF compliant
  • Storage File formats
     Still pictures: JPEG
    Audio files: WAV
    Movies: MOV (Video: MPEG-4 AVC/H.264, Audio: AAC stereo)
    3D pictures: MPO 
  • Movie
     Audio file format: AAC stereo
    Full HD: 1920x1080p / 30fps
    HD: 1280x720p / 30fps
    iFrame 540: 960x540 / 30fps
    Movie file format: MPEG-4 AVC H.264
    Standard TV: 640x480 / 30fps 
  • Voice Memo Function
     Yes 
  • Image Size (pixels)
     4608 x 3456 (16M) 
  • ISO Sensitivity
    ISO 125 -3200
     Auto (auto gain ISO 125-800)
    Fixed range auto (ISO 125-400, 125-800) 
  • Lowest ISO Sensitivity
     125 
  • Highest ISO Sensitivity
     3200 
  • Exposure Metering
     256-segment matrix, center-weighted 
  • Exposure Control
     Programmed auto exposure (shutter speed, ND filter selection and ISO sensitivity)
    Flexible program with motion detection 
  • Exposure Modes
     Programmed Auto 
  • Scene Modes
     Beach
    Close Up
    Copy
    Dusk/Dawn
    Easy Panorama
    Fireworks Show
    Food
    Landscape
    Museum
    Night Portrait
    Party/Indoor
    Pet Portrait
    Portrait
    Snow
    Sports
    Sunset
    3D Photography 
  • In-Camera Image Editing
     Crop
    D-Lighting
    Filter Effects
    Quick retouch
    Rotate image
    Skin softening
    Small Picture 
  • Exposure Compensation
     2 EV in steps of 1/3 
  • Exposure Lock
     Yes 
  • Exposure Bracketing
     No 
  • White Balance
     Auto
    Cloudy
    Daylight
    Flash
    Fluorescent
    Incandescent
    Manual 
  • Shutter
     Mechanical and CMOS electronic shutter 
  • Shutter Speed
     1/2000-1 sec. (when ISO sensitivity set to Auto)
    4 sec. (when scene mode is set to Fireworks show) 
  • Top Continuous Shooting Speed at full resolution
    Up to 7 shots at approx. 6.9 frames per second
  • Continuous Shooting Options
     Best Shot Selector
    Continuous H
    Continuous H 60
    Continuous H 120
    Continuous L
    Multi-shot 16
    Pre-shooting cache 
  • Aperture
     Electronically controlled ND filter (-2.0 AV) insertion 
  • Self-timer
     Can be selected from 10 or 2 seconds duration 
  • Built-in flash Range (approx.) (ISO sensitivity: Auto)
     [W]: 0.5 to 5.1m (1ft 8in. to 16ft.)
    [T]: 1.5 to 3.0m (5ft. to 9ft.10in.) 
  • Built-in Flash Control
     TTL auto flash with monitor preflashes 
  • Built-in Flash
     Yes 
  • Interface
     Hi-speed USB 
  • Interface Data transfer protocol
     MTP
    PTP 
  • Video Output
     NTSC
    PAL 
  • HDMI Output
     Can be selected from:
    Auto
    480p
    720p
    1080i 
  • I/O terminal
     Audio/video (A/V) output
    Digital I/O (USB)
    HDMI Mini Connector (HDMI output) 
  • GPS
     Yes (Built-in) 
  • Supported Languages
     Arabic
    Brazilian Portuguese
    Chinese (Simplified and Traditional)
    Czech
    Danish
    Dutch
    English
    Finnish
    French
    German
    Greek
    Hindi
    Hungarian
    Indonesian
    Italian
    Japanese
    Korean
    Norwegian
    Polish
    Portugese
    Romanian
    Russian
    Spanish
    Swedish
    Thai
    Turkish
    Ukranian
    Vietnamese 
  • Power Sources
     One Rechargeable Li-ion Battery EN-EL12 (supplied) 
  • Charging Time
     3 hours and 20 minutes when battery is fully discharged (using Charging AC Adapter EH-69P/EH-69C) (Approx.)
  • Battery / Batteries
     Rechargeable Li-ion Battery EN-EL12 
  • Battery Life (shots per charge)
     Still pictures*: Approx. 200 shots
    *Based on Camera and Imaging Products Association (CIPA) standards for measuring the life of camera batteries. Measured at 23(-/+2)C (73(-/+4)F); zoom adjusted with each shot, flash fired with every other shot, image quality set to Normal, image size set to 4608 x 3456 (16M). Battery life may vary depending on shooting interval and length of time menus and images are displayed. 
  • Tripod Socket
     in. 
  • Approx. Dimensions
    Height: 2.5in. (62.3mm)
    Width: 4.3in. (108.7mm)
    Depth: 1.3in. (30.6mm)
    Excluding projections. Method of noting dimensions and weight is in accordance with CIPA DCG-005-2009 guideline.
  • Approx. Weight
     7.6 oz. (215g)
    With battery and SD memory card. Method of noting dimensions and weight is in accordance with CIPA DCG-005-2009 guideline.
  • Operating environment
     Temperature: 0 to 40C (32 to 104F) 
  • Supplied Accessories
     
    • AN-CP19 Strap
    • UC-E6 USB Cable
    • EG-CP16 Audio Video Cable
    • EN-EL12 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery
    • EH-69P AC Adapter/Charger
    • NikonView NX 2 CD-ROM
 
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon FSA04001 SB-910 Speedlight

Speedlight SB-910
 
FSA04001
 
Professional i-TTL Speedlight compatible with Nikon FX- and DX-format SLRs, and part of the Nikon Creative Lighting System.
 
Fast, versatile and powerful, the SB-910 offers extensive opportunities for on-camera or wireless flash photography. Three illumination patterns provide total control over flash coverage, with automatic adjustment for a zoom range of 17-200mm.
 
Professional i-TTL (intelligent TTL) Speedlight: compatible with FX- and DX-format SLR cameras. Part of the Nikon Creative Lighting System, it offers total control over flash coverage.
 
Centre-weighted, Even and Standard illumination patterns: Centre-weighted mode concentrates illumination to the centre of the frame, useful when using a telephoto lens. Even mode diffuses light evenly across the frame, useful when taking group shots. Standard mode offers a standard balance of power and light distribution.
 
17-200mm auto zoom range: offers a 14mm zoom range when using built-in diffuser or Speedlight dome.
 
Intuitive operation: boasts a large LCD screen, clear menu systems, conveniently placed controls and illuminated buttons that offer more comfortable operation in low light.
 
Automatic detection of sensor format: automatically recognizes FX- or DX-format cameras.
 
High-speed recycling time of 2.3 seconds when using LR6 NiMH batteries.
 
AF-Assist illumination: compatible with Multi-CAM 3500 FX/DX AF sensor module.
 
Bounce capability: rotates 180 horizontally to the right and left; tilts up to 90 and down to 7.
 
Thermal protection system: warns of excessive heat build up during high intensity firing.
 
Hard-type incandescent and fluorescent color filters included.
 
Automatic filter detection: Speedlight automatically adjusts the attached cameras color temperature settings according to the color of the filter being used.
 
Firmware can be upgraded via the storage media in the attached camera.
 
Specifications:
 
 

Available flash modes

i-TTL, Auto aperture flash, Non-TTL auto flash, Distance-priority manual flash, Manual flash and Repeating flash

Electronic construction

Automatic Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) and series circuitry

Guide number (at 35 mm zoom head position, in FX format, standard illumination pattern, 20 C/68 F)

34/111.5 (ISO 100, m/ft), 48/157.5 (ISO 200, m/ft)

Mounting foot lock lever

Provides secure attachment of the SB-910 to camera's accessory shoe using locking plate and locking pin to prevent unintentional detachment

Bounce capability

Flash head tilts down to 7 or up to 90 with click-stops at -7 , 0 , 45 , 60 , 75 , 90. Flash head rotates horizontally 180 to the left and right with click-stops at 0 , 30 , 60 , 75 , 90 , 120 , 150 , 180

Flash-ready indicator

The SB-910 is fully recycled: lights up Insufficient flash output for correct exposure (in i-TTL, auto aperture flash, non-TTL auto flash or distance-priority manual flash mode): blinks

Flash compensation

-3.0 EV to +3.0 EV in increments of 1/3 EV steps in i-TTL, auto aperture flash, non-TTL auto flash or distance-priority manual flash mode

Flash exposure control set on the camera

Camera's sync modes: slow sync, red-eye reduction slow sync, front-curtain sync, rear-curtain sync, rear-curtain slow sync Photography functions: auto FP high-speed sync, FV lock, red-eye reduction

Effective flash output distance range (in i-TTL, auto aperture flash or non-TTL auto flash mode)

0.6 m to 20 m (2 ft to 66 ft) (varies depending on camera's image area setting, illumination pattern, ISO sensitivity, zoom head position, and lens aperture in use)

Illumination pattern

There are three illumination patterns: standard, even and center-weighted. The light distribution angle is automatically adjusted to the camera's image area in both FX and DX formats

Dimensions (W x H x D)

Approx. 78.5 x 145 x 113 mm (3.1 x 5.7 x 4.4 in.)

Custom settings

19 items

Power source

Use four AA-size batteries of the same brand from any of the following types: 1.5 V LR6 (AA-size) alkaline batteries 1.5 V FR6 (AA-size) lithium batteries 1.2 V HR6 (AA-size) rechargeable Ni-MH batteries

Weight

Approx. 510 g (18 oz) (with four 1.5 V LR6 (AA-size) alkaline batteries) Approx. 420 g (14.8 oz) (Speedlight only)

Accessories supplied

Speedlight Stand AS-21, Nikon Diffusion Dome SW-13H, Fluorescent Filter SZ-2FL, Incandescent Filter SZ-2TN, Soft Case SS-910

Flash duration (approx.)

1/880 sec. at M1/1 (full) output 1/1100 sec. at M1/2 output 1/2550 sec. at M1/4 output 1/5000 sec. at M1/8 output 1/10000 sec. at M1/16 output 1/20000 sec. at M1/32 output 1/35700 sec. at M1/64 output 1/38500 sec. at M1/128 output

Other available functions

Test firing, monitor pre-flashes, AF-assist illumination for multi-point AF and modeling illumination

Flash-ready indicator (in remote mode)

The SB-910 is fully recycled: blinks Insufficient flash output for correct exposure (in i-TTL, auto aperture flash or non-TTL auto flash mode, or AUTO mode in SU-4 type wireless multiple flash-unit photography): blinks

Multiple flash-unit photography operation

Advanced Wireless Lighting SU-4 type wireless multiple flash-unit photography

Other functions

ISO sensitivity manual setting, redisplay of underexposure amount from insufficient flash output in i-TTL mode, reset to the default settings, key lock, thermal cut-out, firmware update

Nikon Creative Lighting System

A number of flash operations are available with compatible cameras: i-TTL mode, Advanced Wireless Lighting, FV lock, flash color information communication, auto FP high-speed sync and AF-assist illumination for multi-point AF

Power ON/OFF

Rotate the power switch/wireless mode switch for multiple flash units to turn the SB-910 on or off Standby function can also be set

Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon D3200 Digital SLR Camera - 24.2MP (Red)


- 3.0"TFT LCD, Live View, Live View AF-Area Mode
- Body Only

D3200

 
Key Features
 
 
24.2 effective megapixels. Nikon-developed DX-format CMOS image sensor
 
Featuring 24.2 effective megapixels, the D3200's large image sensor faithfully reproduces the texture and brightness of subjects. It is also possible to emphasize subjects by beautifully blurring the background. With the high pixel count of 24.2 megapixels, satisfactory resolution can be achieved even when trimmed images are printed.
 
 
Easier-to-use Guide Mode that shows you how to take great pictures
 
Guide Mode, that was highly evaluated with the D3100, has become easier to use. In Easy operation and Advanced operation modes, a description of each scene is displayed. For Advanced operation mode, options such as "Capture reds in sunsets" and "Reduce blur" are newly added.
 
 
 
Compact and light body with reliable holding that enables sharp pictures with minimal camera shake
 
A compact and lightweight body that can be carried and handled easily is employed. Secure holding is further enhanced with expanded areas of finger rests on the front and rear. Because the camera can be held stably, sharp pictures with minimized blur can be captured. The refined layout of buttons and dials ensures comfortable operation.
 
 
  • Image-processing engine EXPEED 3 the same as that used by the Nikon D4 FX-format flagship camera achieves high speed, multiple functions and high performance. ...
  • Sharp pictures can be taken with minimal blur even for dark indoor or sports scenes. Wide ISO sensitivity range at standard setting is from ISO 100 to 6400. Can be set to ISO 12800 equivalent. ...
  • Scene Recognition System enables beautiful pictures with sharp focus and appropriate brightness and color by recognizing the subject and scene conditions prior to capture. ...
  • High-speed continuous shooting at approx. 4 fps to capture decisive moments reliably. ...
  • Large and easy-to-view, high-definition, approx. 921k-dot, 7.5-cm/3-in., wide-viewing-angle LCD monitor. ...
  • The variety of Scene Modes ensures the most appropriate camera settings according to shooting situations, such as Child and Landscapes. ...
  • Scene Auto Selector selects the optimal scene mode automatically according to the shooting scene or subject. ...
  • WU-1a Wireless Mobile Adapter (optional) transmits taken images to smart devices wirelessly. [NEW] ...
  • Choice of body colors black and red. High-quality compact and light styling ensures superior operability. ...
  • Variety of in-camera image-editing functions such as Selective color, Miniature effect, and Trim. ...
 
Feature Explained
 
Image quality
 
Nikon DX-format CMOS sensor realizes beautiful reproduction of human skin, gradation of sky and background blur
 
 
Featuring 24.2 effective megapixels, the D3200 employs a Nikon-developed DX-format CMOS image sensor. It achieves high-resolution rendering and rich tonal gradation that smoothly reproduces human skin texture and gradation of sky. Also, utilizing the large sensor of a D-SLR, high-quality still images and movies can be taken with beautiful background blur. The high pixel count of the D3200 is also effective when images are printed. Even when taken still images are trimmed and enlarged, high-resolution image quality is realized with the least degradation.
 
With 24.2-megapixel resolution, detailed parts can be reproduced clearly.
 
 
With 24.2 megapixels, high image quality is delivered even when the trimmed image is printed out in a large size.
 
 
Image-processing engine EXPEED 3 the same as that used by the Nikon D4 FX-format flagship camera is employed
 
 
To process 24.2-megapixel data at high speed, an image-processing engine EXPEED 3, the same as that used by the Nikon D4, that is optimized for D-SLRs is incorporated. EXPEED 3 realizes faithful reproduction of human skin, expanded dynamic range and improved color rendering in Active D-Lighting. With its high-performance noise-reduction function, rich gradation with less noise is achieved even at a high sensitivity range, for both still images and movies. Also, with high-speed readout from the image sensor integrated with superior image-processing capability, Full HD D-Movie at 1,920 x 1,080/30p is supported.
 
Wide sensitivity range up to ISO 6400 effective for shooting in dark situations and for moving subjects
 
 
Wide sensitivity range from ISO 100 to 6400 is provided. Superior high-sensitivity performance is offered even with high pixel count. The range can be increased up to Hi 1 (ISO 12800 equivalent). Even at high ISO setting, sharp images are delivered with minimized noise while maintaining resolution. Setting high ISO sensitivity enables you to shoot at faster shutter speeds and capture pictures without worrying about image degradation caused by camera shake even when shooting at night or in dark interiors, or when shooting a moving subject such as children or pets. Furthermore, this superior high-sensitivity performance is effective for D-Movie and you can shoot beautiful movies without large-scale lighting equipment even in low-light conditions.
 
ISO 6400
ISO 3200
 
ISO 1600
 
Identifies the situation of the subject precisely for reliable auto control – Scene Recognition System
 
Utilizing a 420-pixel RGB sensor, the camera detects brightness and colors finely, and identifies the situation of the subject accurately before shooting. The results are reflected in autofocus, auto exposure, i-TTL flash control and auto white balance for accurate auto control. Moreover, the D3200 detects human faces utilizing the Face Detection System, and applies the information to autofocus, auto exposure, auto white balance and playback zoom of face.
 
 

Identifies the light source precisely auto white balance

The D3200 analyzes color and brightness information of the scene utilizing the light source identification function of Scene Recognition System and detects the light source precisely by referencing the in-camera database for auto white balance. In this way, it can determine the ideal white balance even with difficult light sources.

Reproduces brightness as you see it Active D-Lighting

It is difficult to reproduce the brightness of subjects as it appears in such scenes as a dark room including outside scenery seen through a window, high-contrast scenes such as at the seaside under strong sunlight, and backlit situations. The D3200 employs Active D-Lighting that preserves details in both highlights and shadowy areas in such situations, maintaining moderate contrast. You can reproduce brightness as you see it in both bright and dark situations.

Active D-Lighting (ON)
Active D-Lighting (OFF)
 

 

Double countermeasures to reduce image-degrading dust Image Sensor Cleaning function and Airflow Control System

With D-SLRs, it sometimes occurs that dust becomes attached to the OLPF (optical low-pass filter) located in front of the image sensor when exchanging lenses, and is photographed in taken images. To prevent dust from degrading images, the D3200 employs the Image Sensor Cleaning function and Airflow Control System. These double measures effectively reduce the possibility of dust being photographed in the frame, ensuring beautiful images.

Image Sensor Cleaning function

Vibrations at multiple different resonant frequencies are used to reduce dust on the low-pass filter. This function is automatically activated each time the camera is turned on and off. It can also be activated from the menu.

Airflow Control System

This controls the flow of air using small ducts near the lens mount, preventing internal dust from sticking to the low-pass filter in front of the image sensor.

NIKKOR

NIKKOR is Nikon's lens brand that is highly praised by countless photo enthusiasts and professionals. NIKKOR has always led the way by incorporating Nikon's original technologies. With its superior optical quality and an extensive lineup, NIKKOR maximizes the high image quality of the D3200's 24.2 effective megapixels, thus delivering excellent imaging performance for both stills and movies.

Technologies that only Nikon can offer

-Nikon's original Vibration Reduction (VR) even compensates blur in the viewfinder image for comfortable handheld shooting
When shooting in dark locations, it is necessary for the camera to open the shutter for an extended period of time to receive sufficient light. This may result in a blurred image caused by camera shake. Nikon built the VR function into the lens to reduce the effects of camera shake. Different from a blur-reduction function built into the camera body, this ensures a stable viewfinder image during shooting for comfortable shooting. The VR function is effective for sports and dusk or night scenes where image blur may be caused with handheld shooting.
Note: Vibration Reduction function is only available with VR lenses.
With VR
Without VR
-AF-S lenses with built-in SWM (Silent Wave Motor) ensure quiet autofocus operation
Nikon's original SWM (Silent Wave Motor) for AF drive is an autofocus motor that converts "traveling waves" into rotational energy to drive optics for autofocus. AF-S lenses that incorporate the SWM achieve quiet AF operation.
-Nano Crystal Coat provides clear images with minimal ghost or flare
This is an antireflective coating that originated from Nikon's work in semiconductor manufacturing technology. Ghost effects caused by red light, which were incredibly difficult to prevent with previous systems, and ghost and flare effects caused by light entering the lens diagonally are effectively reduced.
-ED glass effectively minimizes chromatic aberration at high magnification
Nikon-developed ED (Extra-low Dispersion) glass minimizes prism-caused color dispersion. For lenses using normal optical glass, the longer the focal length, the more difficult it is to correct the chromatic aberration that causes color fringing. Nikon's ED glass effectively compensates for this kind of chromatic aberration.
-Aspherical lens for effective distortion correction
This type of lens utilizes non-spherical surfaces to correct certain types of lens aberration. These elements are particularly useful for correcting the distortion in wide-angle lenses.
 

Easy operation

Easier-to-use Guide Mode that shows you exactly how to take great pictures

The D3200 employs Guide Mode that enables you to take pictures and movies the way you want, even if you are a first-time user of a D-SLR. By just following the guides displayed in the monitor, a variety of image expression is realized easily, such as "Soften background" to emphasize the subject, "Capture reds in sunsets", or "Take bright/dark photos".

Easy operation

Close-ups
Sleeping faces

Advanced operation

Soften backgrounds
Freeze motion (people)
Capture reds in sunsets [NEW]
Reduce blur [NEW]
Take bright photos [NEW]
Take dark (low key) photos [NEW]

Shooting using viewfinder

Easy-to-see viewfinder

Optical viewfinder shooting is convenient in high-speed continuous shooting or when tracking a moving subject. The D3200 features approx. 95% frame coverage and approx. 0.8x magnification. The clear and easy-to-see viewfinder supports comfortable shooting with minimal time lag.

11-point AF system

11-point AF system for reliable subject acquisition

The D3200 incorporates a high-speed and highly accurate 11-point AF system. A cross-type sensor covers the most frequently used center area to deliver superior subject-acquisition and focusing performance. With Scene Recognition System, the D3200 shows enhanced subject identification and composition change detection. In Auto-area AF mode, the D3200 achieves focus at the appropriate focus point by detecting background, foreground and subject. In 3D-tracking (11 points) mode*, the focus point automatically changes to track the subject even if it moves or composition is changed while the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. Also, the camera employs superimposed indicators for bright and easy-to-see viewfinder information. Focus points are displayed clearly.

  • *In AF-A or AF-C mode.

Superior durability, accuracy and operability highly reliable shutter

The D3200's shutter unit is tested for 100,000 cycles with the shutter actually loaded to prove its high durability. The release mode button/Self-timer button/Remote control button on the camera back enables selection of release modes from Single frame, Continuous, Self-timer, Delayed Remote (2 s), Quick-response remote and Quiet shutter release. The Quiet shutter release mode is convenient when you want to shoot with reduced shutter-release sound for occasions such as a school play or when taking pictures of wildlife, insects, or a sleeping child. It also contributes to high-speed continuous shooting at approx. 4 fps*.

  • *Manual focus, mode M or S, shutter speed 1/250 s or faster, and other settings at default values.
Shot taken using quiet shutter-release mode
Approx. 4 fps high-speed continuous shooting ensures you don't miss the moment.

Selectable AF-area modes in viewfinder shooting

Single-point AF

-Single-point AF
Ideal for stationary subjects. You can focus on the subject selecting one of the 11 focus points according to your composition. This mode is convenient when you want to focus on a desired point when shooting flowers or portraits.

Dynamic-area AF

-Dynamic-area AF
Suitable for capturing an erratically moving subject. Select one of the 11 focus points. In AF-A or AF-C mode, if the subject briefly leaves the selected focus point, the camera will focus based on information from the surrounding points.

Auto-area AF

-Auto-area AF
The D3200 detects the subject using information from all 11 focus points and automatically focuses on it. This mode is recommended for shooting when you want to capture decisive moments reliably such as for snapshots.

3D-tracking (11 points)

-3D-tracking (11 points)
The D3200 focuses on a subject using a selected focus point. In AF-A or AF-C mode, once focusing is achieved with the selected focus point, the focus point automatically changes to track the subject even if it moves or composition is changed while the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. This is convenient when composition is a priority.

Comfortable live view shooting using a large LCD monitor

Live view shooting using an LCD monitor feels more like shooting with a compact digital camera. This is convenient when it is difficult to use the viewfinder to take high-angle or low-angle shots, or when you want to determine composition using approx. 100% frame coverage in landscape or portrait photography. You can shoot while confirming your subject with the large, easy-to-view, 7.5-cm (3-in.) VGA (approx. 921k-dot), LCD monitor. The desired AF area can be selected by moving a focus point with the multi selector. For close-up shooting of flowers and other small subjects using a tripod, you can magnify images up to approx. 9.4 times to check the exact focus.

Three focus modes selectable according to your subject

-Single-servo AF (AF-S)
Suitable for a stationary subject such as landscapes, architecture or flowers.

-Full-time-servo AF (AF-F)
Convenient for shooting a moving subject which is usually difficult to focus on, such as a child or pet. Available in both live view mode and movie recording. Camera focuses continuously as the subject moves.

-Manual focus (MF)
Manual focusing. Suitable for a subject for which autofocus is difficult, such as an animal in a cage or a person in the shade with the sun in the background.

Four AF-area modes automatically focus on someone's face or a moving subject

Face-priority AF

-Face-priority AF
Ideal for focusing on someone's face such as for a commemorative photo.

-Wide-area AF
Suitable for handheld shooting such as for a landscape. AF area can be moved to a desired point within the frame.

-Normal-area AF
Convenient for shooting with pin-point focus for a designated position such as for a close-up of a flower. Using a tripod is recommended for more precise focusing.

-Subject-tracking AF
After focusing is activated, AF area tracks the subject. Ideal for capturing a moving subject such as a child or pet.

Recommended combination of focus mode and AF-area mode

Single-servo AF and normal-area AF
Suitable for a stationary subject
Full-time-servo AF and subject-tracking AF
Suitable for a moving subject

Scene Mode chooses the most appropriate setting according to shooting scenes

When a shooting scene is decided, rotate the mode dial to the relevant scene mode. The camera automatically selects the most appropriate setting, ensuring beautiful pictures.

Scene Mode options employed in the D3200:

Portrait, Landscape, Child, Sports, Close up, Night portrait

Portrait Portrait
Landscape Landscape
Child Child
Sports Sports
Close up Close up
Night portrait Night portrait

Selects the optimal scene mode automatically Scene Auto Selector (only available in live view shooting)

Automatically selected scene mode (Landscape)

During live view shooting with the mode dial set to Auto or Auto (flash off), Scene Auto Selector* automatically activates the most suitable scene mode according to the shooting scene or subject. The icon of the selected mode such as Landscape and Portrait is displayed at the top left of the monitor.

  • *When using AF.
Scene Modes automatically selected by Scene Auto Selector during live view
  • *Selected when the camera identifies situations not covered by Portrait, Landscape, Close up or Night portrait mode, or for scenes suited to Auto or Auto (flash off)

Help function One-touch access to in-camera assistance

If you don't understand a function while viewing menu items, just press the help button. This assistance makes it easy for even first-time D-SLR users to operate the D3200 while learning functions.

 

Ease of use
 
Simple and slim styling with reliable holding and superior operability
 
A compact and lightweight design is employed to ensure comfortable carrying and holding. The indented area of the grip on the front and thumb rest space on the back have been widened as much as possible to achieve reliable holding. Because the camera is held securely, sharp pictures with minimal camera shake can be captured. The D3200 also has a refined layout of buttons and dials. The mode dial is moderately inclined for natural operation, while button layout around the shutter-release button ensures comfortable operation. You have a choice of two colors black and red.
 
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Approx. 125 x 96 x 76.5 mm/5.0 x 3.8 x 3.1 in.
Weight
Approx, 505 g/1 lb 1.8 oz with battery and memory card but without body cap)
Approx. 455 g/1 lb (camera body only)

Info display selectable according to the body color

Various kinds of shooting information can be shown in the information display. For the display design, you can choose from two options Classic or Graphic. Furthermore, the background color of the display can be selected from blue, black or orange (Classic) or white, black or brown (Graphic) according to the body color.

Selectable info display

Classic

Blue
Black
Orange

Graphic

White
Black
Brown

Information edit button

Pressing the information edit button when shooting information is displayed gives you direct access to the menu of the setting you would like to adjust.

Long-life battery due to energy-saving design EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery

EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery (supplied)

The D3200's efficient energy-saving design allows you to shoot approx. 540 shots per charge* with the EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery.

  • *Based on CIPA Standards.

Extensive playback functions selectable according to your applications

72-thumbnail display

The D3200 gives you a variety of playback display options that take advantage of the large 7.5-cm (3-in.) monitor. The number of images displayed at one time can be selected from 1, 4, 9 and 72, and calendar display arranges images in chronological order. Playback zoom of face function is also available that is convenient when checking the focus of a subject accurately.

Calendar display
Playback zoom of face

Images taken with the D3200 can easily be transmitted to smart devices wirelessly

When the optional WU-1a Wireless Mobile Adapter is connected to the D3200, it is possible to transmit images to a smart device such as a smartphone or tablet PC wirelessly. Beautiful images that only D-SLRs can capture are now available for SNS or email. Moreover, a remote shooting function that enables shutter release from a distant place is employed. You can take shots from a wide shooting angle, while confirming an image to be taken, with a smart device as a live view display. The WU-1a is compatible with smart devices using the iOS or Android.

Note: This function requires installing of Wireless Mobile Adapter Utility to the smart device prior to use.

Wireless Mobile Adapter Utility

Wireless Mobile Adapter Utility is software enabling download of images from a camera to a smart device or operation of a camera from a smart device for taking an image by attaching the WU-1a Wireless Mobile Adapter.

Note: Can be downloaded from the application store of each smart device (free).

Embeds location information on an image GP-1 GPS Unit (optional)

The D3200 is compatible with GP-1 GPS Unit that is able to embed location information on an image. Latitude, longitude and altitude of a shooting location are recorded as Exif data. Images with location information can be displayed on a GeoTag workspace of ViewNX 2 (supplied with the D3200). What's more, Nikon's image sharing and storage website my Picturetown, online image sharing services and commercially available digital mapping software are all there to enhance your photographic enjoyment.

 

D-Movie
 
Records movies more beautifully and easily with a D-SLR Full HD D-Movie
 
 
The D3200 offers Full HD movie recording at 1,920 x 1,080/30p. You can shoot beautiful movies utilizing 24.2 effective megapixels. It is possible to record movies with expanded image expression utilizing beautiful blur that only D-SLRs can offer, a variety of perspectives with a wide interchangeable lens lineup, and superior high-sensitivity performance. When subject-tracking AF is used, even a moving subject is kept focused. The movie-record button is located next to the shutter-release button to enable instant movie recording start. You can record movies as if using a video camcorder. With the D3200, manual setting for movie recording is possible (only when exposure mode is set to M). You can set shutter speed and ISO sensitivity before starting recording*. Furthermore, a flicker reduction function is employed to enable you to select flicker frequency (50Hz/60Hz) or choose automatic.
  • *Set shutter speed depends on movie frame rate; ISO sensitivity can be set within the range from ISO 200 to 6400 and ISO 12800 equivalent (Hi 1)
 
Sample movies
 
 
 
Note: Movies shown above were recorded with D-Movie and converted to Flash Video format. Actual D-Movie image quality may differ.
 
How to improve your D-Movie expression
 
-Use a tripod in movie recording
In movie shooting, panning (tracking a subject's movement horizontally) and tilting (tracking vertically) will result in beautiful images. For smooth panning and tilting, use of a tripod is recommended because image blur caused by camera shake is likely to occur in handheld shooting.
-Controlling the background blur
Recent D-SLR cameras enable movie recording that emphasizes the background blur effect. With the D3200, you can control the degree of blur by changing the aperture (f-number) before recording.
Note: Aperture values cannot be changed during recording. Set aperture before starting live view.
-Wide NIKKOR lens lineup
One of the great advantages of D-SLRs is that you can enjoy diversified movie expression by changing lenses. Use a telephoto zoom lens to capture distant children at an athletic meeting, trains or airplanes, a wide-angle zoom lens for shooting landscapes, a standard zoom lens or micro lens for a baby or pets, or a fisheye lens when you want to creatively deform architecture. Using a variety of interchangeable NIKKOR lenses will make your movie recording much more enjoyable.
-Utilize Picture Control
With six types of Picture Control incorporated in the D3200, you can freely manage the colors and mood of your images by choosing an option of monochrome, vivid, etc. as you do for still images.

Optional ME-1 Stereo Microphone compatible

In addition to monaural recording with the built-in microphone, the D3200 lets you record stereo sound with the optional ME-1 Stereo Microphone. Using the ME-1 Stereo Microphone also reduces noise caused by lens vibration being recorded during autofocus shooting. Furthermore, you can select the sensitivity setting from auto or manual for either the built-in microphone or the ME-1 Stereo Microphone. In manual setting, you can choose the sensitivity level from 20 steps.

In-camera movie editing functions

You can edit your movie easily without a PC. It is possible to delete unwanted parts by choosing the start or end point in single frame units, and save a selected frame as a JPEG image with the same image size as that of the selected movie frame.

Main movie specifications

Recording mode
Frame size (pixels)
Frame rate1,2
Maximum length
Full HD
1,920 x 1,080
30p
20 min.
25p
24p
HD
1,280 x 720
60p
50p
SD
640 x 424
30p
25p
 
  • 1Listed value. Actual frame rates for 60p, 50p, 30p, 25p, and 24p are 59.94, 50, 29.97, 25, and 23.976 fps respectively.
  • 230p/60p: available when NTSC is selected for Video mode; 25p/50p: available when PAL is selected for Video mode.
 
Expression
 
Lens
 
 
With D-SLRs, expression range is remarkably widened by changing lenses. You can enjoy a variety of expression that cannot be achieved with compact digital cameras. The extensive NIKKOR lens lineup includes bright, single-focal-length lenses that offer large and beautiful background blur, wide-angle zoom lenses that capture wide-spread landscapes, telephoto zoom lenses that let you get closer to distant subjects, fisheye lenses for creatively deformed images that only diagonal type fisheye lenses can offer, and micro lenses that are ideal for close-up shooting of flowers and other small subjects.
 
Note: AF-S or AF-I lens with a built-in motor is required to activate AF with the D3200.
 
5.5x zoom lens with super-telephoto reach AF-S DX NIKKOR 55-300mm f/4.5-5.6G ED VR
 
5.5x compact and lightweight super-telephoto zoom lens that covers an angle of view equivalent to a focal length of up to 300 mm. Suitable for getting closer to distant subjects or capturing them in a natural way without distracting or disturbing them in situations such as sports and wildlife shooting. Vibration Reduction (VRII) offers an effective vibration reduction function for comfortable super-telephoto shooting.

DX-format micro lens that can be used in a wide applications from close-ups to portrait/landscape photography AF-S DX Micro NIKKOR 40mm f/2.8G

This micro lens features a compact and light body that makes it suitable for carrying anywhere with the compact D3200. With a focal length close to that of a standard lens, you can easily enjoy close-up photography at up to 1:1 reproduction ratio (minimum focus distance is 0.163 m/0.53 ft*) utilizing high resolution and large, beautiful image blur. It also provides a particular nuance to portrait and landscape photography.

  • * Minimum focus distance is the distance from a camera's focal plane mark to the subject.

Lightweight and compact Nikon DX-format standard lens providing the beautiful blur that only a fixed focal-length lens can offer AF-S DX NIKKOR 35mm f/1.8G

It enables you to carry out handheld shooting even in low-light situations such as indoors with a maximum aperture of f/1.8. Shooting utilizing beautiful blur is also available. Ideal in candid or landscape shooting for capturing subjects naturally.

Ultra-wide-angle zoom lens that fully captures the scene AF-S DX NIKKOR 10-24mm f/3.5-4.5G ED

2.4x ultra-wide-angle zoom lens covering 109 angle of view. Come closer to a subject to capture the scene with wide background and dynamically rendered subject. It is also available as a standard lens because it includes an angle of view suited for candid shooting, etc. Furthermore, close-up shooting is possible at the telephoto position. Optimal for situations such as interiors with limited space, architecture and landscapes, or when you want to emphasize perspective.

Built-in flash and optional Speedlights

Adjusts the light automatically pop-up type built-in flash

When you shoot in low-light, backlit or shaded conditions, the D3200 detects the situation of the subject, pops up the built-in flash automatically and fires*. An optimal amount of light for the scene realizes naturally reproduced images.

  • *When shooting mode is set to Auto, Portrait, Child, Close up or Night portrait.

Lets you enjoy shooting with flash easily optional Speedlight

If light with the built-in flash is insufficient, it is recommended to use an optional Speedlight. Bounce flash operation, which bounces the flash light off the ceiling or a wall, is made possible with a Speedlight. It fills your shooting scenes with soft light, minimizes unnatural shadows caused by direct flash light and produces a more natural-looking image.

  • More information

Bounce shooting is suitable to portray a subject with natural ambience (SB-700 is used).

With bounce flash
Without bounce flash

-SB-400 Speedlight

Compact and lightweight. The flash head (light-emitting section) can be tilted in four steps vertically for bounce flash operation. Recommended as a first Speedlight because of its simple, useful functions and operability.

-SB-700 Speedlight

The flash head (light-emitting section) can be tilted both vertically and horizontally. You can take advantage of a variety of bounce flash operations. The latest functions are condensed in this Speedlight to enable a wide range of users, from entry to advanced level, to enjoy flash shooting.

Customizes colors and tones of your movies and images to your preferences before shooting Picture Control

The D3200 employs six types of Picture Control, selectable according to your subjects and shooting scenes. Each Picture Control lets you fine-tune sharpening, contrast, etc. to match your own image creation ideas. Picture Control can also be set from Guide Mode [Advanced operation] [More settings].

  • More information
Set Picture Control display
Adjusting display
Standard
Standard processing for balanced results. Recommended for most situations.
Neutral
Minimal processing for natural results. Choose for photographs that will later be extensively processed or retouched.
Vivid
Provides distinct, colorful, fresh-looking images. Choose for situations where you want to emphasize primary colors such as blue, red and green.
Monochrome
Gives you monochromatic shadings, such as black-and-white or sepia. You can select filter effects and toning.
Portrait
Portrait delivers natural-appearing skin. Natural texture gives the skin of portrait subjects a smoother look.
Landscape
Produces vibrant landscapes and cityscapes. Suitable for any kinds of nature scenes.

Expanded creativity

Adding creativity in-camera after shooting Retouch menu

The D3200 comes equipped with various in-camera image-editing functions. These in-camera functions let you retouch images easily. There are a variety of options such as Selective color that creates a black-and-white image except for the color(s) you want to emphasize, Miniature effect for a diorama-like image, or Color sketch for a sketch-style image. In each case, a duplicate image is created, leaving the original securely intact.

Selective color
All colors other than the color(s) you want to emphasize are recorded in black and white. Up to three colors are selectable and the color range can be adjusted.
Miniature effect
Distant subjects appear as if they are miniature scale models. The position of the focus point remains sharp while the peripheral area is defocused.
Color sketch
Sketch-style images can be created.
Straighten
Corrects inclination of the image within a range of 5 (in approx. 0.25 steps).
Trim
The desired part of the image can be trimmed and enlarged.

Retouch menus incorporated in the D3200

D-Lighting Red-eye correction Trim (3:2, 4:3, 5:4, 16:9 and 1:1) Monochrome (Black-and-white, Sepia and Cyanotype) Filter effects (Skylight, Warm filter, Red/Green/Blue intensifier, Cross screen and Soft) Color balance Image overlay NEF (RAW) processing Resize Quick retouch Straighten Distortion control Fisheye Color outline Color sketch Perspective control Miniature effect Selective color Edit movie

Exclusive Nikon software expand your creativity

Your Imaging Toolbox ViewNX 2 (supplied)

This simple and intuitive software helps you get the most out of your images and movies. ViewNX 2 provides importing and browsing capability while also incorporating image-editing functions such as Resize, Brightness, Crop, Straighten and NEF (RAW) image processing. High-definition and high-quality RAW processing is achieved by utilizing the same processing algorithm as Capture NX 2 that faithfully reproduces Nikon image quality. Its movie-editing functions help you create your own original movies quickly and easily, and Nikon's smart photo sharing and storage service, my Picturetown, works smoothly with ViewNX 2, allowing you to log in directly from the software for easy uploading without activating a browser.

  • More information

Quick and simple image-editing software with intuitive operation Capture NX 2 (optional)

Capture NX 2 delivers superior operability and a variety of image-editing functions empowered by U Point technology. Achieve a vast array of image-editing techniques easily by just placing various types of Control Points on your image and adjusting the sliders. Selection Control Points enable you to apply numerous enhancements such as D-Lighting and brightness to a designated area at any level you desire.

  • More informationOpen in a new window.

Smart photo sharing and storage service my Picturetown

Nikon's own image-sharing website, my Picturetown, allows you to easily store, manage and share your images with your family and friends, and post to blogs and social networking services (SNS). Membership is free and permits storage of up to 2 GB of photos and/or movies. And with an additional paid registration, you can expand your capacity to 200 GB*. Also, utilizing free applications compatible with smart device, you can enjoy images using a PC or a smart device anytime, anywhere.

  • *Fees and availability may vary by country.
  • More informationOpen in a new window.

Enables playback of still images and movies on High-Definition TV HDMI supported

The D3200 supports HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) that allows you to play back still images and movies with High-Definition TV*1. HDMI mini connector (Type C) is employed as the interface. Also, the D3200 is compatible with HDMI-CEC (Consumer Electric Control) that enables remote operation of the camera using a TV remote control*2.

  • *1Requires optional HDMI connection for playback.
  • *2Remote control of HDMI-CEC supported TV.
HDMI-CEC enables remote operation of multi selector and OK button of the D3200 using a TV remote control.
 
 

Transmits taken images from the camera to a computer wirelessly Eye-Fi card (on the market) compatible

The D3200 can transmit taken image data (JPEG) from the D3200 to a computer wirelessly. You can also use online photo sharing and storage services such as "my Picturetown" and transmit images to a computer automatically.

  • More informationOpen in a new window.

Note: The D3200 can turn Eye-Fi cards on and off, but may not support other Eye-Fi functions. Direct any inquiries to the manufacturer. Eye-Fi cards are for use only in the country of purchase (As of December, 2011). Observe all local laws concerning the use of wireless devices.

 

Nikon Digital SLR Camera D3200 Specifications

Type
Type
Single-lens reflex digital camera
Lens mount
Nikon F mount (with AF contacts)
Effective angle of view
Approx. 1.5x lens focal length (35 mm format equivalent); Nikon DX format
Effective pixels
Effective pixels
24.2 million
Image sensor
Image sensor
23.2 x 15.4 mm CMOS sensor
Total pixels
24.7 million
Dust-reduction System
Image sensor cleaning
Image Dust Off reference data (optional Capture NX 2 software required)
Storage
Image size (pixels)
6,016 x 4,000 [L], 4,512 x 3,000 [M], 3,008 x 2,000 [S]
File format
  • NEF (RAW): 12 bit, compressed
  • JPEG: JPEG-Baseline compliant with fine (approx. 1:4), normal (approx. 1:8) or basic (approx. 1:16) compression
  • NEF (RAW)+JPEG: Single photograph recorded in both NEF (RAW) and JPEG formats
Picture Control System
Standard, Neutral, Vivid, Monochrome, Portrait, Landscape; selected Picture Control can be modified
Media
SD (Secure Digital) and UHS-I compliant SDHC and SDXC memory cards
File system
DCF (Design Rule for Camera File System) 2.0, DPOF (Digital Print Order Format), Exif (Exchangeable Image File Format for Digital Still Cameras) 2.3, PictBridge
Viewfinder
Viewfinder
Eye-level pentamirror single-lens reflex viewfinder
Frame coverage
Approx. 95% horizontal and 95% vertical
Magnification
Approx. 0.8x (50 mm f/1.4 lens at infinity, -1.0 m-1)
Eyepoint
18 mm (-1.0 m-1; from center surface of viewfinder eyepiece lens)
Diopter adjustment
-1.7 to +0.5 m-1
Focusing screen
Type B BriteView Clear Matte Mark VII screen
Reflex mirror
Quick return
Lens aperture
Instant return, electronically controlled
Lens
Compatible lenses
Autofocus is available with AF-S and AF-I lenses; Autofocus is not available with other type G and D lenses, AF lenses (IX-NIKKOR and lenses for the F3AF are not supported) and AI-P lenses; Non-CPU lenses can be used in mode M but the camera exposure meter will not function
The electronic rangefinder can be used with lenses that have a maximum aperture of f/5.6 or faster
Shutter
Type
Electronically-controlled vertical-travel focal-plane shutter
Speed
1/4,000 to 30 s in steps of 1/3 EV; Bulb; Time (requires optional ML-L3 Remote Control)
Flash sync speed
X=1/200 s; synchronizes with shutter at 1/200 s or slower
Release
Release mode
(single frame), (continuous), (self-timer), (delayed remote), (quick-response remote), (quiet shutter release)
Frame advance rate
Up to 4 fps (manual focus, mode M or S, shutter speed 1/250 s or faster, and other settings at default values)
Self-timer
2 s, 5 s, 10 s, 20 s; 1 to 9 exposures
Exposure
Metering
TTL exposure metering using 420-pixel RGB sensor
Metering method
  • Matrix metering: 3D color matrix metering II (type G and D lenses); color matrix metering II (other CPU lenses)
  • Center-weighted metering: Weight of 75% given to 8-mm circle in center of frame
  • Spot metering: Meters 3.5-mm circle (about 2.5% of frame) centered on selected focus point
Range
(ISO 100, f/1.4 lens, 20C/68F)
  • Matrix or center-weighted metering: 0 to 20 EV
  • Spot metering: 2 to 20 EV
Exposure meter coupling
CPU
Mode
Auto modes ( auto; auto [flash off]); scene modes ( portrait; landscape; child; sports; close up; night portrait); programmed auto with flexible program (P); shutter-priority auto (S); aperture-priority auto (A); manual (M)
Exposure compensation
-5 to +5 EV in increments of 1/3 EV
Exposure lock
Luminosity locked at detected value with ( ) button
ISO sensitivity
(Recommended Exposure Index)
ISO 100 to 6400 in steps of 1 EV; can also be set to approx. 1 EV above ISO 6400 (ISO 12800 equivalent); auto ISO sensitivity control available
Active D-Lighting
On, off
Focus
Autofocus
Nikon Multi-CAM 1000 autofocus sensor module with TTL phase detection, 11 focus points (including one cross-type sensor) and AF-assist illuminator (range approx. 0.5 to 3 m/1 ft 8 in. to 9 ft 10 in.)
Detection range
-1 to +19 EV (ISO 100, 20C/68F)
Lens servo
  • Autofocus (AF): Single-servo AF (AF-S); continuous-servo AF (AF-C); auto AF-S/AF-C selection (AF-A); predictive focus tracking activated automatically according to subject status
  • Manual focus (MF): Electronic rangefinder can be used
Focus point
Can be selected from 11 focus points
AF-area mode
Single-point AF, dynamic-area AF, auto-area AF, 3D-tracking (11 points)
Focus lock
Focus can be locked by pressing shutter-release button halfway (single-servo AF) or by pressing ( ) button
Flash
Built-in flash
, , , , : Auto flash with auto pop-up
P, S, A, M: Manual pop-up with button release
Guide number
Approx. 12/39, 13/43 with manual flash (m/ft, ISO 100, 20C/68F)
Flash control
TTL: i-TTL flash control using 420-pixel RGB sensor is available with built-in flash and SB-910, SB-900, SB-800, SB-700, SB-600 or SB-400; i-TTL balanced fill-flash for digital SLR is used with matrix and center-weighted metering, standard i-TTL flash for digital SLR with spot metering
Flash mode
Auto, auto with red-eye reduction, auto slow sync, auto slow sync with red-eye reduction, fill-flash, red-eye reduction, slow sync, slow sync with red-eye reduction, rear-curtain with slow sync, rear-curtain sync, off
Flash compensation
-3 to +1 EV in increments of 1/3 EV
Flash-ready indicator
Lights when built-in flash or optional flash unit is fully charged; flashes after flash is fired at full output
Accessory shoe
ISO 518 hot-shoe with sync and data contacts and safety lock
Nikon Creative Lighting
System (CLS)
Advanced Wireless Lighting supported with SB-910, SB-900, SB-800 or SB-700 as a master flash and SB-600 or SB-R200 as remotes, or SU-800 as commander; Flash Color Information Communication supported with all CLS-compatible flash units
Sync terminal
AS-15 Sync Terminal Adapter (available separately)
White balance
White balance
Auto, incandescent, fluorescent (7 types), direct sunlight, flash, cloudy, shade, preset manual, all except preset manual with fine-tuning
Live View
Lens servo
  • Autofocus (AF): Single-servo AF (AF-S); full-time-servo AF (AF-F)
  • Manual focus (MF)
AF-area mode
Face-priority AF, wide-area AF, normal-area AF, subject-tracking AF
Autofocus
Contrast-detect AF anywhere in frame (camera selects focus point automatically when face-priority AF or subject-tracking AF is selected)
Automatic scene selection
Available in and modes
Movie
Metering
TTL exposure metering using main image sensor
Metering method
Matrix
Frame size (pixels)
and frame rate
  • 1,920 x 1,080, 30p (progressive)/25p/24p, high/normal
  • 1,280 x 720, 60p/50p, high/normal
  • 640 x 424, 30p/25p, high/normal
  •  Frame rates of 30p (actual frame rate 29.97 fps) and 60p (actual frame rate 59.94 fps) are available when NTSC is selected for video mode; 25p and 50p are available when PAL is selected for video mode; Actual frame rate when 24p is selected is 23.976 fps
File format
MOV
Video compression
H.264/MPEG-4 Advanced Video Coding
Audio recording format
Linear PCM
Audio recording device
Built-in monaural or external stereo microphone; sensitivity adjustable
ISO sensitivity
ISO 200 to 6400; can also be set to approx. 1 EV above ISO 6400 (ISO 12800 equivalent)
Monitor
Monitor
7.5-cm/3-in., approx. 921k-dot (VGA) TFT LCD with 160 viewing angle, approx. 100% frame coverage, and brightness adjustment
Playback
Playback
Full-frame and thumbnail (4, 9 or 72 images or calendar) playback with playback zoom, movie playback, photo and/or movie slide shows, histogram display, highlights, auto image rotation and image comment (up to 36 characters)
Interface
USB
Hi-Speed USB
Video output
NTSC, PAL
HDMI output
Type C mini-pin HDMI connector
Accessory terminal
MC-DC2 Remote Cord (available separately), GP-1 GPS Unit (available separately)
Audio input
Stereo mini-pin jack (3.5-mm diameter)
Supported languages
Supported languages
Arabic, Chinese (Simplified and Traditional), Czech, Danish, Dutch, English, Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hindi, Hungarian, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese (Portugal and Brazil), Romanian, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Thai, Turkish, Ukrainian
Power source
Battery
One EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery
AC adapter
EH-5b AC Adapter; requires EP-5A Power Connector (available separately)
Tripod socket
Tripod socket
1/4 in. (ISO 1222)
Dimensions / weight
Dimensions
(W x H x D)
Approx. 125 x 96 x 76.5 mm/5.0 x 3.8 x 3.1 in.
Weight
Approx. 505 g/1 lb 1.8 oz (with battery and memory card but without body cap); approx. 455 g/1 lb (camera body only)
 Operating environment
Temperature
0 to 40C/32 to 104F
Humidity
Less than 85% (no condensation)
Accessories
Supplied accessories
(may differ by country or area)
EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery, MH-24 Battery Charger, DK-5 Eyepiece Cap, DK-20 Rubber Eyecup, UC-E17 USB Cable, EG-CP14 Audio Video Cable, AN-DC3 Camera Strap, BF-1B Body Cap, BS-1 Accessory Shoe Cover, ViewNX 2 CD-ROM
  • Microsoft and Windows, Windows 7 are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
  • Macintosh and QuickTime are registered trademarks or trademarks of Apple Inc. in the United States and/or other countries.
  • The SD, SDHC and SDXC logos are trademarks of the SD Card Association.
  • PictBridge is a trademark.
  • HDMI, the HDMI logo and High-Definition Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing, LLC.
  • Google, Android and Google Play Store are registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc.
  • Products and brand names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies.
  • Images in viewfinders, on LCDs and monitors shown in this website are simulated.

Memory card capacity

The following table shows the approximate number of pictures that can be stored on a 8 GB SanDisk Extreme Pro SDHC UHS-I card at different image quality and size settings. Note that buffer capacity drops at ISO sensitivity of 1600 or higher.

Image quality
Image size
File size1
No. of images1
Buffer capacity2
NEF (RAW) + JPEG fine3
Large
31.9 MB
171
10
NEF (RAW)
-
20.4 MB
259
18
JPEG fine
Large
Medium
Small
11.9 MB
7.4 MB
3.8 MB
509
853
1600
80
100
100
JPEG normal
Large
Medium
Small
6.2 MB
3.7 MB
1.9 MB
1000
1600
3200
100
100
100
JPEG basic
Large
Medium
Small
3.0 MB
1.9 MB
1.0 MB
1900
3200
6300
100
100
100
  • 1All figures are approximate. Results will vary with card type, camera settings, and scene recorded.
  • 2Maximum number of exposures that can be stored in memory buffer at ISO 100. Drops when noise reduction or auto distortion control is on.
  • 3Image size applies to JPEG images only. Size of NEF (RAW) images can not be changed. File size is the total for NEF (RAW) and JPEG images.

Approved memory cards

The following SD memory cards have been tested and approved for use in the D3200. Cards with class 6 or faster write speeds are recommended for movie recording. Recording may end unexpectedly when cards with slower write speeds are used.

 
SD memory cards
SDHC memory cards2
SDXC memory cards3
SanDisk
2 GB1
4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB, 32 GB
64 GB
Toshiba
2 GB1
4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB, 32 GB
64 GB
Panasonic
2 GB1
4 GB, 6 GB, 8 GB, 12 GB, 16 GB, 24 GB, 32 GB
48 GB, 64 GB
Lexar Media
 
2 GB1
4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB, 32 GB
-
Platinum II
2 GB1
4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB, 32 GB
-
Professional
2 GB1
4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB, 32 GB, 64 MB, 128 MB
-
Full-HD Video
-
4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB
-
  • 1Check that any card readers or other devices with which the card will be used support 2 GB cards.
  • 2Check that any card readers or other devices with which the card will be used are SDHC-compliant. The camera supports UHS-I.
  • 3Check that any card readers or other devices with which the card will be used are SDXC-compliant. The camera supports UHS-I.
 

 

Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon D3200 Digital SLR Camera - 24.2MP (Red)


- 3.0"TFT LCD, Live View, Live View AF-Area Mode
- Twin Lens Kit

D3200

 
A colorful life deserves clearer memories
 
Key Features
 
 
24.2 effective megapixels. Nikon-developed DX-format CMOS image sensor [NEW]
 
Featuring 24.2 effective megapixels, the D3200's large image sensor faithfully reproduces the texture and brightness of subjects. It is also possible to emphasize subjects by beautifully blurring the background. With the high pixel count of 24.2 megapixels, satisfactory resolution can be achieved even when trimmed images are printed.
 
 
Easier-to-use Guide Mode that shows you how to take great pictures
 
Guide Mode, that was highly evaluated with the D3100, has become easier to use. In Easy operation and Advanced operation modes, a description of each scene is displayed. For Advanced operation mode, options such as "Capture reds in sunsets" and "Reduce blur" are newly added.
 
 
Compact and light body with reliable holding that enables sharp pictures with minimal camera shake
 
A compact and lightweight body that can be carried and handled easily is employed. Secure holding is further enhanced with expanded areas of finger rests on the front and rear. Because the camera can be held stably, sharp pictures with minimized blur can be captured. The refined layout of buttons and dials ensures comfortable operation.
 
  • Image-processing engine EXPEED 3 the same as that used by the Nikon D4 FX-format flagship camera achieves high speed, multiple functions and high performance. ...
  • Sharp pictures can be taken with minimal blur even for dark indoor or sports scenes. Wide ISO sensitivity range at standard setting is from ISO 100 to 6400. Can be set to ISO 12800 equivalent. ...
  • Scene Recognition System enables beautiful pictures with sharp focus and appropriate brightness and color by recognizing the subject and scene conditions prior to capture. ...
  • High-speed continuous shooting at approx. 4 fps to capture decisive moments reliably. ...
  • Large and easy-to-view, high-definition, approx. 921k-dot, 7.5-cm/3-in., wide-viewing-angle LCD monitor. ...
  • The variety of Scene Modes ensures the most appropriate camera settings according to shooting situations, such as Child and Landscapes. ...
  • Scene Auto Selector selects the optimal scene mode automatically according to the shooting scene or subject. ...
  • WU-1a Wireless Mobile Adapter (optional) transmits taken images to smart devices wirelessly. [NEW] ...
  • Choice of body colors black and red. High-quality compact and light styling ensures superior operability. ...
  • Variety of in-camera image-editing functions such as Selective color, Miniature effect, and Trim. ..
 
Image quality
 
Nikon DX-format CMOS sensor realizes beautiful reproduction of human skin, gradation of sky and background blur
 

Featuring 24.2 effective megapixels, the D3200 employs a Nikon-developed DX-format CMOS image sensor. It achieves high-resolution rendering and rich tonal gradation that smoothly reproduces human skin texture and gradation of sky. Also, utilizing the large sensor of a D-SLR, high-quality still images and movies can be taken with beautiful background blur. The high pixel count of the D3200 is also effective when images are printed. Even when taken still images are trimmed and enlarged, high-resolution image quality is realized with the least degradation.

With 24.2-megapixel resolution, detailed parts can be reproduced clearly.

With 24.2 megapixels, high image quality is delivered even when the trimmed image is printed out in a large size.

Image-processing engine EXPEED 3 the same as that used by the Nikon D4 FX-format flagship camera is employed

To process 24.2-megapixel data at high speed, an image-processing engine EXPEED 3, the same as that used by the Nikon D4, that is optimized for D-SLRs is incorporated. EXPEED 3 realizes faithful reproduction of human skin, expanded dynamic range and improved color rendering in Active D-Lighting. With its high-performance noise-reduction function, rich gradation with less noise is achieved even at a high sensitivity range, for both still images and movies.
Also, with high-speed readout from the image sensor integrated with superior image-processing capability, Full HD D-Movie at 1,920 x 1,080/30p is supported.

Wide sensitivity range up to ISO 6400 effective for shooting in dark situations and for moving subjects

Wide sensitivity range from ISO 100 to 6400 is provided. Superior high-sensitivity performance is offered even with high pixel count. The range can be increased up to Hi 1 (ISO 12800 equivalent). Even at high ISO setting, sharp images are delivered with minimized noise while maintaining resolution. Setting high ISO sensitivity enables you to shoot at faster shutter speeds and capture pictures without worrying about image degradation caused by camera shake even when shooting at night or in dark interiors, or when shooting a moving subject such as children or pets. Furthermore, this superior high-sensitivity performance is effective for D-Movie and you can shoot beautiful movies without large-scale lighting equipment even in low-light conditions.

ISO 6400
ISO 3200
ISO 1600

Identifies the situation of the subject precisely for reliable auto control Scene Recognition System

Utilizing a 420-pixel RGB sensor, the camera detects brightness and colors finely, and identifies the situation of the subject accurately before shooting. The results are reflected in autofocus, auto exposure, i-TTL flash control and auto white balance for accurate auto control. Moreover, the D3200 detects human faces utilizing the Face Detection System, and applies the information to autofocus, auto exposure, auto white balance and playback zoom of face.

Identifies the light source precisely auto white balance

The D3200 analyzes color and brightness information of the scene utilizing the light source identification function of Scene Recognition System and detects the light source precisely by referencing the in-camera database for auto white balance. In this way, it can determine the ideal white balance even with difficult light sources.

Reproduces brightness as you see it Active D-Lighting

It is difficult to reproduce the brightness of subjects as it appears in such scenes as a dark room including outside scenery seen through a window, high-contrast scenes such as at the seaside under strong sunlight, and backlit situations. The D3200 employs Active D-Lighting that preserves details in both highlights and shadowy areas in such situations, maintaining moderate contrast. You can reproduce brightness as you see it in both bright and dark situations.

Active D-Lighting (ON)
Active D-Lighting (OFF)

Double countermeasures to reduce image-degrading dust Image Sensor Cleaning function and Airflow Control System

With D-SLRs, it sometimes occurs that dust becomes attached to the OLPF (optical low-pass filter) located in front of the image sensor when exchanging lenses, and is photographed in taken images. To prevent dust from degrading images, the D3200 employs the Image Sensor Cleaning function and Airflow Control System. These double measures effectively reduce the possibility of dust being photographed in the frame, ensuring beautiful images.

Image Sensor Cleaning function

Vibrations at multiple different resonant frequencies are used to reduce dust on the low-pass filter. This function is automatically activated each time the camera is turned on and off. It can also be activated from the menu.

Airflow Control System

This controls the flow of air using small ducts near the lens mount, preventing internal dust from sticking to the low-pass filter in front of the image sensor.

NIKKOR

NIKKOR is Nikon's lens brand that is highly praised by countless photo enthusiasts and professionals. NIKKOR has always led the way by incorporating Nikon's original technologies. With its superior optical quality and an extensive lineup, NIKKOR maximizes the high image quality of the D3200's 24.2 effective megapixels, thus delivering excellent imaging performance for both stills and movies.

Technologies that only Nikon can offer

-Nikon's original Vibration Reduction (VR) even compensates blur in the viewfinder image for comfortable handheld shooting
When shooting in dark locations, it is necessary for the camera to open the shutter for an extended period of time to receive sufficient light. This may result in a blurred image caused by camera shake. Nikon built the VR function into the lens to reduce the effects of camera shake. Different from a blur-reduction function built into the camera body, this ensures a stable viewfinder image during shooting for comfortable shooting. The VR function is effective for sports and dusk or night scenes where image blur may be caused with handheld shooting.
Note: Vibration Reduction function is only available with VR lenses.
With VR
Without VR
-AF-S lenses with built-in SWM (Silent Wave Motor) ensure quiet autofocus operation
Nikon's original SWM (Silent Wave Motor) for AF drive is an autofocus motor that converts "traveling waves" into rotational energy to drive optics for autofocus. AF-S lenses that incorporate the SWM achieve quiet AF operation.
-Nano Crystal Coat provides clear images with minimal ghost or flare
This is an antireflective coating that originated from Nikon's work in semiconductor manufacturing technology. Ghost effects caused by red light, which were incredibly difficult to prevent with previous systems, and ghost and flare effects caused by light entering the lens diagonally are effectively reduced.
-ED glass effectively minimizes chromatic aberration at high magnification
Nikon-developed ED (Extra-low Dispersion) glass minimizes prism-caused color dispersion. For lenses using normal optical glass, the longer the focal length, the more difficult it is to correct the chromatic aberration that causes color fringing. Nikon's ED glass effectively compensates for this kind of chromatic aberration.
-Aspherical lens for effective distortion correction
This type of lens utilizes non-spherical surfaces to correct certain types of lens aberration. These elements are particularly useful for correcting the distortion in wide-angle lenses.
 

Easy operation

Easier-to-use Guide Mode that shows you exactly how to take great pictures

The D3200 employs Guide Mode that enables you to take pictures and movies the way you want, even if you are a first-time user of a D-SLR. By just following the guides displayed in the monitor, a variety of image expression is realized easily, such as "Soften background" to emphasize the subject, "Capture reds in sunsets", or "Take bright/dark photos".

Easy operation

Close-ups
Sleeping faces

Advanced operation

Soften backgrounds
Freeze motion (people)
Capture reds in sunsets [NEW]
Reduce blur [NEW]
Take bright photos [NEW]
Take dark (low key) photos [NEW]

Shooting using viewfinder

Easy-to-see viewfinder

Optical viewfinder shooting is convenient in high-speed continuous shooting or when tracking a moving subject. The D3200 features approx. 95% frame coverage and approx. 0.8x magnification. The clear and easy-to-see viewfinder supports comfortable shooting with minimal time lag.

11-point AF system

11-point AF system for reliable subject acquisition

The D3200 incorporates a high-speed and highly accurate 11-point AF system. A cross-type sensor covers the most frequently used center area to deliver superior subject-acquisition and focusing performance. With Scene Recognition System, the D3200 shows enhanced subject identification and composition change detection. In Auto-area AF mode, the D3200 achieves focus at the appropriate focus point by detecting background, foreground and subject. In 3D-tracking (11 points) mode*, the focus point automatically changes to track the subject even if it moves or composition is changed while the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. Also, the camera employs superimposed indicators for bright and easy-to-see viewfinder information. Focus points are displayed clearly.

  • *In AF-A or AF-C mode.

Superior durability, accuracy and operability highly reliable shutter

The D3200's shutter unit is tested for 100,000 cycles with the shutter actually loaded to prove its high durability. The release mode button/Self-timer button/Remote control button on the camera back enables selection of release modes from Single frame, Continuous, Self-timer, Delayed Remote (2 s), Quick-response remote and Quiet shutter release. The Quiet shutter release mode is convenient when you want to shoot with reduced shutter-release sound for occasions such as a school play or when taking pictures of wildlife, insects, or a sleeping child. It also contributes to high-speed continuous shooting at approx. 4 fps*.

  • *Manual focus, mode M or S, shutter speed 1/250 s or faster, and other settings at default values.
Shot taken using quiet shutter-release mode
Approx. 4 fps high-speed continuous shooting ensures you don't miss the moment.

Selectable AF-area modes in viewfinder shooting

Single-point AF

-Single-point AF
Ideal for stationary subjects. You can focus on the subject selecting one of the 11 focus points according to your composition. This mode is convenient when you want to focus on a desired point when shooting flowers or portraits.

Dynamic-area AF

-Dynamic-area AF
Suitable for capturing an erratically moving subject. Select one of the 11 focus points. In AF-A or AF-C mode, if the subject briefly leaves the selected focus point, the camera will focus based on information from the surrounding points.

Auto-area AF

-Auto-area AF
The D3200 detects the subject using information from all 11 focus points and automatically focuses on it. This mode is recommended for shooting when you want to capture decisive moments reliably such as for snapshots.

3D-tracking (11 points)

-3D-tracking (11 points)
The D3200 focuses on a subject using a selected focus point. In AF-A or AF-C mode, once focusing is achieved with the selected focus point, the focus point automatically changes to track the subject even if it moves or composition is changed while the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. This is convenient when composition is a priority.

Comfortable live view shooting using a large LCD monitor

Live view shooting using an LCD monitor feels more like shooting with a compact digital camera. This is convenient when it is difficult to use the viewfinder to take high-angle or low-angle shots, or when you want to determine composition using approx. 100% frame coverage in landscape or portrait photography. You can shoot while confirming your subject with the large, easy-to-view, 7.5-cm (3-in.) VGA (approx. 921k-dot), LCD monitor. The desired AF area can be selected by moving a focus point with the multi selector. For close-up shooting of flowers and other small subjects using a tripod, you can magnify images up to approx. 9.4 times to check the exact focus.

Three focus modes selectable according to your subject

-Single-servo AF (AF-S)
Suitable for a stationary subject such as landscapes, architecture or flowers.

-Full-time-servo AF (AF-F)
Convenient for shooting a moving subject which is usually difficult to focus on, such as a child or pet. Available in both live view mode and movie recording. Camera focuses continuously as the subject moves.

-Manual focus (MF)
Manual focusing. Suitable for a subject for which autofocus is difficult, such as an animal in a cage or a person in the shade with the sun in the background.

Four AF-area modes automatically focus on someone's face or a moving subject

Face-priority AF

-Face-priority AF
Ideal for focusing on someone's face such as for a commemorative photo.

-Wide-area AF
Suitable for handheld shooting such as for a landscape. AF area can be moved to a desired point within the frame.

-Normal-area AF
Convenient for shooting with pin-point focus for a designated position such as for a close-up of a flower. Using a tripod is recommended for more precise focusing.

-Subject-tracking AF
After focusing is activated, AF area tracks the subject. Ideal for capturing a moving subject such as a child or pet.

Recommended combination of focus mode and AF-area mode

Single-servo AF and normal-area AF
Suitable for a stationary subject
Full-time-servo AF and subject-tracking AF
Suitable for a moving subject

Scene Mode chooses the most appropriate setting according to shooting scenes

When a shooting scene is decided, rotate the mode dial to the relevant scene mode. The camera automatically selects the most appropriate setting, ensuring beautiful pictures.

Scene Mode options employed in the D3200:

Portrait, Landscape, Child, Sports, Close up, Night portrait

Portrait Portrait
Landscape Landscape
Child Child
Sports Sports
Close up Close up
Night portrait Night portrait

Selects the optimal scene mode automatically Scene Auto Selector (only available in live view shooting)

Automatically selected scene mode (Landscape)

During live view shooting with the mode dial set to Auto or Auto (flash off), Scene Auto Selector* automatically activates the most suitable scene mode according to the shooting scene or subject. The icon of the selected mode such as Landscape and Portrait is displayed at the top left of the monitor.

  • *When using AF.
Scene Modes automatically selected by Scene Auto Selector during live view
  • *Selected when the camera identifies situations not covered by Portrait, Landscape, Close up or Night portrait mode, or for scenes suited to Auto or Auto (flash off)

Help function One-touch access to in-camera assistance

If you don't understand a function while viewing menu items, just press the help button. This assistance makes it easy for even first-time D-SLR users to operate the D3200 while learning functions.

Ease of use

Simple and slim styling with reliable holding and superior operability

A compact and lightweight design is employed to ensure comfortable carrying and holding. The indented area of the grip on the front and thumb rest space on the back have been widened as much as possible to achieve reliable holding. Because the camera is held securely, sharp pictures with minimal camera shake can be captured. The D3200 also has a refined layout of buttons and dials. The mode dial is moderately inclined for natural operation, while button layout around the shutter-release button ensures comfortable operation. You have a choice of two colors black and red.

Dimensions (W x H x D)
Approx. 125 x 96 x 76.5 mm/5.0 x 3.8 x 3.1 in.
Weight
Approx, 505 g/1 lb 1.8 oz with battery and memory card but without body cap)
Approx. 455 g/1 lb (camera body only)

Info display selectable according to the body color

Various kinds of shooting information can be shown in the information display. For the display design, you can choose from two options Classic or Graphic. Furthermore, the background color of the display can be selected from blue, black or orange (Classic) or white, black or brown (Graphic) according to the body color.

Selectable info display

Classic

Blue
Black
Orange

Graphic

White
Black
Brown

Information edit button

Pressing the information edit button when shooting information is displayed gives you direct access to the menu of the setting you would like to adjust.

Long-life battery due to energy-saving design EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery

EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery (supplied)

The D3200's efficient energy-saving design allows you to shoot approx. 540 shots per charge* with the EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery.

  • *Based on CIPA Standards.

Extensive playback functions selectable according to your applications

72-thumbnail display

The D3200 gives you a variety of playback display options that take advantage of the large 7.5-cm (3-in.) monitor. The number of images displayed at one time can be selected from 1, 4, 9 and 72, and calendar display arranges images in chronological order. Playback zoom of face function is also available that is convenient when checking the focus of a subject accurately.

Calendar display
Playback zoom of face

Images taken with the D3200 can easily be transmitted to smart devices wirelessly

When the optional WU-1a Wireless Mobile Adapter is connected to the D3200, it is possible to transmit images to a smart device such as a smartphone or tablet PC wirelessly. Beautiful images that only D-SLRs can capture are now available for SNS or email. Moreover, a remote shooting function that enables shutter release from a distant place is employed. You can take shots from a wide shooting angle, while confirming an image to be taken, with a smart device as a live view display. The WU-1a is compatible with smart devices using the iOS or Android.

Note: This function requires installing of Wireless Mobile Adapter Utility to the smart device prior to use.

Wireless Mobile Adapter Utility

Wireless Mobile Adapter Utility is software enabling download of images from a camera to a smart device or operation of a camera from a smart device for taking an image by attaching the WU-1a Wireless Mobile Adapter.

Note: Can be downloaded from the application store of each smart device (free).

Embeds location information on an image GP-1 GPS Unit (optional)

The D3200 is compatible with GP-1 GPS Unit that is able to embed location information on an image. Latitude, longitude and altitude of a shooting location are recorded as Exif data. Images with location information can be displayed on a GeoTag workspace of ViewNX 2 (supplied with the D3200). What's more, Nikon's image sharing and storage website my Picturetown, online image sharing services and commercially available digital mapping software are all there to enhance your photographic enjoyment.

 

D-Movie

Records movies more beautifully and easily with a D-SLR Full HD D-Movie

The D3200 offers Full HD movie recording at 1,920 x 1,080/30p. You can shoot beautiful movies utilizing 24.2 effective megapixels. It is possible to record movies with expanded image expression utilizing beautiful blur that only D-SLRs can offer, a variety of perspectives with a wide interchangeable lens lineup, and superior high-sensitivity performance. When subject-tracking AF is used, even a moving subject is kept focused. The movie-record button is located next to the shutter-release button to enable instant movie recording start. You can record movies as if using a video camcorder. With the D3200, manual setting for movie recording is possible (only when exposure mode is set to M). You can set shutter speed and ISO sensitivity before starting recording*. Furthermore, a flicker reduction function is employed to enable you to select flicker frequency (50Hz/60Hz) or choose automatic.
  • *Set shutter speed depends on movie frame rate; ISO sensitivity can be set within the range from ISO 200 to 6400 and ISO 12800 equivalent (Hi 1)

Sample movies

Note: Movies shown above were recorded with D-Movie and converted to Flash Video format. Actual D-Movie image quality may differ.

How to improve your D-Movie expression

-Use a tripod in movie recording
In movie shooting, panning (tracking a subject's movement horizontally) and tilting (tracking vertically) will result in beautiful images. For smooth panning and tilting, use of a tripod is recommended because image blur caused by camera shake is likely to occur in handheld shooting.
-Controlling the background blur
Recent D-SLR cameras enable movie recording that emphasizes the background blur effect. With the D3200, you can control the degree of blur by changing the aperture (f-number) before recording.
Note: Aperture values cannot be changed during recording. Set aperture before starting live view.
-Wide NIKKOR lens lineup
One of the great advantages of D-SLRs is that you can enjoy diversified movie expression by changing lenses. Use a telephoto zoom lens to capture distant children at an athletic meeting, trains or airplanes, a wide-angle zoom lens for shooting landscapes, a standard zoom lens or micro lens for a baby or pets, or a fisheye lens when you want to creatively deform architecture. Using a variety of interchangeable NIKKOR lenses will make your movie recording much more enjoyable.
-Utilize Picture Control
With six types of Picture Control incorporated in the D3200, you can freely manage the colors and mood of your images by choosing an option of monochrome, vivid, etc. as you do for still images.

Optional ME-1 Stereo Microphone compatible

In addition to monaural recording with the built-in microphone, the D3200 lets you record stereo sound with the optional ME-1 Stereo Microphone. Using the ME-1 Stereo Microphone also reduces noise caused by lens vibration being recorded during autofocus shooting. Furthermore, you can select the sensitivity setting from auto or manual for either the built-in microphone or the ME-1 Stereo Microphone. In manual setting, you can choose the sensitivity level from 20 steps.

In-camera movie editing functions

You can edit your movie easily without a PC. It is possible to delete unwanted parts by choosing the start or end point in single frame units, and save a selected frame as a JPEG image with the same image size as that of the selected movie frame.

Main movie specifications

Recording mode
Frame size (pixels)
Frame rate1,2
Maximum length
Full HD
1,920 x 1,080
30p
20 min.
25p
24p
HD
1,280 x 720
60p
50p
SD
640 x 424
30p
25p
  • 1Listed value. Actual frame rates for 60p, 50p, 30p, 25p, and 24p are 59.94, 50, 29.97, 25, and 23.976 fps respectively.
  • 230p/60p: available when NTSC is selected for Video mode; 25p/50p: available when PAL is selected for Video mode.
 
 

Expression

Lens

With D-SLRs, expression range is remarkably widened by changing lenses. You can enjoy a variety of expression that cannot be achieved with compact digital cameras. The extensive NIKKOR lens lineup includes bright, single-focal-length lenses that offer large and beautiful background blur, wide-angle zoom lenses that capture wide-spread landscapes, telephoto zoom lenses that let you get closer to distant subjects, fisheye lenses for creatively deformed images that only diagonal type fisheye lenses can offer, and micro lenses that are ideal for close-up shooting of flowers and other small subjects.

Note: AF-S or AF-I lens with a built-in motor is required to activate AF with the D3200.

5.5x zoom lens with super-telephoto reach AF-S DX NIKKOR 55-300mm f/4.5-5.6G ED VR

5.5x compact and lightweight super-telephoto zoom lens that covers an angle of view equivalent to a focal length of up to 300 mm. Suitable for getting closer to distant subjects or capturing them in a natural way without distracting or disturbing them in situations such as sports and wildlife shooting. Vibration Reduction (VRII) offers an effective vibration reduction function for comfortable super-telephoto shooting.

DX-format micro lens that can be used in a wide applications from close-ups to portrait/landscape photography AF-S DX Micro NIKKOR 40mm f/2.8G

This micro lens features a compact and light body that makes it suitable for carrying anywhere with the compact D3200. With a focal length close to that of a standard lens, you can easily enjoy close-up photography at up to 1:1 reproduction ratio (minimum focus distance is 0.163 m/0.53 ft*) utilizing high resolution and large, beautiful image blur. It also provides a particular nuance to portrait and landscape photography.

  • * Minimum focus distance is the distance from a camera's focal plane mark to the subject.

Lightweight and compact Nikon DX-format standard lens providing the beautiful blur that only a fixed focal-length lens can offer AF-S DX NIKKOR 35mm f/1.8G

It enables you to carry out handheld shooting even in low-light situations such as indoors with a maximum aperture of f/1.8. Shooting utilizing beautiful blur is also available. Ideal in candid or landscape shooting for capturing subjects naturally.

Ultra-wide-angle zoom lens that fully captures the scene AF-S DX NIKKOR 10-24mm f/3.5-4.5G ED

2.4x ultra-wide-angle zoom lens covering 109 angle of view. Come closer to a subject to capture the scene with wide background and dynamically rendered subject. It is also available as a standard lens because it includes an angle of view suited for candid shooting, etc. Furthermore, close-up shooting is possible at the telephoto position. Optimal for situations such as interiors with limited space, architecture and landscapes, or when you want to emphasize perspective.

Built-in flash and optional Speedlights

Adjusts the light automatically pop-up type built-in flash

When you shoot in low-light, backlit or shaded conditions, the D3200 detects the situation of the subject, pops up the built-in flash automatically and fires*. An optimal amount of light for the scene realizes naturally reproduced images.

  • *When shooting mode is set to Auto, Portrait, Child, Close up or Night portrait.

Lets you enjoy shooting with flash easily optional Speedlight

If light with the built-in flash is insufficient, it is recommended to use an optional Speedlight. Bounce flash operation, which bounces the flash light off the ceiling or a wall, is made possible with a Speedlight. It fills your shooting scenes with soft light, minimizes unnatural shadows caused by direct flash light and produces a more natural-looking image.

  • More information

Bounce shooting is suitable to portray a subject with natural ambience (SB-700 is used).

With bounce flash
Without bounce flash

-SB-400 Speedlight

Compact and lightweight. The flash head (light-emitting section) can be tilted in four steps vertically for bounce flash operation. Recommended as a first Speedlight because of its simple, useful functions and operability.

-SB-700 Speedlight

The flash head (light-emitting section) can be tilted both vertically and horizontally. You can take advantage of a variety of bounce flash operations. The latest functions are condensed in this Speedlight to enable a wide range of users, from entry to advanced level, to enjoy flash shooting.

Customizes colors and tones of your movies and images to your preferences before shooting Picture Control

The D3200 employs six types of Picture Control, selectable according to your subjects and shooting scenes. Each Picture Control lets you fine-tune sharpening, contrast, etc. to match your own image creation ideas. Picture Control can also be set from Guide Mode [Advanced operation] [More settings].

  • More information
Set Picture Control display
Adjusting display
Standard
Standard processing for balanced results. Recommended for most situations.
Neutral
Minimal processing for natural results. Choose for photographs that will later be extensively processed or retouched.
Vivid
Provides distinct, colorful, fresh-looking images. Choose for situations where you want to emphasize primary colors such as blue, red and green.
Monochrome
Gives you monochromatic shadings, such as black-and-white or sepia. You can select filter effects and toning.
Portrait
Portrait delivers natural-appearing skin. Natural texture gives the skin of portrait subjects a smoother look.
Landscape
Produces vibrant landscapes and cityscapes. Suitable for any kinds of nature scenes.
 

Expanded creativity

Adding creativity in-camera after shooting Retouch menu

The D3200 comes equipped with various in-camera image-editing functions. These in-camera functions let you retouch images easily. There are a variety of options such as Selective color that creates a black-and-white image except for the color(s) you want to emphasize, Miniature effect for a diorama-like image, or Color sketch for a sketch-style image. In each case, a duplicate image is created, leaving the original securely intact.

Selective color
All colors other than the color(s) you want to emphasize are recorded in black and white. Up to three colors are selectable and the color range can be adjusted.
Miniature effect
Distant subjects appear as if they are miniature scale models. The position of the focus point remains sharp while the peripheral area is defocused.
Color sketch
Sketch-style images can be created.
Straighten
Corrects inclination of the image within a range of 5 (in approx. 0.25 steps).
Trim
The desired part of the image can be trimmed and enlarged.

Retouch menus incorporated in the D3200

D-Lighting Red-eye correction Trim (3:2, 4:3, 5:4, 16:9 and 1:1) Monochrome (Black-and-white, Sepia and Cyanotype) Filter effects (Skylight, Warm filter, Red/Green/Blue intensifier, Cross screen and Soft) Color balance Image overlay NEF (RAW) processing Resize Quick retouch Straighten Distortion control Fisheye Color outline Color sketch Perspective control Miniature effect Selective color Edit movie

Exclusive Nikon software expand your creativity

Your Imaging Toolbox ViewNX 2 (supplied)

This simple and intuitive software helps you get the most out of your images and movies. ViewNX 2 provides importing and browsing capability while also incorporating image-editing functions such as Resize, Brightness, Crop, Straighten and NEF (RAW) image processing. High-definition and high-quality RAW processing is achieved by utilizing the same processing algorithm as Capture NX 2 that faithfully reproduces Nikon image quality. Its movie-editing functions help you create your own original movies quickly and easily, and Nikon's smart photo sharing and storage service, my Picturetown, works smoothly with ViewNX 2, allowing you to log in directly from the software for easy uploading without activating a browser.

  • More information

Quick and simple image-editing software with intuitive operation Capture NX 2 (optional)

Capture NX 2 delivers superior operability and a variety of image-editing functions empowered by U Point technology. Achieve a vast array of image-editing techniques easily by just placing various types of Control Points on your image and adjusting the sliders. Selection Control Points enable you to apply numerous enhancements such as D-Lighting and brightness to a designated area at any level you desire.

  • More informationOpen in a new window.

Smart photo sharing and storage service my Picturetown

Nikon's own image-sharing website, my Picturetown, allows you to easily store, manage and share your images with your family and friends, and post to blogs and social networking services (SNS). Membership is free and permits storage of up to 2 GB of photos and/or movies. And with an additional paid registration, you can expand your capacity to 200 GB*. Also, utilizing free applications compatible with smart device, you can enjoy images using a PC or a smart device anytime, anywhere.

  • *Fees and availability may vary by country.
  • More informationOpen in a new window.

Enables playback of still images and movies on High-Definition TV HDMI supported

The D3200 supports HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) that allows you to play back still images and movies with High-Definition TV*1. HDMI mini connector (Type C) is employed as the interface. Also, the D3200 is compatible with HDMI-CEC (Consumer Electric Control) that enables remote operation of the camera using a TV remote control*2.

  • *1Requires optional HDMI connection for playback.
  • *2Remote control of HDMI-CEC supported TV.
HDMI-CEC enables remote operation of multi selector and OK button of the D3200 using a TV remote control.
 
 

Transmits taken images from the camera to a computer wirelessly Eye-Fi card (on the market) compatible

The D3200 can transmit taken image data (JPEG) from the D3200 to a computer wirelessly. You can also use online photo sharing and storage services such as "my Picturetown" and transmit images to a computer automatically.

  • More informationOpen in a new window.

Note: The D3200 can turn Eye-Fi cards on and off, but may not support other Eye-Fi functions. Direct any inquiries to the manufacturer. Eye-Fi cards are for use only in the country of purchase (As of December, 2011). Observe all local laws concerning the use of wireless devices.

Nikon Digital SLR Camera D3200 Specifications

Type
Type
Single-lens reflex digital camera
Lens mount
Nikon F mount (with AF contacts)
Effective angle of view
Approx. 1.5x lens focal length (35 mm format equivalent); Nikon DX format
Effective pixels
Effective pixels
24.2 million
Image sensor
Image sensor
23.2 x 15.4 mm CMOS sensor
Total pixels
24.7 million
Dust-reduction System
Image sensor cleaning
Image Dust Off reference data (optional Capture NX 2 software required)
Storage
Image size (pixels)
6,016 x 4,000 [L], 4,512 x 3,000 [M], 3,008 x 2,000 [S]
File format
  • NEF (RAW): 12 bit, compressed
  • JPEG: JPEG-Baseline compliant with fine (approx. 1:4), normal (approx. 1:8) or basic (approx. 1:16) compression
  • NEF (RAW)+JPEG: Single photograph recorded in both NEF (RAW) and JPEG formats
Picture Control System
Standard, Neutral, Vivid, Monochrome, Portrait, Landscape; selected Picture Control can be modified
Media
SD (Secure Digital) and UHS-I compliant SDHC and SDXC memory cards
File system
DCF (Design Rule for Camera File System) 2.0, DPOF (Digital Print Order Format), Exif (Exchangeable Image File Format for Digital Still Cameras) 2.3, PictBridge
Viewfinder
Viewfinder
Eye-level pentamirror single-lens reflex viewfinder
Frame coverage
Approx. 95% horizontal and 95% vertical
Magnification
Approx. 0.8x (50 mm f/1.4 lens at infinity, -1.0 m-1)
Eyepoint
18 mm (-1.0 m-1; from center surface of viewfinder eyepiece lens)
Diopter adjustment
-1.7 to +0.5 m-1
Focusing screen
Type B BriteView Clear Matte Mark VII screen
Reflex mirror
Quick return
Lens aperture
Instant return, electronically controlled
Lens
Compatible lenses
Autofocus is available with AF-S and AF-I lenses; Autofocus is not available with other type G and D lenses, AF lenses (IX-NIKKOR and lenses for the F3AF are not supported) and AI-P lenses; Non-CPU lenses can be used in mode M but the camera exposure meter will not function
The electronic rangefinder can be used with lenses that have a maximum aperture of f/5.6 or faster
Shutter
Type
Electronically-controlled vertical-travel focal-plane shutter
Speed
1/4,000 to 30 s in steps of 1/3 EV; Bulb; Time (requires optional ML-L3 Remote Control)
Flash sync speed
X=1/200 s; synchronizes with shutter at 1/200 s or slower
Release
Release mode
(single frame), (continuous), (self-timer), (delayed remote), (quick-response remote), (quiet shutter release)
Frame advance rate
Up to 4 fps (manual focus, mode M or S, shutter speed 1/250 s or faster, and other settings at default values)
Self-timer
2 s, 5 s, 10 s, 20 s; 1 to 9 exposures
Exposure
Metering
TTL exposure metering using 420-pixel RGB sensor
Metering method
  • Matrix metering: 3D color matrix metering II (type G and D lenses); color matrix metering II (other CPU lenses)
  • Center-weighted metering: Weight of 75% given to 8-mm circle in center of frame
  • Spot metering: Meters 3.5-mm circle (about 2.5% of frame) centered on selected focus point
Range
(ISO 100, f/1.4 lens, 20C/68F)
  • Matrix or center-weighted metering: 0 to 20 EV
  • Spot metering: 2 to 20 EV
Exposure meter coupling
CPU
Mode
Auto modes ( auto; auto [flash off]); scene modes ( portrait; landscape; child; sports; close up; night portrait); programmed auto with flexible program (P); shutter-priority auto (S); aperture-priority auto (A); manual (M)
Exposure compensation
-5 to +5 EV in increments of 1/3 EV
Exposure lock
Luminosity locked at detected value with ( ) button
ISO sensitivity
(Recommended Exposure Index)
ISO 100 to 6400 in steps of 1 EV; can also be set to approx. 1 EV above ISO 6400 (ISO 12800 equivalent); auto ISO sensitivity control available
Active D-Lighting
On, off
Focus
Autofocus
Nikon Multi-CAM 1000 autofocus sensor module with TTL phase detection, 11 focus points (including one cross-type sensor) and AF-assist illuminator (range approx. 0.5 to 3 m/1 ft 8 in. to 9 ft 10 in.)
Detection range
-1 to +19 EV (ISO 100, 20C/68F)
Lens servo
  • Autofocus (AF): Single-servo AF (AF-S); continuous-servo AF (AF-C); auto AF-S/AF-C selection (AF-A); predictive focus tracking activated automatically according to subject status
  • Manual focus (MF): Electronic rangefinder can be used
Focus point
Can be selected from 11 focus points
AF-area mode
Single-point AF, dynamic-area AF, auto-area AF, 3D-tracking (11 points)
Focus lock
Focus can be locked by pressing shutter-release button halfway (single-servo AF) or by pressing ( ) button
Flash
Built-in flash
, , , , : Auto flash with auto pop-up
P, S, A, M: Manual pop-up with button release
Guide number
Approx. 12/39, 13/43 with manual flash (m/ft, ISO 100, 20C/68F)
Flash control
TTL: i-TTL flash control using 420-pixel RGB sensor is available with built-in flash and SB-910, SB-900, SB-800, SB-700, SB-600 or SB-400; i-TTL balanced fill-flash for digital SLR is used with matrix and center-weighted metering, standard i-TTL flash for digital SLR with spot metering
Flash mode
Auto, auto with red-eye reduction, auto slow sync, auto slow sync with red-eye reduction, fill-flash, red-eye reduction, slow sync, slow sync with red-eye reduction, rear-curtain with slow sync, rear-curtain sync, off
Flash compensation
-3 to +1 EV in increments of 1/3 EV
Flash-ready indicator
Lights when built-in flash or optional flash unit is fully charged; flashes after flash is fired at full output
Accessory shoe
ISO 518 hot-shoe with sync and data contacts and safety lock
Nikon Creative Lighting
System (CLS)
Advanced Wireless Lighting supported with SB-910, SB-900, SB-800 or SB-700 as a master flash and SB-600 or SB-R200 as remotes, or SU-800 as commander; Flash Color Information Communication supported with all CLS-compatible flash units
Sync terminal
AS-15 Sync Terminal Adapter (available separately)
White balance
White balance
Auto, incandescent, fluorescent (7 types), direct sunlight, flash, cloudy, shade, preset manual, all except preset manual with fine-tuning
Live View
Lens servo
  • Autofocus (AF): Single-servo AF (AF-S); full-time-servo AF (AF-F)
  • Manual focus (MF)
AF-area mode
Face-priority AF, wide-area AF, normal-area AF, subject-tracking AF
Autofocus
Contrast-detect AF anywhere in frame (camera selects focus point automatically when face-priority AF or subject-tracking AF is selected)
Automatic scene selection
Available in and modes
Movie
Metering
TTL exposure metering using main image sensor
Metering method
Matrix
Frame size (pixels)
and frame rate
  • 1,920 x 1,080, 30p (progressive)/25p/24p, high/normal
  • 1,280 x 720, 60p/50p, high/normal
  • 640 x 424, 30p/25p, high/normal
  •  Frame rates of 30p (actual frame rate 29.97 fps) and 60p (actual frame rate 59.94 fps) are available when NTSC is selected for video mode; 25p and 50p are available when PAL is selected for video mode; Actual frame rate when 24p is selected is 23.976 fps
File format
MOV
Video compression
H.264/MPEG-4 Advanced Video Coding
Audio recording format
Linear PCM
Audio recording device
Built-in monaural or external stereo microphone; sensitivity adjustable
ISO sensitivity
ISO 200 to 6400; can also be set to approx. 1 EV above ISO 6400 (ISO 12800 equivalent)
Monitor
Monitor
7.5-cm/3-in., approx. 921k-dot (VGA) TFT LCD with 160 viewing angle, approx. 100% frame coverage, and brightness adjustment
Playback
Playback
Full-frame and thumbnail (4, 9 or 72 images or calendar) playback with playback zoom, movie playback, photo and/or movie slide shows, histogram display, highlights, auto image rotation and image comment (up to 36 characters)
Interface
USB
Hi-Speed USB
Video output
NTSC, PAL
HDMI output
Type C mini-pin HDMI connector
Accessory terminal
MC-DC2 Remote Cord (available separately), GP-1 GPS Unit (available separately)
Audio input
Stereo mini-pin jack (3.5-mm diameter)
Supported languages
Supported languages
Arabic, Chinese (Simplified and Traditional), Czech, Danish, Dutch, English, Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hindi, Hungarian, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese (Portugal and Brazil), Romanian, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Thai, Turkish, Ukrainian
Power source
Battery
One EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery
AC adapter
EH-5b AC Adapter; requires EP-5A Power Connector (available separately)
Tripod socket
Tripod socket
1/4 in. (ISO 1222)
Dimensions / weight
Dimensions
(W x H x D)
Approx. 125 x 96 x 76.5 mm/5.0 x 3.8 x 3.1 in.
Weight
Approx. 505 g/1 lb 1.8 oz (with battery and memory card but without body cap); approx. 455 g/1 lb (camera body only)
 Operating environment
Temperature
0 to 40C/32 to 104F
Humidity
Less than 85% (no condensation)
Accessories
Supplied accessories
(may differ by country or area)
EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery, MH-24 Battery Charger, DK-5 Eyepiece Cap, DK-20 Rubber Eyecup, UC-E17 USB Cable, EG-CP14 Audio Video Cable, AN-DC3 Camera Strap, BF-1B Body Cap, BS-1 Accessory Shoe Cover, ViewNX 2 CD-ROM
  • Microsoft and Windows, Windows 7 are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
  • Macintosh and QuickTime are registered trademarks or trademarks of Apple Inc. in the United States and/or other countries.
  • The SD, SDHC and SDXC logos are trademarks of the SD Card Association.
  • PictBridge is a trademark.
  • HDMI, the HDMI logo and High-Definition Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing, LLC.
  • Google, Android and Google Play Store are registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc.
  • Products and brand names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies.
  • Images in viewfinders, on LCDs and monitors shown in this website are simulated.

Memory card capacity

The following table shows the approximate number of pictures that can be stored on a 8 GB SanDisk Extreme Pro SDHC UHS-I card at different image quality and size settings. Note that buffer capacity drops at ISO sensitivity of 1600 or higher.

Image quality
Image size
File size1
No. of images1
Buffer capacity2
NEF (RAW) + JPEG fine3
Large
31.9 MB
171
10
NEF (RAW)
-
20.4 MB
259
18
JPEG fine
Large
Medium
Small
11.9 MB
7.4 MB
3.8 MB
509
853
1600
80
100
100
JPEG normal
Large
Medium
Small
6.2 MB
3.7 MB
1.9 MB
1000
1600
3200
100
100
100
JPEG basic
Large
Medium
Small
3.0 MB
1.9 MB
1.0 MB
1900
3200
6300
100
100
100
  • 1All figures are approximate. Results will vary with card type, camera settings, and scene recorded.
  • 2Maximum number of exposures that can be stored in memory buffer at ISO 100. Drops when noise reduction or auto distortion control is on.
  • 3Image size applies to JPEG images only. Size of NEF (RAW) images can not be changed. File size is the total for NEF (RAW) and JPEG images.

Approved memory cards

The following SD memory cards have been tested and approved for use in the D3200. Cards with class 6 or faster write speeds are recommended for movie recording. Recording may end unexpectedly when cards with slower write speeds are used.

 
SD memory cards
SDHC memory cards2
SDXC memory cards3
SanDisk
2 GB1
4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB, 32 GB
64 GB
Toshiba
2 GB1
4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB, 32 GB
64 GB
Panasonic
2 GB1
4 GB, 6 GB, 8 GB, 12 GB, 16 GB, 24 GB, 32 GB
48 GB, 64 GB
Lexar Media
 
2 GB1
4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB, 32 GB
-
Platinum II
2 GB1
4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB, 32 GB
-
Professional
2 GB1
4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB, 32 GB, 64 MB, 128 MB
-
Full-HD Video
-
4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB
-
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon D3200 Digital SLR Camera - 24.2MP (Red)


- 3.0"TFT LCD, Live View, Live VIew AF-Area Mode
- 18-55mm Lens
D3200 Simply Effortless Simply Stunning
 
Take your photos and videos to the next level. Unrivaled 24.2 megapixel DX-format CMOS sensor for truly dazzling photos and Full HD 1080p movies in any light. Innovative Guide Mode to help you master the camera. HD-SLR power; point-and-shoot ease.
 
Overview
 
A new level of image quality, a familiar way of sharing.
 
Product photograph of Nikon D3200 HD-SLR camera
Don't let the D3200's compact size and price fool youpacked inside this easy to use HD-SLR is serious Nikon power: a 24.2 MP DX-format CMOS sensor that excels in any light, EXPEED 3 image-processing for fast operation and creative in-camera effects, Full HD (1080p) movie recording, in-camera tutorials and much more. What does this mean for you? Simply stunning photos and videos in any setting. And now, with Nikon's optional Wireless Mobile Adapter, you can share those masterpieces instantly with your Smartphone or tablet!
 
DX
Format
 
24.2
Megapixels
 
4 FPS
Continuous Shooting
 
100-6400
ISO Expandable to 12800 (Hi 1)
 
HD Video
1080p with stereo sound
 
close-up portrait of a girl with blonde hair taken with Nikon D3200 HD-SLR
 
Take your photos and videos to the next level

24.2 MP DX-format CMOS sensor and EXPEED 3

Why do photos and videos shot with a Nikon HD-SLR look so good? It all starts with Nikon’s exclusive image sensors, and the D3200 has the most powerful CMOS sensor we’ve ever put in a HD-SLR at this level. Boasting an astounding 24.2 effective megapixels, it captures sharper, richer images—even in low light. Combine that with EXPEED 3 image processing, the processing power behind the acclaimed Nikon D4, for super-fast operation, exceptional image capture, in-camera filter effects and more. Your photos and videos will amaze even you.
 
image of Guide Mode menu on D3200 HD-SLR's LCD
 
Master the camera simply by using it

Guide Mode ensures success

It’s never been easier to create HD-SLR quality photos, thanks to the D3200’s Guide Mode. Learn the camera's key features and controls while you shoot, and even get advice and sample images to succeed in difficult shooting situations. Guide Mode is easy to access and easy to understand. You’re never shooting alone with the D3200.
 
Capture the best of every scene

Six Scene Modes and Scene Auto Selector
Experienced photographers optimize their camera settings for the scene they’re shooting. With the D3200, optimizing your camera settings is as easy as turning a dial. Choose from six common Scene Modes like Portrait, Night Portrait, Landscape, Close up and more, for flawless results even in demanding circumstances. When using Live View, Scene Auto Selector automatically sets the D3200 for the most suitable Scene Mode for the situation. A highly accurate 420-pixel RGB sensor powers Nikon's Scene Recognition System, which compares scene data against an extensive database to optimize the shot accordingly.

Experienced photographers optimize their camera settings for the scene they’re shooting. With the D3200, optimizing your camera settings is as easy as turning a dial. Choose from six common Scene Modes like Portrait, Night Portrait, Landscape, Close up and more, for flawless results even in demanding circumstances. When using Live View, Scene Auto Selector automatically sets the D3200 for the most suitable Scene Mode for the situation. A highly accurate 420-pixel RGB sensor powers Nikon's Scene Recognition System, which compares scene data against an extensive database to optimize the shot accordingly.
 
Mode dial of D3200 and images of a yellow flower, portrait of girl, night portrait of girl and landscape taken with Nikon D3200 HD-SLR
 
Create cinema-quality HD videos

One-touch Full HD 1080p movie recording with stereo sound

Nikon is committed to developing HD-SLRs that are not just superlative still image cameras, but superlative video cameras, as well. With a touch of a button, the D3200 starts recording Full HD 1080p video with full-time autofocus, manual exposure control and stereo sound. Its breathtaking 921,000-dot, ultra-high-resolution display makes it easy to frame, monitor and review your footage. Even record in super-smooth slow motion up to 60 fps! Unleash your inner cinematographer.
 
View of the rear of the D3200 HD-SLR with HD video example on LCD
 
photo of family looking out from balcony
 
Get a new view of your world

Versatile AF-S Zoom-NIKKOR 18-55mm

Nikon’s renowned NIKKOR lenses have long been the choice of pros and serious photographers. Marvels of clarity, consistency, precision and reliability, they draw peak performance from Nikon HD-SLRs. The D3200 comes equipped with the AF-S DX Zoom-NIKKOR 18-55mm, a versatile, high performance VR image stabilized lens. And when you’re ready to expand your system and extend your creativity, you'll have your choice of over 70 legendary NIKKOR lenses.
 
Photo of girl in yellow go-cart with girl in red go-cart following, taken with Nikon D3200 HD-SLR
 
Fast and accurate shooting

The D3200's 11-point Autofocusing System is as fast as it is precise. Check your focus points, track your subject or shoot carefree right from the viewfinder. And when the action speeds up, simply aim, hold down the shutter and fire off approx. 4 fps at 24.2 MP resolution.
 
Composite of photos of woman holding red D3200, boy showing off sandy hands and girl looking at smartphone
 
Wi-Fi Connectivity—Now you can easily get GREAT pictures on your smartphone

Using the WU-1a optional wireless mobile adapter you can now automatically send great images to your smartphone and even use your smartphone to remotely capture images from your D3200. With an easy to use app, now, when you can't wait to share that great shot, you don't have to. Share it to your smartphone in an instant.
 
Photo of woman holding Nikon D3200 HD-SLR

Compact, lightweight and durable

Your D3200 is designed for comfort, intuitive use and durability. Its compact, lightweight and rugged body puts key controls at your fingertips. You'll never hesitate to bring along your D3200.
 
Photo taken with Nikon D3200 HD-SLR, of cityscape taken at night with car headlights and taillights blurred

Dramatic low-light photos

The D3200’s wide ISO range of 100 to 6400 allows for shooting in very low light without a flash or in very bright light with zoom, macro, fixed focal length or wide aperture lenses. For extreme low-light situations, set the ISO to Hi 1 and achieve ISO 12800 equivalent sensitivity.
 
Specifications
 
  • Type
     Single-lens reflex digital camera 
  • Lens Mount
     Nikon F bayonet mount 
  • Picture Angle
     Nikon DX format (Effective picture angle 1.5x [Approx.] conversion factor) 
  • Effective Pixels
     24.2 million
  • Sensor Size
     23.2mm x 15.4mm
  • Image Sensor Format
     DX 
  • Image Sensor Type
     CMOS 
  • Total Pixels
     24.7 million
  • Dust-reduction system
     Image sensor cleaning 
  • Image Area (pixels)
    DX-format
    (L)
    6,016 4,000 

    (M)
    4,512 3,000 

    (S)
    3,008 2,000
  • File Format Still Images
     Compressed 12-bit NEF (RAW)
    JPEG: JPEG-Baseline Compliant with fine (approx 1:4), Normal (approx 1:8) or Basic (approx 1:16) Compression
    NEF (RAW) + JPEG: Single Photograph Recorded in both NEF (RAW) and JPEG Formats 
  • Picture Control
     Landscape
    Monochrome
    Neutral
    Portrait
    Selected Picture Control can be Modified
    Standard
    Vivid 
  • Storage Media
     SD
    SDHC
    SDXC 
  • Card Slot
     1 Secure Digital (SD) 
  • File System
    Compliant with DCF (Design Rule for Camera File System) 2.0
    DPOF (Digital Print Order Format)
    EXIF 2.3 (Exchangeable Image File Format for Digital Still Cameras) 
  • Viewfinder
     Eye-level Pentamirror Single-Lens Reflex viewfinder 
  • Viewfinder Frame Coverage
     95% Horizontal Approx.
  • Viewfinder Magnification
     0.78x Approx.
  • Viewfinder Eyepoint
     18mm (-1.0m) 
  • Viewfinder Diopter Adjustment
     -1.7 to +0.5m 
  • Focusing Screen
     Type B BriteView Clear Matte Mark VII screen 
  • Reflex Mirror
     Quick-return type 
  • Lens Aperture
     Instant-return type 
  • Lens Compatibility at a Glance***
     AF-S Lens Required for Autofocus 
  • Compatible Lenses
     AF NIKKOR for F3AF not Supported
    AF-S, AF-I: All Functions Supported
    AI-P NIKKOR: All Functions Supported Except Autofocus and 3D Color Matrix Metering II
    Electronic Rangefinder can be used if Maximum Aperture is f/5.6 or Faster
    IX NIKKOR Lenses Cannot be Used
    Non-CPU: Autofocus not supported. Can be used in mode M, but exposure meter does not function.
    Other AF NIKKOR: All Functions Supported Except autofocus and 3D Color Matrix Metering II
    Type G or D AF NIKKOR: All Functions Supported Except Autofocus
    Type D PC NIKKOR: All Functions Supported Except Autofocus and some Shooting Modes 
  • Shutter type
     Electronically controlled vertical-travel focal-plane 
  • Shutter Speed
     1/4000 to 30 sec.  
  • Fastest Shutter Speed
     1/4000 sec.
  • Slowest Shutter Speed
     30 sec.
  • Flash Sync Speed
    Up to 1/200 sec. 
  • Shutter Release Modes
     Continuous
    Delayed remote
    Quick Response Remote Mode
    Quiet shutter-release
    Self-timer mode
    Single-frame [S] mode 
  • Frame Advance Rate
     Up to 4 fps (manual focus, mode M or S, shutter speed 1/250 sec or faster, and other settings at default values) 
  • Top Continuous Shooting Speed at full resolution
     4 frames per second
  • Self-timer
     2, 5, 10, 20 sec. Timer duration electronically controlled
  • Exposure Metering System
     TTL exposure metering using 420-pixel RGB sensor 
  • Metering Method
     Center-weighted: Weight of 75% given to 8mm circle in center of frame
    Matrix: 3D color matrix metering II (type G and D lenses); color matrix metering II (other CPU lenses)
    Spot: Meters 3.5mm circle (about 2.5% of frame) centered on selected focus point 
  • Metering Range
     0 to 20 EV (Matrix or center-weighted metering at ISO 100 equivalent, f/1.4 lens, at 20C/68F)
    2 to 20 EV (Spot metering at ISO 100 equivalent, f/1.4 lens at 20C/68F) 
  • Exposure Meter Coupling
     CPU 
  • Exposure Modes
     Aperture-Priority Auto (A)
    Auto
    Auto (flash off)
    Manual (M)
    Programmed Auto with flexible Program (P)
    Shutter-Priority Auto (S) 
  • Scene Modes
     Auto
    Auto [Flash Off]
    Child
    Close-up
    Landscape
    Night Portrait
    Portrait
    Sports 
  • Exposure Compensation
     5 EV in increments of 1/3EV 
  • Exposure Lock
     Luminosity locked at detected value with AE-L/AF-L button 
  • Mirror Lock Up
     Yes (for image sensor cleaning) 
  • ISO Sensitivity
    ISO 100 -  6400
     Hi-1 (ISO 12,800)
  • Lowest Standard ISO Sensitivity
     100 
  • Highest Standard ISO Sensitivity
     6400 
  • Highest Expanded ISO Sensitivity
     1 EV above ISO 6400 (ISO 12800 equivalent) 
  • Expanded ISO Sensitivity Options
     1 EV above ISO 6400 (ISO 12800 equivalent)
    Auto ISO sensitivity control available 
  • High ISO Noise Reduction
     Low
    Normal
    High
    Off 
  • Active D-Lighting
     On
    Off 
  • Single-point AF Mode
     Yes 
  • Dynamic AF Mode
     Number of AF points: 11 (3D-tracking) 
  • Auto-area AF Mode
     Yes 
  • Autofocus System
     Nikon Multi-CAM 1000 autofocus sensor module with TTL phase detection 
  • Detection Range
     -1 to 19 EV (ISO 100, 68F/20C) 
  • Lens Servo
     Autofocus (AF): Single-servo AF (AF-S); Continuous-servo AF (AF-C); auto AF-S/AF-C selection (AF-A); predictive focus tracking activated automatically according to subject status
    Manual focus (MF): Electronic rangefinder can be used 
  • Focus Point
     Can be selected from 11 focus points 
  • Focus Lock
     Focus can be locked by pressing AE-L/AF-L button
    Focus can be locked by pressing shutter-release button halfway (single-servo AF) 
  • Focus Modes
     Auto AF-S/AF-C selection (AF-A)
    Continuous-servo (AF-C)
    Face-Priority AF available in Live View only and D-Movie only
    Full-time Servo (AF-A) available in Live View only
    Manual (M) with electronic rangefinder
    Normal area available in Live View and D-Movie only
    Predictive focus tracking activated automatically according to subject status
    Single-servo AF (AF-S)
    Wide area available in Live View and D-Movie only 
  • Maximum Autofocus Areas/Points
     11 
  • Autofocus Sensitivity
     -1 to +19 EV (ISO 100, 20C/68F) 
  • Built-in Flash
     Yes 
  • X-Sync Speed
     1/200 
  • Flash Control
     TTL: i-TTL flash control using 420-pixel RGB sensor is available with built-in flash and SB-910, SB-900, SB-800, SB-700, SB-600, or SB-400; i-TTL balanced fill-flash for digital SLR is used with matrix and center-weighted 
  • Flash Sync Modes
     Front-curtain sync (normal)
    Rear-curtain sync
    Red-Eye reduction
    Red-Eye reduction with slow sync
    Slow sync 
  • Flash Compensation
     -3 to +1 EV in increments of 1/3 EV 
  • Flash-ready indicator
     Lights when built-in flash or optional flash unit such as SB-910, SB-900, SB-400, SB-80DX, SB-28DX or SB-50DX is fully charged 
  • Accessory Shoe
     Yes 
  • Nikon Creative Lighting System (CLS)
     CLS Supported 
  • Flash Sync Terminal
     Sync Terminal Adapter AS-15 (available separately) 
  • White Balance
     Auto
    Cloudy
    Direct Sunlight
    Flash
    Fluorescent (7 types)
    Incandescent
    Preset Manual
    Shade 
  • Live View Shooting
     Yes 
  • Live View Lens servo
     Autofocus (AF): Single-servo AF (AF-S); full-time-servo AF (AF-F)
    Manual focus (MF) 
  • Live View AF-area mode
     Face-priority AF
    Wide-area AF
    Normal-area AF
    Subject-tracking AF 
  • Live View Autofocus
     Contrast-detect AF anywhere in frame (camera selects focus point automatically when face-priority AF or subject-tracking AF is selected) 
  • Live View Scene Auto Selector
     Auto mode
    Auto (flash off) mode 
  • Movie Metering
     TTL exposure metering using main image sensor 
  • Movie Maximum recording time
     20 min. 
  • Movie File Format
     MOV 
  • Movie Video Compression
     H.264/MPEG-4 Advanced Video Coding 
  • Movie Audio recording format
     Linear PCM 
  • Movie
     HD 1,920x1,080 / 30 fps
    HD 1,920x1,080 / 25 fps
    HD 1,920x1,080 / 24 fps
    HD 1,280x720 / 60 fps
    HD 1,280x720 / 50 fps
    VGA 640x424 / 30 fps
    VGA 640x424 / 25 fps 
  • Movie Audio
     Built-in microphone, monaural
    Optional external stereo mini-pin jack (3.5mm diameter)
    Microphone sensitivity can be adjusted 
  • Monitor Size
     3.0 in. diagonal
  • Monitor Resolution
     921,000 Dots
  • Monitor Type
     Wide Viewing Angle TFT-LCD 
  • Monitor Angle of View
     160-degree wide-viewing angle
  • Playback Functions
     Auto Image Rotation
    Full-Frame and Thumbnail (4, 9, or 72 images or calendar)
    Highlights
    Histogram Display
    Image Comment
    Movie Playback
    Playback with Zoom
    Slideshow 
  • In-Camera Image Editing
     Color Balance
    Color Outline
    Color Sketch
    D-Lighting
    Distortion Control
    Filter Effects
    Fisheye
    Image Overlay
    Miniature Effect
    Monochrome
    NEF (RAW) Processing
    Perspective Control
    Quick Retouch
    Red-Eye Correction
    Resize
    Selective Color
    Straighten
    Trim 
  • Interface
     Accessory Terminal: Remote Cord: MC-DC2 (available separately); GPS unit: GP-1 (available separately)
    Audio input: Stereo mini-pin jack (3.5-mm diameter)
    HDMI output: Type C mini-pin HDMI connector
    Hi-speed USB
    Video Output: NTSC, PAL 
  • Wi-Fi Functionality
     Eye-Fi Compatible 
  • GPS
     GP-1 GPS unit 
  • Recent Settings
     Yes 
  • Supported Languages
     Arabic
    Brazilian Portuguese
    Chinese (Simplified and Traditional)
    Czech
    Danish
    Dutch
    English
    Finnish
    French
    German
    Greek
    Hindi
    Hungarian
    Indonesian
    Italian
    Japanese
    Korean
    Norweigan
    Polish
    Portuguese
    Romanian
    Russian
    Spanish
    Swedish
    Thai
    Turkish
    Ukrainian 
  • Date, Time and Daylight Savings Time Settings
     Yes 
  • World Time Setting
     Yes 
  • Battery / Batteries
     EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery 
  • Battery Life (shots per charge)
     540 shots (CIPA)
  • AC Adapter
     EH-5b AC Adapter; requires EP-5A Power Connector (available separately) 
  • Battery Charger
     MH-24 Quick Charger 
  • Tripod Socket
     1/4 in. 
  • Approx. Dimensions
    Width: 5.0 in. (125mm)
    Height: 3.8 in. (96mm)
    Depth: 3.1 in. (76.5mm)
  • Approx. Weight
     16 oz. (455g)
    camera body only
  • Operating Environment
     040 C (+32104 F) 
  • Supplied Accessories
     
    • EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery
    • MH-24 Quick Charger
    • EG-CP14 Audio/Video Cable
    • UC-E17 USB Cable
    • DK-20 Rubber Eyecup
    • AN-DC3 Camera Strap
    • DK-5 Eyepiece Cap
    • BF-1B Body Cap
    • BS-1 Accessory Shoe Cover
    • NikonView NX CD-ROM
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon D3200 Digital SLR Camera - 24.2MP (Red)


- 3.0"TFT LCD, Live View, Live View AF-Area Mode
- 18-105mm Lens
D3200 Simply Effortless Simply Stunning
 
Take your photos and videos to the next level. Unrivaled 24.2 megapixel DX-format CMOS sensor for truly dazzling photos and Full HD 1080p movies in any light. Innovative Guide Mode to help you master the camera. HD-SLR power; point-and-shoot ease.
 
Overview
 
A new level of image quality, a familiar way of sharing.
 
Don't let the D3200's compact size and price fool you—packed inside this easy to use HD-SLR is serious Nikon power: a 24.2 MP DX-format CMOS sensor that excels in any light, EXPEED 3 image-processing for fast operation and creative in-camera effects, Full HD (1080p) movie recording, in-camera tutorials and much more. What does this mean for you? Simply stunning photos and videos in any setting. And now, with Nikon's optional Wireless Mobile Adapter, you can share those masterpieces instantly with your Smartphone or tablet!
 
DX
Format
 
24.2
Megapixels
 
4 FPS
Continuous Shooting
 
100-6400
ISO Expandable to 12800 (Hi 1)
 
HD Video
1080p with stereo sound
 
close-up portrait of a girl with blonde hair taken with Nikon D3200 HD-SLR
 
Take your photos and videos to the next level
 
24.2 MP DX-format CMOS sensor and EXPEED 3
 
Why do photos and videos shot with a Nikon HD-SLR look so good? It all starts with Nikons exclusive image sensors, and the D3200 has the most powerful CMOS sensor weve ever put in a HD-SLR at this level. Boasting an astounding 24.2 effective megapixels, it captures sharper, richer imageseven in low light. Combine that with EXPEED 3 image processing, the processing power behind the acclaimed Nikon D4, for super-fast operation, exceptional image capture, in-camera filter effects and more. Your photos and videos will amaze even you.
 
image of Guide Mode menu on D3200 HD-SLR's LCD
 
Master the camera simply by using it Guide Mode ensures success

It’s never been easier to create HD-SLR quality photos, thanks to the D3200’s Guide Mode. Learn the camera's key features and controls while you shoot, and even get advice and sample images to succeed in difficult shooting situations. Guide Mode is easy to access and easy to understand. You’re never shooting alone with the D3200.
 
Mode dial of D3200 and images of a yellow flower, portrait of girl, night portrait of girl and landscape taken with Nikon D3200 HD-SLR
 
Capture the best of every scene
 
Six Scene Modes and Scene Auto Selector
 
Experienced photographers optimize their camera settings for the scene theyre shooting. With the D3200, optimizing your camera settings is as easy as turning a dial. Choose from six common Scene Modes like Portrait, Night Portrait, Landscape, Close up and more, for flawless results even in demanding circumstances. When using Live View, Scene Auto Selector automatically sets the D3200 for the most suitable Scene Mode for the situation. A highly accurate 420-pixel RGB sensor powers Nikon's Scene Recognition System, which compares scene data against an extensive database to optimize the shot accordingly.
 
 
View of the rear of the D3200 HD-SLR with HD video example on LCD
 
Create cinema-quality HD videos

One-touch Full HD 1080p movie recording with stereo sound

Nikon is committed to developing HD-SLRs that are not just superlative still image cameras, but superlative video cameras, as well. With a touch of a button, the D3200 starts recording Full HD 1080p video with full-time autofocus, manual exposure control and stereo sound. Its breathtaking 921,000-dot, ultra-high-resolution display makes it easy to frame, monitor and review your footage. Even record in super-smooth slow motion up to 60 fps! Unleash your inner cinematographer.
 
photo of family looking out from balcony
 
Get a new view of your world

Versatile AF-S Zoom-NIKKOR 18-55mm

Nikon’s renowned NIKKOR lenses have long been the choice of pros and serious photographers. Marvels of clarity, consistency, precision and reliability, they draw peak performance from Nikon HD-SLRs. The D3200 comes equipped with the AF-S DX Zoom-NIKKOR 18-55mm, a versatile, high performance VR image stabilized lens. And when you’re ready to expand your system and extend your creativity, you'll have your choice of over 70 legendary NIKKOR lenses.
 
Photo of girl in yellow go-cart with girl in red go-cart following, taken with Nikon D3200 HD-SLR
 
Fast and accurate shooting
 
The D3200's 11-point Autofocusing System is as fast as it is precise. Check your focus points, track your subject or shoot carefree right from the viewfinder. And when the action speeds up, simply aim, hold down the shutter and fire off approx. 4 fps at 24.2 MP resolution.
 
Composite of photos of woman holding red D3200, boy showing off sandy hands and girl looking at smartphone
 
Wi-Fi Connectivity—Now you can easily get GREAT pictures on your smartphone

Using the WU-1a optional wireless mobile adapter you can now automatically send great images to your smartphone and even use your smartphone to remotely capture images from your D3200. With an easy to use app, now, when you can't wait to share that great shot, you don't have to. Share it to your smartphone in an instant.
 
Photo of woman holding Nikon D3200 HD-SLR

Compact, lightweight and durable

Your D3200 is designed for comfort, intuitive use and durability. Its compact, lightweight and rugged body puts key controls at your fingertips. You'll never hesitate to bring along your D3200.
 
Photo taken with Nikon D3200 HD-SLR, of cityscape taken at night with car headlights and taillights blurred
 
Dramatic low-light photos
 
The D3200s wide ISO range of 100 to 6400 allows for shooting in very low light without a flash or in very bright light with zoom, macro, fixed focal length or wide aperture lenses. For extreme low-light situations, set the ISO to Hi 1 and achieve ISO 12800 equivalent sensitivity.
 
Specifications
 
  • Type
     Single-lens reflex digital camera 
  • Lens Mount
     Nikon F bayonet mount 
  • Picture Angle
     Nikon DX format (Effective picture angle 1.5x [Approx.] conversion factor) 
  • Effective Pixels
     24.2 million
  • Sensor Size
     23.2mm x 15.4mm
  • Image Sensor Format
     DX 
  • Image Sensor Type
     CMOS 
  • Total Pixels
     24.7 million
  • Dust-reduction system
     Image sensor cleaning 
  • Image Area (pixels)
    DX-format
    (L)
    6,016 4,000 

    (M)
    4,512 3,000 

    (S)
    3,008 2,000
  • File Format Still Images
     Compressed 12-bit NEF (RAW)
    JPEG: JPEG-Baseline Compliant with fine (approx 1:4), Normal (approx 1:8) or Basic (approx 1:16) Compression
    NEF (RAW) + JPEG: Single Photograph Recorded in both NEF (RAW) and JPEG Formats 
  • Picture Control
     Landscape
    Monochrome
    Neutral
    Portrait
    Selected Picture Control can be Modified
    Standard
    Vivid 
  • Storage Media
     SD
    SDHC
    SDXC 
  • Card Slot
     1 Secure Digital (SD) 
  • File System
    Compliant with DCF (Design Rule for Camera File System) 2.0
    DPOF (Digital Print Order Format)
    EXIF 2.3 (Exchangeable Image File Format for Digital Still Cameras) 
  • Viewfinder
     Eye-level Pentamirror Single-Lens Reflex viewfinder 
  • Viewfinder Frame Coverage
     95% Horizontal Approx.
  • Viewfinder Magnification
     0.78x Approx.
  • Viewfinder Eyepoint
     18mm (-1.0m) 
  • Viewfinder Diopter Adjustment
     -1.7 to +0.5m 
  • Focusing Screen
     Type B BriteView Clear Matte Mark VII screen 
  • Reflex Mirror
     Quick-return type 
  • Lens Aperture
     Instant-return type 
  • Lens Compatibility at a Glance***
     AF-S Lens Required for Autofocus 
  • Compatible Lenses
     AF NIKKOR for F3AF not Supported
    AF-S, AF-I: All Functions Supported
    AI-P NIKKOR: All Functions Supported Except Autofocus and 3D Color Matrix Metering II
    Electronic Rangefinder can be used if Maximum Aperture is f/5.6 or Faster
    IX NIKKOR Lenses Cannot be Used
    Non-CPU: Autofocus not supported. Can be used in mode M, but exposure meter does not function.
    Other AF NIKKOR: All Functions Supported Except autofocus and 3D Color Matrix Metering II
    Type G or D AF NIKKOR: All Functions Supported Except Autofocus
    Type D PC NIKKOR: All Functions Supported Except Autofocus and some Shooting Modes 
  • Shutter type
     Electronically controlled vertical-travel focal-plane 
  • Shutter Speed
     1/4000 to 30 sec.  
  • Fastest Shutter Speed
     1/4000 sec.
  • Slowest Shutter Speed
     30 sec.
  • Flash Sync Speed
    Up to 1/200 sec. 
  • Shutter Release Modes
     Continuous
    Delayed remote
    Quick Response Remote Mode
    Quiet shutter-release
    Self-timer mode
    Single-frame [S] mode 
  • Frame Advance Rate
     Up to 4 fps (manual focus, mode M or S, shutter speed 1/250 sec or faster, and other settings at default values) 
  • Top Continuous Shooting Speed at full resolution
     4 frames per second
  • Self-timer
     2, 5, 10, 20 sec. Timer duration electronically controlled
  • Exposure Metering System
     TTL exposure metering using 420-pixel RGB sensor 
  • Metering Method
     Center-weighted: Weight of 75% given to 8mm circle in center of frame
    Matrix: 3D color matrix metering II (type G and D lenses); color matrix metering II (other CPU lenses)
    Spot: Meters 3.5mm circle (about 2.5% of frame) centered on selected focus point 
  • Metering Range
     0 to 20 EV (Matrix or center-weighted metering at ISO 100 equivalent, f/1.4 lens, at 20C/68F)
    2 to 20 EV (Spot metering at ISO 100 equivalent, f/1.4 lens at 20C/68F) 
  • Exposure Meter Coupling
     CPU 
  • Exposure Modes
     Aperture-Priority Auto (A)
    Auto
    Auto (flash off)
    Manual (M)
    Programmed Auto with flexible Program (P)
    Shutter-Priority Auto (S) 
  • Scene Modes
     Auto
    Auto [Flash Off]
    Child
    Close-up
    Landscape
    Night Portrait
    Portrait
    Sports 
  • Exposure Compensation
     5 EV in increments of 1/3EV 
  • Exposure Lock
     Luminosity locked at detected value with AE-L/AF-L button 
  • Mirror Lock Up
     Yes (for image sensor cleaning) 
  • ISO Sensitivity
    ISO 100 -  6400
     Hi-1 (ISO 12,800)
  • Lowest Standard ISO Sensitivity
     100 
  • Highest Standard ISO Sensitivity
     6400 
  • Highest Expanded ISO Sensitivity
     1 EV above ISO 6400 (ISO 12800 equivalent) 
  • Expanded ISO Sensitivity Options
     1 EV above ISO 6400 (ISO 12800 equivalent)
    Auto ISO sensitivity control available 
  • High ISO Noise Reduction
     Low
    Normal
    High
    Off 
  • Active D-Lighting
     On
    Off 
  • Single-point AF Mode
     Yes 
  • Dynamic AF Mode
     Number of AF points: 11 (3D-tracking) 
  • Auto-area AF Mode
     Yes 
  • Autofocus System
     Nikon Multi-CAM 1000 autofocus sensor module with TTL phase detection 
  • Detection Range
     -1 to 19 EV (ISO 100, 68F/20C) 
  • Lens Servo
     Autofocus (AF): Single-servo AF (AF-S); Continuous-servo AF (AF-C); auto AF-S/AF-C selection (AF-A); predictive focus tracking activated automatically according to subject status
    Manual focus (MF): Electronic rangefinder can be used 
  • Focus Point
     Can be selected from 11 focus points 
  • Focus Lock
     Focus can be locked by pressing AE-L/AF-L button
    Focus can be locked by pressing shutter-release button halfway (single-servo AF) 
  • Focus Modes
     Auto AF-S/AF-C selection (AF-A)
    Continuous-servo (AF-C)
    Face-Priority AF available in Live View only and D-Movie only
    Full-time Servo (AF-A) available in Live View only
    Manual (M) with electronic rangefinder
    Normal area available in Live View and D-Movie only
    Predictive focus tracking activated automatically according to subject status
    Single-servo AF (AF-S)
    Wide area available in Live View and D-Movie only 
  • Maximum Autofocus Areas/Points
     11 
  • Autofocus Sensitivity
     -1 to +19 EV (ISO 100, 20C/68F) 
  • Built-in Flash
     Yes 
  • X-Sync Speed
     1/200 
  • Flash Control
     TTL: i-TTL flash control using 420-pixel RGB sensor is available with built-in flash and SB-910, SB-900, SB-800, SB-700, SB-600, or SB-400; i-TTL balanced fill-flash for digital SLR is used with matrix and center-weighted 
  • Flash Sync Modes
     Front-curtain sync (normal)
    Rear-curtain sync
    Red-Eye reduction
    Red-Eye reduction with slow sync
    Slow sync 
  • Flash Compensation
     -3 to +1 EV in increments of 1/3 EV 
  • Flash-ready indicator
     Lights when built-in flash or optional flash unit such as SB-910, SB-900, SB-400, SB-80DX, SB-28DX or SB-50DX is fully charged 
  • Accessory Shoe
     Yes 
  • Nikon Creative Lighting System (CLS)
     CLS Supported 
  • Flash Sync Terminal
     Sync Terminal Adapter AS-15 (available separately) 
  • White Balance
     Auto
    Cloudy
    Direct Sunlight
    Flash
    Fluorescent (7 types)
    Incandescent
    Preset Manual
    Shade 
  • Live View Shooting
     Yes 
  • Live View Lens servo
     Autofocus (AF): Single-servo AF (AF-S); full-time-servo AF (AF-F)
    Manual focus (MF) 
  • Live View AF-area mode
     Face-priority AF
    Wide-area AF
    Normal-area AF
    Subject-tracking AF 
  • Live View Autofocus
     Contrast-detect AF anywhere in frame (camera selects focus point automatically when face-priority AF or subject-tracking AF is selected) 
  • Live View Scene Auto Selector
     Auto mode
    Auto (flash off) mode 
  • Movie Metering
     TTL exposure metering using main image sensor 
  • Movie Maximum recording time
     20 min. 
  • Movie File Format
     MOV 
  • Movie Video Compression
     H.264/MPEG-4 Advanced Video Coding 
  • Movie Audio recording format
     Linear PCM 
  • Movie
     HD 1,920x1,080 / 30 fps
    HD 1,920x1,080 / 25 fps
    HD 1,920x1,080 / 24 fps
    HD 1,280x720 / 60 fps
    HD 1,280x720 / 50 fps
    VGA 640x424 / 30 fps
    VGA 640x424 / 25 fps 
  • Movie Audio
     Built-in microphone, monaural
    Optional external stereo mini-pin jack (3.5mm diameter)
    Microphone sensitivity can be adjusted 
  • Monitor Size
     3.0 in. diagonal
  • Monitor Resolution
     921,000 Dots
  • Monitor Type
     Wide Viewing Angle TFT-LCD 
  • Monitor Angle of View
     160-degree wide-viewing angle
  • Playback Functions
     Auto Image Rotation
    Full-Frame and Thumbnail (4, 9, or 72 images or calendar)
    Highlights
    Histogram Display
    Image Comment
    Movie Playback
    Playback with Zoom
    Slideshow 
  • In-Camera Image Editing
     Color Balance
    Color Outline
    Color Sketch
    D-Lighting
    Distortion Control
    Filter Effects
    Fisheye
    Image Overlay
    Miniature Effect
    Monochrome
    NEF (RAW) Processing
    Perspective Control
    Quick Retouch
    Red-Eye Correction
    Resize
    Selective Color
    Straighten
    Trim 
  • Interface
     Accessory Terminal: Remote Cord: MC-DC2 (available separately); GPS unit: GP-1 (available separately)
    Audio input: Stereo mini-pin jack (3.5-mm diameter)
    HDMI output: Type C mini-pin HDMI connector
    Hi-speed USB
    Video Output: NTSC, PAL 
  • Wi-Fi Functionality
     Eye-Fi Compatible 
  • GPS
     GP-1 GPS unit 
  • Recent Settings
     Yes 
  • Supported Languages
     Arabic
    Brazilian Portuguese
    Chinese (Simplified and Traditional)
    Czech
    Danish
    Dutch
    English
    Finnish
    French
    German
    Greek
    Hindi
    Hungarian
    Indonesian
    Italian
    Japanese
    Korean
    Norweigan
    Polish
    Portuguese
    Romanian
    Russian
    Spanish
    Swedish
    Thai
    Turkish
    Ukrainian 
  • Date, Time and Daylight Savings Time Settings
     Yes 
  • World Time Setting
     Yes 
  • Battery / Batteries
     EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery 
  • Battery Life (shots per charge)
     540 shots (CIPA)
  • AC Adapter
     EH-5b AC Adapter; requires EP-5A Power Connector (available separately) 
  • Battery Charger
     MH-24 Quick Charger 
  • Tripod Socket
     1/4 in. 
  • Approx. Dimensions
    Width: 5.0 in. (125mm)
    Height: 3.8 in. (96mm)
    Depth: 3.1 in. (76.5mm)
  • Approx. Weight
     16 oz. (455g)
    camera body only
  • Operating Environment
     040 C (+32104 F) 
  • Supplied Accessories
     
    • EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery
    • MH-24 Quick Charger
    • EG-CP14 Audio/Video Cable
    • UC-E17 USB Cable
    • DK-20 Rubber Eyecup
    • AN-DC3 Camera Strap
    • DK-5 Eyepiece Cap
    • BF-1B Body Cap
    • BS-1 Accessory Shoe Cover
    • NikonView NX CD-ROM
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon D3200 Digital SLR Camera - 24.2MP (Black)


- 3.0"TFT LCD, Live View, Live View AF-Area Mode
- 18-55mm Lens

D3200 Simply Effortless Simply Stunning

 
Take your photos and videos to the next level. Unrivaled 24.2 megapixel DX-format CMOS sensor for truly dazzling photos and Full HD 1080p movies in any light. Innovative Guide Mode to help you master the camera. HD-SLR power; point-and-shoot ease.
 
Overview
 
A new level of image quality, a familiar way of sharing.
 
Product photograph of Nikon D3200 HD-SLR camera
Don't let the D3200's compact size and price fool youpacked inside this easy to use HD-SLR is serious Nikon power: a 24.2 MP DX-format CMOS sensor that excels in any light, EXPEED 3 image-processing for fast operation and creative in-camera effects, Full HD (1080p) movie recording, in-camera tutorials and much more. What does this mean for you? Simply stunning photos and videos in any setting. And now, with Nikon's optional Wireless Mobile Adapter, you can share those masterpieces instantly with your Smartphone or tablet!

DX
Format

24.2
Megapixels

4 FPS
Continuous Shooting

100-6400
ISO Expandable to 12800 (Hi 1)

HD Video
1080p with stereo sound
 
close-up portrait of a girl with blonde hair taken with Nikon D3200 HD-SLR
 
Take your photos and videos to the next level

24.2 MP DX-format CMOS sensor and EXPEED 3

Why do photos and videos shot with a Nikon HD-SLR look so good? It all starts with Nikon’s exclusive image sensors, and the D3200 has the most powerful CMOS sensor we’ve ever put in a HD-SLR at this level. Boasting an astounding 24.2 effective megapixels, it captures sharper, richer images—even in low light. Combine that with EXPEED 3 image processing, the processing power behind the acclaimed Nikon D4, for super-fast operation, exceptional image capture, in-camera filter effects and more. Your photos and videos will amaze even you.
 
Master the camera simply by using it Guide Mode ensures success

It’s never been easier to create HD-SLR quality photos, thanks to the D3200’s Guide Mode. Learn the camera's key features and controls while you shoot, and even get advice and sample images to succeed in difficult shooting situations. Guide Mode is easy to access and easy to understand. You’re never shooting alone with the D3200.
 
image of Guide Mode menu on D3200 HD-SLR's LCD
 
Capture the best of every scene
 
Six Scene Modes and Scene Auto Selector
 
Experienced photographers optimize their camera settings for the scene theyre shooting. With the D3200, optimizing your camera settings is as easy as turning a dial. Choose from six common Scene Modes like Portrait, Night Portrait, Landscape, Close up and more, for flawless results even in demanding circumstances. When using Live View, Scene Auto Selector automatically sets the D3200 for the most suitable Scene Mode for the situation. A highly accurate 420-pixel RGB sensor powers Nikon's Scene Recognition System, which compares scene data against an extensive database to optimize the shot accordingly.
 
Mode dial of D3200 and images of a yellow flower, portrait of girl, night portrait of girl and landscape taken with Nikon D3200 HD-SLR
 
Create cinema-quality HD videos

One-touch Full HD 1080p movie recording with stereo sound

Nikon is committed to developing HD-SLRs that are not just superlative still image cameras, but superlative video cameras, as well. With a touch of a button, the D3200 starts recording Full HD 1080p video with full-time autofocus, manual exposure control and stereo sound. Its breathtaking 921,000-dot, ultra-high-resolution display makes it easy to frame, monitor and review your footage. Even record in super-smooth slow motion up to 60 fps! Unleash your inner cinematographer.
 
View of the rear of the D3200 HD-SLR with HD video example on LCD
 
photo of family looking out from balcony
 
Get a new view of your world

Versatile AF-S Zoom-NIKKOR 18-55mm

Nikon’s renowned NIKKOR lenses have long been the choice of pros and serious photographers. Marvels of clarity, consistency, precision and reliability, they draw peak performance from Nikon HD-SLRs. The D3200 comes equipped with the AF-S DX Zoom-NIKKOR 18-55mm, a versatile, high performance VR image stabilized lens. And when you’re ready to expand your system and extend your creativity, you'll have your choice of over 70 legendary NIKKOR lenses.
 
Photo of girl in yellow go-cart with girl in red go-cart following, taken with Nikon D3200 HD-SLR
 
Fast and accurate shooting

The D3200's 11-point Autofocusing System is as fast as it is precise. Check your focus points, track your subject or shoot carefree right from the viewfinder. And when the action speeds up, simply aim, hold down the shutter and fire off approx. 4 fps at 24.2 MP resolution.
 
Composite of photos of woman holding red D3200, boy showing off sandy hands and girl looking at smartphone
 
Wi-Fi Connectivity—Now you can easily get GREAT pictures on your smartphone

Using the WU-1a optional wireless mobile adapter you can now automatically send great images to your smartphone and even use your smartphone to remotely capture images from your D3200. With an easy to use app, now, when you can't wait to share that great shot, you don't have to. Share it to your smartphone in an instant.
 
Photo of woman holding Nikon D3200 HD-SLR

Compact, lightweight and durable

Your D3200 is designed for comfort, intuitive use and durability. Its compact, lightweight and rugged body puts key controls at your fingertips. You'll never hesitate to bring along your D3200.
 
Photo taken with Nikon D3200 HD-SLR, of cityscape taken at night with car headlights and taillights blurred

Dramatic low-light photos

The D3200’s wide ISO range of 100 to 6400 allows for shooting in very low light without a flash or in very bright light with zoom, macro, fixed focal length or wide aperture lenses. For extreme low-light situations, set the ISO to Hi 1 and achieve ISO 12800 equivalent sensitivity.
 
Specifications
 
  • Type
     Single-lens reflex digital camera 
  • Lens Mount
     Nikon F bayonet mount 
  • Picture Angle
     Nikon DX format (Effective picture angle 1.5x [Approx.] conversion factor) 
  • Effective Pixels
     24.2 million
  • Sensor Size
     23.2mm x 15.4mm
  • Image Sensor Format
     DX 
  • Image Sensor Type
     CMOS 
  • Total Pixels
     24.7 million
  • Dust-reduction system
     Image sensor cleaning 
  • Image Area (pixels)
    DX-format
    (L)
    6,016 4,000 

    (M)
    4,512 3,000 

    (S)
    3,008 2,000
  • File Format Still Images
     Compressed 12-bit NEF (RAW)
    JPEG: JPEG-Baseline Compliant with fine (approx 1:4), Normal (approx 1:8) or Basic (approx 1:16) Compression
    NEF (RAW) + JPEG: Single Photograph Recorded in both NEF (RAW) and JPEG Formats 
  • Picture Control
     Landscape
    Monochrome
    Neutral
    Portrait
    Selected Picture Control can be Modified
    Standard
    Vivid 
  • Storage Media
     SD
    SDHC
    SDXC 
  • Card Slot
     1 Secure Digital (SD) 
  • File System
    Compliant with DCF (Design Rule for Camera File System) 2.0
    DPOF (Digital Print Order Format)
    EXIF 2.3 (Exchangeable Image File Format for Digital Still Cameras) 
  • Viewfinder
     Eye-level Pentamirror Single-Lens Reflex viewfinder 
  • Viewfinder Frame Coverage
     95% Horizontal Approx.
  • Viewfinder Magnification
     0.78x Approx.
  • Viewfinder Eyepoint
     18mm (-1.0m) 
  • Viewfinder Diopter Adjustment
     -1.7 to +0.5m 
  • Focusing Screen
     Type B BriteView Clear Matte Mark VII screen 
  • Reflex Mirror
     Quick-return type 
  • Lens Aperture
     Instant-return type 
  • Lens Compatibility at a Glance***
     AF-S Lens Required for Autofocus 
  • Compatible Lenses
     AF NIKKOR for F3AF not Supported
    AF-S, AF-I: All Functions Supported
    AI-P NIKKOR: All Functions Supported Except Autofocus and 3D Color Matrix Metering II
    Electronic Rangefinder can be used if Maximum Aperture is f/5.6 or Faster
    IX NIKKOR Lenses Cannot be Used
    Non-CPU: Autofocus not supported. Can be used in mode M, but exposure meter does not function.
    Other AF NIKKOR: All Functions Supported Except autofocus and 3D Color Matrix Metering II
    Type G or D AF NIKKOR: All Functions Supported Except Autofocus
    Type D PC NIKKOR: All Functions Supported Except Autofocus and some Shooting Modes 
  • Shutter type
     Electronically controlled vertical-travel focal-plane 
  • Shutter Speed
     1/4000 to 30 sec.  
  • Fastest Shutter Speed
     1/4000 sec.
  • Slowest Shutter Speed
     30 sec.
  • Flash Sync Speed
    Up to 1/200 sec. 
  • Shutter Release Modes
     Continuous
    Delayed remote
    Quick Response Remote Mode
    Quiet shutter-release
    Self-timer mode
    Single-frame [S] mode 
  • Frame Advance Rate
     Up to 4 fps (manual focus, mode M or S, shutter speed 1/250 sec or faster, and other settings at default values) 
  • Top Continuous Shooting Speed at full resolution
     4 frames per second
  • Self-timer
     2, 5, 10, 20 sec. Timer duration electronically controlled
  • Exposure Metering System
     TTL exposure metering using 420-pixel RGB sensor 
  • Metering Method
     Center-weighted: Weight of 75% given to 8mm circle in center of frame
    Matrix: 3D color matrix metering II (type G and D lenses); color matrix metering II (other CPU lenses)
    Spot: Meters 3.5mm circle (about 2.5% of frame) centered on selected focus point 
  • Metering Range
     0 to 20 EV (Matrix or center-weighted metering at ISO 100 equivalent, f/1.4 lens, at 20C/68F)
    2 to 20 EV (Spot metering at ISO 100 equivalent, f/1.4 lens at 20C/68F) 
  • Exposure Meter Coupling
     CPU 
  • Exposure Modes
     Aperture-Priority Auto (A)
    Auto
    Auto (flash off)
    Manual (M)
    Programmed Auto with flexible Program (P)
    Shutter-Priority Auto (S) 
  • Scene Modes
     Auto
    Auto [Flash Off]
    Child
    Close-up
    Landscape
    Night Portrait
    Portrait
    Sports 
  • Exposure Compensation
     5 EV in increments of 1/3EV 
  • Exposure Lock
     Luminosity locked at detected value with AE-L/AF-L button 
  • Mirror Lock Up
     Yes (for image sensor cleaning) 
  • ISO Sensitivity
    ISO 100 -  6400
     Hi-1 (ISO 12,800)
  • Lowest Standard ISO Sensitivity
     100 
  • Highest Standard ISO Sensitivity
     6400 
  • Highest Expanded ISO Sensitivity
     1 EV above ISO 6400 (ISO 12800 equivalent) 
  • Expanded ISO Sensitivity Options
     1 EV above ISO 6400 (ISO 12800 equivalent)
    Auto ISO sensitivity control available 
  • High ISO Noise Reduction
     Low
    Normal
    High
    Off 
  • Active D-Lighting
     On
    Off 
  • Single-point AF Mode
     Yes 
  • Dynamic AF Mode
     Number of AF points: 11 (3D-tracking) 
  • Auto-area AF Mode
     Yes 
  • Autofocus System
     Nikon Multi-CAM 1000 autofocus sensor module with TTL phase detection 
  • Detection Range
     -1 to 19 EV (ISO 100, 68F/20C) 
  • Lens Servo
     Autofocus (AF): Single-servo AF (AF-S); Continuous-servo AF (AF-C); auto AF-S/AF-C selection (AF-A); predictive focus tracking activated automatically according to subject status
    Manual focus (MF): Electronic rangefinder can be used 
  • Focus Point
     Can be selected from 11 focus points 
  • Focus Lock
     Focus can be locked by pressing AE-L/AF-L button
    Focus can be locked by pressing shutter-release button halfway (single-servo AF) 
  • Focus Modes
     Auto AF-S/AF-C selection (AF-A)
    Continuous-servo (AF-C)
    Face-Priority AF available in Live View only and D-Movie only
    Full-time Servo (AF-A) available in Live View only
    Manual (M) with electronic rangefinder
    Normal area available in Live View and D-Movie only
    Predictive focus tracking activated automatically according to subject status
    Single-servo AF (AF-S)
    Wide area available in Live View and D-Movie only 
  • Maximum Autofocus Areas/Points
     11 
  • Autofocus Sensitivity
     -1 to +19 EV (ISO 100, 20C/68F) 
  • Built-in Flash
     Yes 
  • X-Sync Speed
     1/200 
  • Flash Control
     TTL: i-TTL flash control using 420-pixel RGB sensor is available with built-in flash and SB-910, SB-900, SB-800, SB-700, SB-600, or SB-400; i-TTL balanced fill-flash for digital SLR is used with matrix and center-weighted 
  • Flash Sync Modes
     Front-curtain sync (normal)
    Rear-curtain sync
    Red-Eye reduction
    Red-Eye reduction with slow sync
    Slow sync 
  • Flash Compensation
     -3 to +1 EV in increments of 1/3 EV 
  • Flash-ready indicator
     Lights when built-in flash or optional flash unit such as SB-910, SB-900, SB-400, SB-80DX, SB-28DX or SB-50DX is fully charged 
  • Accessory Shoe
     Yes 
  • Nikon Creative Lighting System (CLS)
     CLS Supported 
  • Flash Sync Terminal
     Sync Terminal Adapter AS-15 (available separately) 
  • White Balance
     Auto
    Cloudy
    Direct Sunlight
    Flash
    Fluorescent (7 types)
    Incandescent
    Preset Manual
    Shade 
  • Live View Shooting
     Yes 
  • Live View Lens servo
     Autofocus (AF): Single-servo AF (AF-S); full-time-servo AF (AF-F)
    Manual focus (MF) 
  • Live View AF-area mode
     Face-priority AF
    Wide-area AF
    Normal-area AF
    Subject-tracking AF 
  • Live View Autofocus
     Contrast-detect AF anywhere in frame (camera selects focus point automatically when face-priority AF or subject-tracking AF is selected) 
  • Live View Scene Auto Selector
     Auto mode
    Auto (flash off) mode 
  • Movie Metering
     TTL exposure metering using main image sensor 
  • Movie Maximum recording time
     20 min. 
  • Movie File Format
     MOV 
  • Movie Video Compression
     H.264/MPEG-4 Advanced Video Coding 
  • Movie Audio recording format
     Linear PCM 
  • Movie
     HD 1,920x1,080 / 30 fps
    HD 1,920x1,080 / 25 fps
    HD 1,920x1,080 / 24 fps
    HD 1,280x720 / 60 fps
    HD 1,280x720 / 50 fps
    VGA 640x424 / 30 fps
    VGA 640x424 / 25 fps 
  • Movie Audio
     Built-in microphone, monaural
    Optional external stereo mini-pin jack (3.5mm diameter)
    Microphone sensitivity can be adjusted 
  • Monitor Size
     3.0 in. diagonal
  • Monitor Resolution
     921,000 Dots
  • Monitor Type
     Wide Viewing Angle TFT-LCD 
  • Monitor Angle of View
     160-degree wide-viewing angle
  • Playback Functions
     Auto Image Rotation
    Full-Frame and Thumbnail (4, 9, or 72 images or calendar)
    Highlights
    Histogram Display
    Image Comment
    Movie Playback
    Playback with Zoom
    Slideshow 
  • In-Camera Image Editing
     Color Balance
    Color Outline
    Color Sketch
    D-Lighting
    Distortion Control
    Filter Effects
    Fisheye
    Image Overlay
    Miniature Effect
    Monochrome
    NEF (RAW) Processing
    Perspective Control
    Quick Retouch
    Red-Eye Correction
    Resize
    Selective Color
    Straighten
    Trim 
  • Interface
     Accessory Terminal: Remote Cord: MC-DC2 (available separately); GPS unit: GP-1 (available separately)
    Audio input: Stereo mini-pin jack (3.5-mm diameter)
    HDMI output: Type C mini-pin HDMI connector
    Hi-speed USB
    Video Output: NTSC, PAL 
  • Wi-Fi Functionality
     Eye-Fi Compatible 
  • GPS
     GP-1 GPS unit 
  • Recent Settings
     Yes 
  • Supported Languages
     Arabic
    Brazilian Portuguese
    Chinese (Simplified and Traditional)
    Czech
    Danish
    Dutch
    English
    Finnish
    French
    German
    Greek
    Hindi
    Hungarian
    Indonesian
    Italian
    Japanese
    Korean
    Norweigan
    Polish
    Portuguese
    Romanian
    Russian
    Spanish
    Swedish
    Thai
    Turkish
    Ukrainian 
  • Date, Time and Daylight Savings Time Settings
     Yes 
  • World Time Setting
     Yes 
  • Battery / Batteries
     EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery 
  • Battery Life (shots per charge)
     540 shots (CIPA)
  • AC Adapter
     EH-5b AC Adapter; requires EP-5A Power Connector (available separately) 
  • Battery Charger
     MH-24 Quick Charger 
  • Tripod Socket
     1/4 in. 
  • Approx. Dimensions
    Width: 5.0 in. (125mm)
    Height: 3.8 in. (96mm)
    Depth: 3.1 in. (76.5mm)
  • Approx. Weight
     16 oz. (455g)
    camera body only
  • Operating Environment
     040 C (+32104 F) 
  • Supplied Accessories
     
    • EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery
    • MH-24 Quick Charger
    • EG-CP14 Audio/Video Cable
    • UC-E17 USB Cable
    • DK-20 Rubber Eyecup
    • AN-DC3 Camera Strap
    • DK-5 Eyepiece Cap
    • BF-1B Body Cap
    • BS-1 Accessory Shoe Cover
    • NikonView NX CD-ROM
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon D3200 Digital SLR Camera - 24.2MP (Black)


- 3.0"TFT LCD, Live View, Live View AF-Area Mode
- Twin Lens Kit

Nikon D3200 Twin Lens Kit - Black

 
D3200 Simply Effortless Simply Stunning
 
Take your photos and videos to the next level. Unrivaled 24.2 megapixel DX-format CMOS sensor for truly dazzling photos and Full HD 1080p movies in any light. Innovative Guide Mode to help you master the camera. HD-SLR power; point-and-shoot ease.
 
Overview
 
A new level of image quality, a familiar way of sharing.
 
Product photograph of Nikon D3200 HD-SLR camera
Don't let the D3200's compact size and price fool youpacked inside this easy to use HD-SLR is serious Nikon power: a 24.2 MP DX-format CMOS sensor that excels in any light, EXPEED 3 image-processing for fast operation and creative in-camera effects, Full HD (1080p) movie recording, in-camera tutorials and much more. What does this mean for you? Simply stunning photos and videos in any setting. And now, with Nikon's optional Wireless Mobile Adapter, you can share those masterpieces instantly with your Smartphone or tablet!
 
DX
Format
 
24.2
Megapixels
 
4 FPS
Continuous Shooting
 
100-6400
ISO Expandable to 12800 (Hi 1)
 
HD Video
1080p with stereo sound
 
close-up portrait of a girl with blonde hair taken with Nikon D3200 HD-SLR
 
Take your photos and videos to the next level
 
24.2 MP DX-format CMOS sensor and EXPEED 3
 
Why do photos and videos shot with a Nikon HD-SLR look so good? It all starts with Nikons exclusive image sensors, and the D3200 has the most powerful CMOS sensor weve ever put in a HD-SLR at this level. Boasting an astounding 24.2 effective megapixels, it captures sharper, richer imageseven in low light. Combine that with EXPEED 3 image processing, the processing power behind the acclaimed Nikon D4, for super-fast operation, exceptional image capture, in-camera filter effects and more. Your photos and videos will amaze even you.
 
Master the camera simply by using it
 
Guide Mode ensures success
 
Its never been easier to create HD-SLR quality photos, thanks to the D3200s Guide Mode. Learn the camera's key features and controls while you shoot, and even get advice and sample images to succeed in difficult shooting situations. Guide Mode is easy to access and easy to understand. Youre never shooting alone with the D3200.
 
image of Guide Mode menu on D3200 HD-SLR's LCD
 
Capture the best of every scene

Six Scene Modes and Scene Auto Selector

Experienced photographers optimize their camera settings for the scene they’re shooting. With the D3200, optimizing your camera settings is as easy as turning a dial. Choose from six common Scene Modes like Portrait, Night Portrait, Landscape, Close up and more, for flawless results even in demanding circumstances. When using Live View, Scene Auto Selector automatically sets the D3200 for the most suitable Scene Mode for the situation. A highly accurate 420-pixel RGB sensor powers Nikon's Scene Recognition System, which compares scene data against an extensive database to optimize the shot accordingly.
 
Mode dial of D3200 and images of a yellow flower, portrait of girl, night portrait of girl and landscape taken with Nikon D3200 HD-SLR
 
Create cinema-quality HD videos

One-touch Full HD 1080p movie recording with stereo sound

Nikon is committed to developing HD-SLRs that are not just superlative still image cameras, but superlative video cameras, as well. With a touch of a button, the D3200 starts recording Full HD 1080p video with full-time autofocus, manual exposure control and stereo sound. Its breathtaking 921,000-dot, ultra-high-resolution display makes it easy to frame, monitor and review your footage. Even record in super-smooth slow motion up to 60 fps! Unleash your inner cinematographer.
 
View of the rear of the D3200 HD-SLR with HD video example on LCD
 
Get a new view of your world

Versatile AF-S Zoom-NIKKOR 18-55mm

Nikon’s renowned NIKKOR lenses have long been the choice of pros and serious photographers. Marvels of clarity, consistency, precision and reliability, they draw peak performance from Nikon HD-SLRs. The D3200 comes equipped with the AF-S DX Zoom-NIKKOR 18-55mm, a versatile, high performance VR image stabilized lens. And when you’re ready to expand your system and extend your creativity, you'll have your choice of over 70 legendary NIKKOR lenses.
 
photo of family looking out from balcony
 
Get a new view of your world
 
Versatile AF-S Zoom-NIKKOR 18-55mm
 
Nikons renowned NIKKOR lenses have long been the choice of pros and serious photographers. Marvels of clarity, consistency, precision and reliability, they draw peak performance from Nikon HD-SLRs. The D3200 comes equipped with the AF-S DX Zoom-NIKKOR 18-55mm, a versatile, high performance VR image stabilized lens. And when youre ready to expand your system and extend your creativity, you'll have your choice of over 70 legendary NIKKOR lenses.
 
Photo of girl in yellow go-cart with girl in red go-cart following, taken with Nikon D3200 HD-SLR
 
Fast and accurate shooting

The D3200's 11-point Autofocusing System is as fast as it is precise. Check your focus points, track your subject or shoot carefree right from the viewfinder. And when the action speeds up, simply aim, hold down the shutter and fire off approx. 4 fps at 24.2 MP resolution.
 
Composite of photos of woman holding red D3200, boy showing off sandy hands and girl looking at smartphone
 
Wi-Fi ConnectivityNow you can easily get GREAT pictures on your smartphone
 
Using the WU-1a optional wireless mobile adapter you can now automatically send great images to your smartphone and even use your smartphone to remotely capture images from your D3200. With an easy to use app, now, when you can't wait to share that great shot, you don't have to. Share it to your smartphone in an instant.
 
Photo of woman holding Nikon D3200 HD-SLR
 
Compact, lightweight and durable

Your D3200 is designed for comfort, intuitive use and durability. Its compact, lightweight and rugged body puts key controls at your fingertips. You'll never hesitate to bring along your D3200.

Photo taken with Nikon D3200 HD-SLR, of cityscape taken at night with car headlights and taillights blurred
 
Dramatic low-light photos
 
The D3200s wide ISO range of 100 to 6400 allows for shooting in very low light without a flash or in very bright light with zoom, macro, fixed focal length or wide aperture lenses. For extreme low-light situations, set the ISO to Hi 1 and achieve ISO 12800 equivalent sensitivity.
 
Specifications
 
  • Type
     Single-lens reflex digital camera 
  • Lens Mount
     Nikon F bayonet mount 
  • Picture Angle
     Nikon DX format (Effective picture angle 1.5x [Approx.] conversion factor) 
  • Effective Pixels
     24.2 million
  • Sensor Size
     23.2mm x 15.4mm
  • Image Sensor Format
     DX 
  • Image Sensor Type
     CMOS 
  • Total Pixels
     24.7 million
  • Dust-reduction system
     Image sensor cleaning 
  • Image Area (pixels)
    DX-format
    (L)
    6,016 4,000 

    (M)
    4,512 3,000 

    (S)
    3,008 2,000
  • File Format Still Images
     Compressed 12-bit NEF (RAW)
    JPEG: JPEG-Baseline Compliant with fine (approx 1:4), Normal (approx 1:8) or Basic (approx 1:16) Compression
    NEF (RAW) + JPEG: Single Photograph Recorded in both NEF (RAW) and JPEG Formats 
  • Picture Control
     Landscape
    Monochrome
    Neutral
    Portrait
    Selected Picture Control can be Modified
    Standard
    Vivid 
  • Storage Media
     SD
    SDHC
    SDXC 
  • Card Slot
     1 Secure Digital (SD) 
  • File System
    Compliant with DCF (Design Rule for Camera File System) 2.0
    DPOF (Digital Print Order Format)
    EXIF 2.3 (Exchangeable Image File Format for Digital Still Cameras) 
  • Viewfinder
     Eye-level Pentamirror Single-Lens Reflex viewfinder 
  • Viewfinder Frame Coverage
     95% Horizontal Approx.
  • Viewfinder Magnification
     0.78x Approx.
  • Viewfinder Eyepoint
     18mm (-1.0m) 
  • Viewfinder Diopter Adjustment
     -1.7 to +0.5m 
  • Focusing Screen
     Type B BriteView Clear Matte Mark VII screen 
  • Reflex Mirror
     Quick-return type 
  • Lens Aperture
     Instant-return type 
  • Lens Compatibility at a Glance***
     AF-S Lens Required for Autofocus 
  • Compatible Lenses
     AF NIKKOR for F3AF not Supported
    AF-S, AF-I: All Functions Supported
    AI-P NIKKOR: All Functions Supported Except Autofocus and 3D Color Matrix Metering II
    Electronic Rangefinder can be used if Maximum Aperture is f/5.6 or Faster
    IX NIKKOR Lenses Cannot be Used
    Non-CPU: Autofocus not supported. Can be used in mode M, but exposure meter does not function.
    Other AF NIKKOR: All Functions Supported Except autofocus and 3D Color Matrix Metering II
    Type G or D AF NIKKOR: All Functions Supported Except Autofocus
    Type D PC NIKKOR: All Functions Supported Except Autofocus and some Shooting Modes 
  • Shutter type
     Electronically controlled vertical-travel focal-plane 
  • Shutter Speed
     1/4000 to 30 sec.  
  • Fastest Shutter Speed
     1/4000 sec.
  • Slowest Shutter Speed
     30 sec.
  • Flash Sync Speed
    Up to 1/200 sec. 
  • Shutter Release Modes
     Continuous
    Delayed remote
    Quick Response Remote Mode
    Quiet shutter-release
    Self-timer mode
    Single-frame [S] mode 
  • Frame Advance Rate
     Up to 4 fps (manual focus, mode M or S, shutter speed 1/250 sec or faster, and other settings at default values) 
  • Top Continuous Shooting Speed at full resolution
     4 frames per second
  • Self-timer
     2, 5, 10, 20 sec. Timer duration electronically controlled
  • Exposure Metering System
     TTL exposure metering using 420-pixel RGB sensor 
  • Metering Method
     Center-weighted: Weight of 75% given to 8mm circle in center of frame
    Matrix: 3D color matrix metering II (type G and D lenses); color matrix metering II (other CPU lenses)
    Spot: Meters 3.5mm circle (about 2.5% of frame) centered on selected focus point 
  • Metering Range
     0 to 20 EV (Matrix or center-weighted metering at ISO 100 equivalent, f/1.4 lens, at 20C/68F)
    2 to 20 EV (Spot metering at ISO 100 equivalent, f/1.4 lens at 20C/68F) 
  • Exposure Meter Coupling
     CPU 
  • Exposure Modes
     Aperture-Priority Auto (A)
    Auto
    Auto (flash off)
    Manual (M)
    Programmed Auto with flexible Program (P)
    Shutter-Priority Auto (S) 
  • Scene Modes
     Auto
    Auto [Flash Off]
    Child
    Close-up
    Landscape
    Night Portrait
    Portrait
    Sports 
  • Exposure Compensation
     5 EV in increments of 1/3EV 
  • Exposure Lock
     Luminosity locked at detected value with AE-L/AF-L button 
  • Mirror Lock Up
     Yes (for image sensor cleaning) 
  • ISO Sensitivity
    ISO 100 -  6400
     Hi-1 (ISO 12,800)
  • Lowest Standard ISO Sensitivity
     100 
  • Highest Standard ISO Sensitivity
     6400 
  • Highest Expanded ISO Sensitivity
     1 EV above ISO 6400 (ISO 12800 equivalent) 
  • Expanded ISO Sensitivity Options
     1 EV above ISO 6400 (ISO 12800 equivalent)
    Auto ISO sensitivity control available 
  • High ISO Noise Reduction
     Low
    Normal
    High
    Off 
  • Active D-Lighting
     On
    Off 
  • Single-point AF Mode
     Yes 
  • Dynamic AF Mode
     Number of AF points: 11 (3D-tracking) 
  • Auto-area AF Mode
     Yes 
  • Autofocus System
     Nikon Multi-CAM 1000 autofocus sensor module with TTL phase detection 
  • Detection Range
     -1 to 19 EV (ISO 100, 68F/20C) 
  • Lens Servo
     Autofocus (AF): Single-servo AF (AF-S); Continuous-servo AF (AF-C); auto AF-S/AF-C selection (AF-A); predictive focus tracking activated automatically according to subject status
    Manual focus (MF): Electronic rangefinder can be used 
  • Focus Point
     Can be selected from 11 focus points 
  • Focus Lock
     Focus can be locked by pressing AE-L/AF-L button
    Focus can be locked by pressing shutter-release button halfway (single-servo AF) 
  • Focus Modes
     Auto AF-S/AF-C selection (AF-A)
    Continuous-servo (AF-C)
    Face-Priority AF available in Live View only and D-Movie only
    Full-time Servo (AF-A) available in Live View only
    Manual (M) with electronic rangefinder
    Normal area available in Live View and D-Movie only
    Predictive focus tracking activated automatically according to subject status
    Single-servo AF (AF-S)
    Wide area available in Live View and D-Movie only 
  • Maximum Autofocus Areas/Points
     11 
  • Autofocus Sensitivity
     -1 to +19 EV (ISO 100, 20C/68F) 
  • Built-in Flash
     Yes 
  • X-Sync Speed
     1/200 
  • Flash Control
     TTL: i-TTL flash control using 420-pixel RGB sensor is available with built-in flash and SB-910, SB-900, SB-800, SB-700, SB-600, or SB-400; i-TTL balanced fill-flash for digital SLR is used with matrix and center-weighted 
  • Flash Sync Modes
     Front-curtain sync (normal)
    Rear-curtain sync
    Red-Eye reduction
    Red-Eye reduction with slow sync
    Slow sync 
  • Flash Compensation
     -3 to +1 EV in increments of 1/3 EV 
  • Flash-ready indicator
     Lights when built-in flash or optional flash unit such as SB-910, SB-900, SB-400, SB-80DX, SB-28DX or SB-50DX is fully charged 
  • Accessory Shoe
     Yes 
  • Nikon Creative Lighting System (CLS)
     CLS Supported 
  • Flash Sync Terminal
     Sync Terminal Adapter AS-15 (available separately) 
  • White Balance
     Auto
    Cloudy
    Direct Sunlight
    Flash
    Fluorescent (7 types)
    Incandescent
    Preset Manual
    Shade 
  • Live View Shooting
     Yes 
  • Live View Lens servo
     Autofocus (AF): Single-servo AF (AF-S); full-time-servo AF (AF-F)
    Manual focus (MF) 
  • Live View AF-area mode
     Face-priority AF
    Wide-area AF
    Normal-area AF
    Subject-tracking AF 
  • Live View Autofocus
     Contrast-detect AF anywhere in frame (camera selects focus point automatically when face-priority AF or subject-tracking AF is selected) 
  • Live View Scene Auto Selector
     Auto mode
    Auto (flash off) mode 
  • Movie Metering
     TTL exposure metering using main image sensor 
  • Movie Maximum recording time
     20 min. 
  • Movie File Format
     MOV 
  • Movie Video Compression
     H.264/MPEG-4 Advanced Video Coding 
  • Movie Audio recording format
     Linear PCM 
  • Movie
     HD 1,920x1,080 / 30 fps
    HD 1,920x1,080 / 25 fps
    HD 1,920x1,080 / 24 fps
    HD 1,280x720 / 60 fps
    HD 1,280x720 / 50 fps
    VGA 640x424 / 30 fps
    VGA 640x424 / 25 fps 
  • Movie Audio
     Built-in microphone, monaural
    Optional external stereo mini-pin jack (3.5mm diameter)
    Microphone sensitivity can be adjusted 
  • Monitor Size
     3.0 in. diagonal
  • Monitor Resolution
     921,000 Dots
  • Monitor Type
     Wide Viewing Angle TFT-LCD 
  • Monitor Angle of View
     160-degree wide-viewing angle
  • Playback Functions
     Auto Image Rotation
    Full-Frame and Thumbnail (4, 9, or 72 images or calendar)
    Highlights
    Histogram Display
    Image Comment
    Movie Playback
    Playback with Zoom
    Slideshow 
  • In-Camera Image Editing
     Color Balance
    Color Outline
    Color Sketch
    D-Lighting
    Distortion Control
    Filter Effects
    Fisheye
    Image Overlay
    Miniature Effect
    Monochrome
    NEF (RAW) Processing
    Perspective Control
    Quick Retouch
    Red-Eye Correction
    Resize
    Selective Color
    Straighten
    Trim 
  • Interface
     Accessory Terminal: Remote Cord: MC-DC2 (available separately); GPS unit: GP-1 (available separately)
    Audio input: Stereo mini-pin jack (3.5-mm diameter)
    HDMI output: Type C mini-pin HDMI connector
    Hi-speed USB
    Video Output: NTSC, PAL 
  • Wi-Fi Functionality
     Eye-Fi Compatible 
  • GPS
     GP-1 GPS unit 
  • Recent Settings
     Yes 
  • Supported Languages
     Arabic
    Brazilian Portuguese
    Chinese (Simplified and Traditional)
    Czech
    Danish
    Dutch
    English
    Finnish
    French
    German
    Greek
    Hindi
    Hungarian
    Indonesian
    Italian
    Japanese
    Korean
    Norweigan
    Polish
    Portuguese
    Romanian
    Russian
    Spanish
    Swedish
    Thai
    Turkish
    Ukrainian 
  • Date, Time and Daylight Savings Time Settings
     Yes 
  • World Time Setting
     Yes 
  • Battery / Batteries
     EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery 
  • Battery Life (shots per charge)
     540 shots (CIPA)
  • AC Adapter
     EH-5b AC Adapter; requires EP-5A Power Connector (available separately) 
  • Battery Charger
     MH-24 Quick Charger 
  • Tripod Socket
     1/4 in. 
  • Approx. Dimensions
    Width: 5.0 in. (125mm)
    Height: 3.8 in. (96mm)
    Depth: 3.1 in. (76.5mm)
  • Approx. Weight
     16 oz. (455g)
    camera body only
  • Operating Environment
     040 C (+32104 F) 
  • Supplied Accessories
     
    • EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery
    • MH-24 Quick Charger
    • EG-CP14 Audio/Video Cable
    • UC-E17 USB Cable
    • DK-20 Rubber Eyecup
    • AN-DC3 Camera Strap
    • DK-5 Eyepiece Cap
    • BF-1B Body Cap
    • BS-1 Accessory Shoe Cover
    • NikonView NX CD-ROM
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon D3200 Digital SLR Camera - 24.2MP (Red)


- 3.0"TFT LCD, Live View, Live View AF-Area Mode
- 18-55VR

Nikon D3200 + 18-105VR - Red

D3200 Simply Effortless Simply Stunning
 
 
Take your photos and videos to the next level. Unrivaled 24.2 megapixel DX-format CMOS sensor for truly dazzling photos and Full HD 1080p movies in any light. Innovative Guide Mode to help you master the camera. HD-SLR power; point-and-shoot ease.
 
Overview
 
A new level of image quality, a familiar way of sharing.
 
Product photograph of Nikon D3200 HD-SLR camera
Don't let the D3200's compact size and price fool youpacked inside this easy to use HD-SLR is serious Nikon power: a 24.2 MP DX-format CMOS sensor that excels in any light, EXPEED 3 image-processing for fast operation and creative in-camera effects, Full HD (1080p) movie recording, in-camera tutorials and much more. What does this mean for you? Simply stunning photos and videos in any setting. And now, with Nikon's optional Wireless Mobile Adapter, you can share those masterpieces instantly with your Smartphone or tablet!
 
DX
Format
 
24.2
Megapixels
 
4 FPS
Continuous Shooting
 
100-6400
ISO Expandable to 12800 (Hi 1)
 
HD Video
1080p with stereo sound
 
close-up portrait of a girl with blonde hair taken with Nikon D3200 HD-SLR
 
Take your photos and videos to the next level

24.2 MP DX-format CMOS sensor and EXPEED 3

Why do photos and videos shot with a Nikon HD-SLR look so good? It all starts with Nikon’s exclusive image sensors, and the D3200 has the most powerful CMOS sensor we’ve ever put in a HD-SLR at this level. Boasting an astounding 24.2 effective megapixels, it captures sharper, richer images—even in low light. Combine that with EXPEED 3 image processing, the processing power behind the acclaimed Nikon D4, for super-fast operation, exceptional image capture, in-camera filter effects and more. Your photos and videos will amaze even you.
 
Master the camera simply by using it Guide Mode ensures success

It’s never been easier to create HD-SLR quality photos, thanks to the D3200’s Guide Mode. Learn the camera's key features and controls while you shoot, and even get advice and sample images to succeed in difficult shooting situations. Guide Mode is easy to access and easy to understand. You’re never shooting alone with the D3200.
 
image of Guide Mode menu on D3200 HD-SLR's LCD
 
Mode dial of D3200 and images of a yellow flower, portrait of girl, night portrait of girl and landscape taken with Nikon D3200 HD-SLR
 
Capture the best of every scene Six Scene Modes and Scene Auto Selector

Experienced photographers optimize their camera settings for the scene they’re shooting. With the D3200, optimizing your camera settings is as easy as turning a dial. Choose from six common Scene Modes like Portrait, Night Portrait, Landscape, Close up and more, for flawless results even in demanding circumstances. When using Live View, Scene Auto Selector automatically sets the D3200 for the most suitable Scene Mode for the situation. A highly accurate 420-pixel RGB sensor powers Nikon's Scene Recognition System, which compares scene data against an extensive database to optimize the shot accordingly.
 
View of the rear of the D3200 HD-SLR with HD video example on LCD
 
Create cinema-quality HD videos
 
One-touch Full HD 1080p movie recording with stereo sound
 
Nikon is committed to developing HD-SLRs that are not just superlative still image cameras, but superlative video cameras, as well. With a touch of a button, the D3200 starts recording Full HD 1080p video with full-time autofocus, manual exposure control and stereo sound. Its breathtaking 921,000-dot, ultra-high-resolution display makes it easy to frame, monitor and review your footage. Even record in super-smooth slow motion up to 60 fps! Unleash your inner cinematographer.
 
photo of family looking out from balcony
 
Get a new view of your world

Versatile AF-S Zoom-NIKKOR 18-55mm

Nikon’s renowned NIKKOR lenses have long been the choice of pros and serious photographers. Marvels of clarity, consistency, precision and reliability, they draw peak performance from Nikon HD-SLRs. The D3200 comes equipped with the AF-S DX Zoom-NIKKOR 18-55mm, a versatile, high performance VR image stabilized lens. And when you’re ready to expand your system and extend your creativity, you'll have your choice of over 70 legendary NIKKOR lenses.
 
Photo of girl in yellow go-cart with girl in red go-cart following, taken with Nikon D3200 HD-SLR
 
Fast and accurate shooting
 
The D3200's 11-point Autofocusing System is as fast as it is precise. Check your focus points, track your subject or shoot carefree right from the viewfinder. And when the action speeds up, simply aim, hold down the shutter and fire off approx. 4 fps at 24.2 MP resolution.
 
Composite of photos of woman holding red D3200, boy showing off sandy hands and girl looking at smartphone
 
Wi-Fi Connectivity—Now you can easily get GREAT pictures on your smartphone

Using the WU-1a optional wireless mobile adapter you can now automatically send great images to your smartphone and even use your smartphone to remotely capture images from your D3200. With an easy to use app, now, when you can't wait to share that great shot, you don't have to. Share it to your smartphone in an instant.
 
Photo of woman holding Nikon D3200 HD-SLR

Compact, lightweight and durable

Your D3200 is designed for comfort, intuitive use and durability. Its compact, lightweight and rugged body puts key controls at your fingertips. You'll never hesitate to bring along your D3200.
 
Photo taken with Nikon D3200 HD-SLR, of cityscape taken at night with car headlights and taillights blurred

Dramatic low-light photos

The D3200’s wide ISO range of 100 to 6400 allows for shooting in very low light without a flash or in very bright light with zoom, macro, fixed focal length or wide aperture lenses. For extreme low-light situations, set the ISO to Hi 1 and achieve ISO 12800 equivalent sensitivity.
 
Specifications
 
  • Type
     Single-lens reflex digital camera 
  • Lens Mount
     Nikon F bayonet mount 
  • Picture Angle
     Nikon DX format (Effective picture angle 1.5x [Approx.] conversion factor) 
  • Effective Pixels
     24.2 million
  • Sensor Size
     23.2mm x 15.4mm
  • Image Sensor Format
     DX 
  • Image Sensor Type
     CMOS 
  • Total Pixels
     24.7 million
  • Dust-reduction system
     Image sensor cleaning 
  • Image Area (pixels)
    DX-format
    (L)
    6,016 4,000 

    (M)
    4,512 3,000 

    (S)
    3,008 2,000
  • File Format Still Images
     Compressed 12-bit NEF (RAW)
    JPEG: JPEG-Baseline Compliant with fine (approx 1:4), Normal (approx 1:8) or Basic (approx 1:16) Compression
    NEF (RAW) + JPEG: Single Photograph Recorded in both NEF (RAW) and JPEG Formats 
  • Picture Control
     Landscape
    Monochrome
    Neutral
    Portrait
    Selected Picture Control can be Modified
    Standard
    Vivid 
  • Storage Media
     SD
    SDHC
    SDXC 
  • Card Slot
     1 Secure Digital (SD) 
  • File System
    Compliant with DCF (Design Rule for Camera File System) 2.0
    DPOF (Digital Print Order Format)
    EXIF 2.3 (Exchangeable Image File Format for Digital Still Cameras) 
  • Viewfinder
     Eye-level Pentamirror Single-Lens Reflex viewfinder 
  • Viewfinder Frame Coverage
     95% Horizontal Approx.
  • Viewfinder Magnification
     0.78x Approx.
  • Viewfinder Eyepoint
     18mm (-1.0m) 
  • Viewfinder Diopter Adjustment
     -1.7 to +0.5m 
  • Focusing Screen
     Type B BriteView Clear Matte Mark VII screen 
  • Reflex Mirror
     Quick-return type 
  • Lens Aperture
     Instant-return type 
  • Lens Compatibility at a Glance***
     AF-S Lens Required for Autofocus 
  • Compatible Lenses
     AF NIKKOR for F3AF not Supported
    AF-S, AF-I: All Functions Supported
    AI-P NIKKOR: All Functions Supported Except Autofocus and 3D Color Matrix Metering II
    Electronic Rangefinder can be used if Maximum Aperture is f/5.6 or Faster
    IX NIKKOR Lenses Cannot be Used
    Non-CPU: Autofocus not supported. Can be used in mode M, but exposure meter does not function.
    Other AF NIKKOR: All Functions Supported Except autofocus and 3D Color Matrix Metering II
    Type G or D AF NIKKOR: All Functions Supported Except Autofocus
    Type D PC NIKKOR: All Functions Supported Except Autofocus and some Shooting Modes 
  • Shutter type
     Electronically controlled vertical-travel focal-plane 
  • Shutter Speed
     1/4000 to 30 sec.  
  • Fastest Shutter Speed
     1/4000 sec.
  • Slowest Shutter Speed
     30 sec.
  • Flash Sync Speed
    Up to 1/200 sec. 
  • Shutter Release Modes
     Continuous
    Delayed remote
    Quick Response Remote Mode
    Quiet shutter-release
    Self-timer mode
    Single-frame [S] mode 
  • Frame Advance Rate
     Up to 4 fps (manual focus, mode M or S, shutter speed 1/250 sec or faster, and other settings at default values) 
  • Top Continuous Shooting Speed at full resolution
     4 frames per second
  • Self-timer
     2, 5, 10, 20 sec. Timer duration electronically controlled
  • Exposure Metering System
     TTL exposure metering using 420-pixel RGB sensor 
  • Metering Method
     Center-weighted: Weight of 75% given to 8mm circle in center of frame
    Matrix: 3D color matrix metering II (type G and D lenses); color matrix metering II (other CPU lenses)
    Spot: Meters 3.5mm circle (about 2.5% of frame) centered on selected focus point 
  • Metering Range
     0 to 20 EV (Matrix or center-weighted metering at ISO 100 equivalent, f/1.4 lens, at 20C/68F)
    2 to 20 EV (Spot metering at ISO 100 equivalent, f/1.4 lens at 20C/68F) 
  • Exposure Meter Coupling
     CPU 
  • Exposure Modes
     Aperture-Priority Auto (A)
    Auto
    Auto (flash off)
    Manual (M)
    Programmed Auto with flexible Program (P)
    Shutter-Priority Auto (S) 
  • Scene Modes
     Auto
    Auto [Flash Off]
    Child
    Close-up
    Landscape
    Night Portrait
    Portrait
    Sports 
  • Exposure Compensation
     5 EV in increments of 1/3EV 
  • Exposure Lock
     Luminosity locked at detected value with AE-L/AF-L button 
  • Mirror Lock Up
     Yes (for image sensor cleaning) 
  • ISO Sensitivity
    ISO 100 -  6400
     Hi-1 (ISO 12,800)
  • Lowest Standard ISO Sensitivity
     100 
  • Highest Standard ISO Sensitivity
     6400 
  • Highest Expanded ISO Sensitivity
     1 EV above ISO 6400 (ISO 12800 equivalent) 
  • Expanded ISO Sensitivity Options
     1 EV above ISO 6400 (ISO 12800 equivalent)
    Auto ISO sensitivity control available 
  • High ISO Noise Reduction
     Low
    Normal
    High
    Off 
  • Active D-Lighting
     On
    Off 
  • Single-point AF Mode
     Yes 
  • Dynamic AF Mode
     Number of AF points: 11 (3D-tracking) 
  • Auto-area AF Mode
     Yes 
  • Autofocus System
     Nikon Multi-CAM 1000 autofocus sensor module with TTL phase detection 
  • Detection Range
     -1 to 19 EV (ISO 100, 68F/20C) 
  • Lens Servo
     Autofocus (AF): Single-servo AF (AF-S); Continuous-servo AF (AF-C); auto AF-S/AF-C selection (AF-A); predictive focus tracking activated automatically according to subject status
    Manual focus (MF): Electronic rangefinder can be used 
  • Focus Point
     Can be selected from 11 focus points 
  • Focus Lock
     Focus can be locked by pressing AE-L/AF-L button
    Focus can be locked by pressing shutter-release button halfway (single-servo AF) 
  • Focus Modes
     Auto AF-S/AF-C selection (AF-A)
    Continuous-servo (AF-C)
    Face-Priority AF available in Live View only and D-Movie only
    Full-time Servo (AF-A) available in Live View only
    Manual (M) with electronic rangefinder
    Normal area available in Live View and D-Movie only
    Predictive focus tracking activated automatically according to subject status
    Single-servo AF (AF-S)
    Wide area available in Live View and D-Movie only 
  • Maximum Autofocus Areas/Points
     11 
  • Autofocus Sensitivity
     -1 to +19 EV (ISO 100, 20C/68F) 
  • Built-in Flash
     Yes 
  • X-Sync Speed
     1/200 
  • Flash Control
     TTL: i-TTL flash control using 420-pixel RGB sensor is available with built-in flash and SB-910, SB-900, SB-800, SB-700, SB-600, or SB-400; i-TTL balanced fill-flash for digital SLR is used with matrix and center-weighted 
  • Flash Sync Modes
     Front-curtain sync (normal)
    Rear-curtain sync
    Red-Eye reduction
    Red-Eye reduction with slow sync
    Slow sync 
  • Flash Compensation
     -3 to +1 EV in increments of 1/3 EV 
  • Flash-ready indicator
     Lights when built-in flash or optional flash unit such as SB-910, SB-900, SB-400, SB-80DX, SB-28DX or SB-50DX is fully charged 
  • Accessory Shoe
     Yes 
  • Nikon Creative Lighting System (CLS)
     CLS Supported 
  • Flash Sync Terminal
     Sync Terminal Adapter AS-15 (available separately) 
  • White Balance
     Auto
    Cloudy
    Direct Sunlight
    Flash
    Fluorescent (7 types)
    Incandescent
    Preset Manual
    Shade 
  • Live View Shooting
     Yes 
  • Live View Lens servo
     Autofocus (AF): Single-servo AF (AF-S); full-time-servo AF (AF-F)
    Manual focus (MF) 
  • Live View AF-area mode
     Face-priority AF
    Wide-area AF
    Normal-area AF
    Subject-tracking AF 
  • Live View Autofocus
     Contrast-detect AF anywhere in frame (camera selects focus point automatically when face-priority AF or subject-tracking AF is selected) 
  • Live View Scene Auto Selector
     Auto mode
    Auto (flash off) mode 
  • Movie Metering
     TTL exposure metering using main image sensor 
  • Movie Maximum recording time
     20 min. 
  • Movie File Format
     MOV 
  • Movie Video Compression
     H.264/MPEG-4 Advanced Video Coding 
  • Movie Audio recording format
     Linear PCM 
  • Movie
     HD 1,920x1,080 / 30 fps
    HD 1,920x1,080 / 25 fps
    HD 1,920x1,080 / 24 fps
    HD 1,280x720 / 60 fps
    HD 1,280x720 / 50 fps
    VGA 640x424 / 30 fps
    VGA 640x424 / 25 fps 
  • Movie Audio
     Built-in microphone, monaural
    Optional external stereo mini-pin jack (3.5mm diameter)
    Microphone sensitivity can be adjusted 
  • Monitor Size
     3.0 in. diagonal
  • Monitor Resolution
     921,000 Dots
  • Monitor Type
     Wide Viewing Angle TFT-LCD 
  • Monitor Angle of View
     160-degree wide-viewing angle
  • Playback Functions
     Auto Image Rotation
    Full-Frame and Thumbnail (4, 9, or 72 images or calendar)
    Highlights
    Histogram Display
    Image Comment
    Movie Playback
    Playback with Zoom
    Slideshow 
  • In-Camera Image Editing
     Color Balance
    Color Outline
    Color Sketch
    D-Lighting
    Distortion Control
    Filter Effects
    Fisheye
    Image Overlay
    Miniature Effect
    Monochrome
    NEF (RAW) Processing
    Perspective Control
    Quick Retouch
    Red-Eye Correction
    Resize
    Selective Color
    Straighten
    Trim 
  • Interface
     Accessory Terminal: Remote Cord: MC-DC2 (available separately); GPS unit: GP-1 (available separately)
    Audio input: Stereo mini-pin jack (3.5-mm diameter)
    HDMI output: Type C mini-pin HDMI connector
    Hi-speed USB
    Video Output: NTSC, PAL 
  • Wi-Fi Functionality
     Eye-Fi Compatible 
  • GPS
     GP-1 GPS unit 
  • Recent Settings
     Yes 
  • Supported Languages
     Arabic
    Brazilian Portuguese
    Chinese (Simplified and Traditional)
    Czech
    Danish
    Dutch
    English
    Finnish
    French
    German
    Greek
    Hindi
    Hungarian
    Indonesian
    Italian
    Japanese
    Korean
    Norweigan
    Polish
    Portuguese
    Romanian
    Russian
    Spanish
    Swedish
    Thai
    Turkish
    Ukrainian 
  • Date, Time and Daylight Savings Time Settings
     Yes 
  • World Time Setting
     Yes 
  • Battery / Batteries
     EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery 
  • Battery Life (shots per charge)
     540 shots (CIPA)
  • AC Adapter
     EH-5b AC Adapter; requires EP-5A Power Connector (available separately) 
  • Battery Charger
     MH-24 Quick Charger 
  • Tripod Socket
     1/4 in. 
  • Approx. Dimensions
    Width: 5.0 in. (125mm)
    Height: 3.8 in. (96mm)
    Depth: 3.1 in. (76.5mm)
  • Approx. Weight
     16 oz. (455g)
    camera body only
  • Operating Environment
     040 C (+32104 F) 
  • Supplied Accessories
     
    • EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery
    • MH-24 Quick Charger
    • EG-CP14 Audio/Video Cable
    • UC-E17 USB Cable
    • DK-20 Rubber Eyecup
    • AN-DC3 Camera Strap
    • DK-5 Eyepiece Cap
    • BF-1B Body Cap
    • BS-1 Accessory Shoe Cover
    • NikonView NX CD-ROM
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon JAA816DA AF-S NIKKOR 24-85mm f/3.5-4.5G ED VR, Zoom Lens

AF-S NIKKOR 24-85mm f/3.5-4.5G ED VR

 
Features
 

Popular zoom lens for use with FX-format SLRs.

Offering a highly convenient combination of broad focal range and compact build, this is a great walkabout lens.

The 2485mm range easily covers the most commonly used focal lengths from wide-angle up to telephoto. Nikons Vibration Reduction system ensures sharp, steady images. ED glass elements help deliver stunning sharpness and contrast, even at maximum aperture.

FX-format standard zoom lens with 2485mm focal range (36127.5mm when used with a Nikon DX-format SLR).

Vibration Reduction (VRII) system enables more stable handheld shooting and lets you shoot at shutter speeds up to four stops slower.

Nikon Super Integrated Coating greatly reduces ghosting and flare and ensures outstanding color reproduction.

Designed specifically for use with Nikon FX-format digital SLR sensors.

ED (extra-low dispersion) glass and three aspherical lens elements ensure high resolution and contrast while minimizing aberrations and distortions.

SWM (Silent Wave Motor) for quiet and accurate autofocus.

Two focus modes: M/A (manual-priority autofocus) and M (manual focus).

Lightweight and compact body.

Weather-sealed rubber lens mount.

Specifications:
 
 
 

Weight

Approx. 465 g (16.4 oz)

Minimum aperture

f/22-29

Maximum reproduction ratio

Approx. 0.22x

Focal length

24-85 mm

Dimensions

Approx. 78 mm maximum diameter x 82 mm (distance from camera lens mount flange)

Focusing

Nikon Internal Focusing (IF) System with autofocus controlled by Silent Wave Motor and separate focus ring for manual focus

Filter-attachment size

72 mm (P=0.75 mm)

Minimum focus distance

0.38 m (1.25 ft) from focal plane at all zoom positions

Angle of view

Nikon film SLR and FX-format D-SLR cameras: 8428 30 Nikon DX-format D-SLR cameras: 6118 50 IX240 system cameras: 7122 50

Maximum aperture

f/3.5-4.5

No. of diaphragm blades

7 (rounded diaphragm opening)

Lens construction

16 elements in 11 groups (including 1 ED lens element and 3 aspherical lens elements)

Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon D3200 Digital SLR Camera - 24.2MP (Black)


- 3.0"TFT LCD, Live View, Live View AF-Area Mode
- 18-55VR + 55-300VB

D3200 Simply Effortless Simply Stunning

 
Take your photos and videos to the next level. Unrivaled 24.2 megapixel DX-format CMOS sensor for truly dazzling photos and Full HD 1080p movies in any light. Innovative Guide Mode to help you master the camera. HD-SLR power; point-and-shoot ease.
 
A new level of image quality, a familiar way of sharing.
 
Product photograph of Nikon D3200 HD-SLR camera
Don't let the D3200's compact size and price fool youpacked inside this easy to use HD-SLR is serious Nikon power: a 24.2 MP DX-format CMOS sensor that excels in any light, EXPEED 3 image-processing for fast operation and creative in-camera effects, Full HD (1080p) movie recording, in-camera tutorials and much more. What does this mean for you? Simply stunning photos and videos in any setting. And now, with Nikon's optional Wireless Mobile Adapter, you can share those masterpieces instantly with your Smartphone or tablet!
 
DX
Format
 
24.2
Megapixels
 
4 FPS
Continuous Shooting
 
100-6400
ISO Expandable to 12800 (Hi 1)
 
HD Video
1080p with stereo sound
 
close-up portrait of a girl with blonde hair taken with Nikon D3200 HD-SLR
 
Take your photos and videos to the next level
 
24.2 MP DX-format CMOS sensor and EXPEED 3
 
Why do photos and videos shot with a Nikon HD-SLR look so good? It all starts with Nikons exclusive image sensors, and the D3200 has the most powerful CMOS sensor weve ever put in a HD-SLR at this level. Boasting an astounding 24.2 effective megapixels, it captures sharper, richer imageseven in low light. Combine that with EXPEED 3 image processing, the processing power behind the acclaimed Nikon D4, for super-fast operation, exceptional image capture, in-camera filter effects and more. Your photos and videos will amaze even you.
 
Master the camera simply by using it Guide Mode ensures success

It’s never been easier to create HD-SLR quality photos, thanks to the D3200’s Guide Mode. Learn the camera's key features and controls while you shoot, and even get advice and sample images to succeed in difficult shooting situations. Guide Mode is easy to access and easy to understand. You’re never shooting alone with the D3200.
 
image of Guide Mode menu on D3200 HD-SLR's LCD
 
Capture the best of every scene

Six Scene Modes and Scene Auto Selector

Experienced photographers optimize their camera settings for the scene they’re shooting. With the D3200, optimizing your camera settings is as easy as turning a dial. Choose from six common Scene Modes like Portrait, Night Portrait, Landscape, Close up and more, for flawless results even in demanding circumstances. When using Live View, Scene Auto Selector automatically sets the D3200 for the most suitable Scene Mode for the situation. A highly accurate 420-pixel RGB sensor powers Nikon's Scene Recognition System, which compares scene data against an extensive database to optimize the shot accordingly.
 
 
Create cinema-quality HD videos

One-touch Full HD 1080p movie recording with stereo sound

Nikon is committed to developing HD-SLRs that are not just superlative still image cameras, but superlative video cameras, as well. With a touch of a button, the D3200 starts recording Full HD 1080p video with full-time autofocus, manual exposure control and stereo sound. Its breathtaking 921,000-dot, ultra-high-resolution display makes it easy to frame, monitor and review your footage. Even record in super-smooth slow motion up to 60 fps! Unleash your inner cinematographer.*
 
View of the rear of the D3200 HD-SLR with HD video example on LCD
 
photo of family looking out from balcony
 
Get a new view of your world

Versatile AF-S Zoom-NIKKOR 18-55mm

Nikon’s renowned NIKKOR lenses have long been the choice of pros and serious photographers. Marvels of clarity, consistency, precision and reliability, they draw peak performance from Nikon HD-SLRs. The D3200 comes equipped with the AF-S DX Zoom-NIKKOR 18-55mm, a versatile, high performance VR image stabilized lens. And when you’re ready to expand your system and extend your creativity, you'll have your choice of over 70 legendary NIKKOR lenses.
 
Photo of girl in yellow go-cart with girl in red go-cart following, taken with Nikon D3200 HD-SLR
 
Fast and accurate shooting
 
The D3200's 11-point Autofocusing System is as fast as it is precise. Check your focus points, track your subject or shoot carefree right from the viewfinder. And when the action speeds up, simply aim, hold down the shutter and fire off approx. 4 fps at 24.2 MP resolution.
 
Composite of photos of woman holding red D3200, boy showing off sandy hands and girl looking at smartphone
 
Wi-Fi Connectivity—Now you can easily get GREAT pictures on your smartphone

Using the WU-1a optional wireless mobile adapter you can now automatically send great images to your smartphone and even use your smartphone to remotely capture images from your D3200. With an easy to use app, now, when you can't wait to share that great shot, you don't have to. Share it to your smartphone in an instant.
 
Photo of woman holding Nikon D3200 HD-SLR

Compact, lightweight and durable

Your D3200 is designed for comfort, intuitive use and durability. Its compact, lightweight and rugged body puts key controls at your fingertips. You'll never hesitate to bring along your D3200.
 
Photo taken with Nikon D3200 HD-SLR, of cityscape taken at night with car headlights and taillights blurred
 
Dramatic low-light photos
 
The D3200s wide ISO range of 100 to 6400 allows for shooting in very low light without a flash or in very bright light with zoom, macro, fixed focal length or wide aperture lenses. For extreme low-light situations, set the ISO to Hi 1 and achieve ISO 12800 equivalent sensitivity.
 
Specifications
 
  • Type
     Single-lens reflex digital camera 
  • Lens Mount
     Nikon F bayonet mount 
  • Picture Angle
     Nikon DX format (Effective picture angle 1.5x [Approx.] conversion factor) 
  • Effective Pixels
     24.2 million
  • Sensor Size
     23.2mm x 15.4mm
  • Image Sensor Format
     DX 
  • Image Sensor Type
     CMOS 
  • Total Pixels
     24.7 million
  • Dust-reduction system
     Image sensor cleaning 
  • Image Area (pixels)
    DX-format
    (L)
    6,016 4,000 

    (M)
    4,512 3,000 

    (S)
    3,008 2,000
  • File Format Still Images
     Compressed 12-bit NEF (RAW)
    JPEG: JPEG-Baseline Compliant with fine (approx 1:4), Normal (approx 1:8) or Basic (approx 1:16) Compression
    NEF (RAW) + JPEG: Single Photograph Recorded in both NEF (RAW) and JPEG Formats 
  • Picture Control
     Landscape
    Monochrome
    Neutral
    Portrait
    Selected Picture Control can be Modified
    Standard
    Vivid 
  • Storage Media
     SD
    SDHC
    SDXC 
  • Card Slot
     1 Secure Digital (SD) 
  • File System
    Compliant with DCF (Design Rule for Camera File System) 2.0
    DPOF (Digital Print Order Format)
    EXIF 2.3 (Exchangeable Image File Format for Digital Still Cameras) 
  • Viewfinder
     Eye-level Pentamirror Single-Lens Reflex viewfinder 
  • Viewfinder Frame Coverage
     95% Horizontal Approx.
  • Viewfinder Magnification
     0.78x Approx.
  • Viewfinder Eyepoint
     18mm (-1.0m) 
  • Viewfinder Diopter Adjustment
     -1.7 to +0.5m 
  • Focusing Screen
     Type B BriteView Clear Matte Mark VII screen 
  • Reflex Mirror
     Quick-return type 
  • Lens Aperture
     Instant-return type 
  • Lens Compatibility at a Glance***
     AF-S Lens Required for Autofocus 
  • Compatible Lenses
     AF NIKKOR for F3AF not Supported
    AF-S, AF-I: All Functions Supported
    AI-P NIKKOR: All Functions Supported Except Autofocus and 3D Color Matrix Metering II
    Electronic Rangefinder can be used if Maximum Aperture is f/5.6 or Faster
    IX NIKKOR Lenses Cannot be Used
    Non-CPU: Autofocus not supported. Can be used in mode M, but exposure meter does not function.
    Other AF NIKKOR: All Functions Supported Except autofocus and 3D Color Matrix Metering II
    Type G or D AF NIKKOR: All Functions Supported Except Autofocus
    Type D PC NIKKOR: All Functions Supported Except Autofocus and some Shooting Modes 
  • Shutter type
     Electronically controlled vertical-travel focal-plane 
  • Shutter Speed
     1/4000 to 30 sec.  
  • Fastest Shutter Speed
     1/4000 sec.
  • Slowest Shutter Speed
     30 sec.
  • Flash Sync Speed
    Up to 1/200 sec. 
  • Shutter Release Modes
     Continuous
    Delayed remote
    Quick Response Remote Mode
    Quiet shutter-release
    Self-timer mode
    Single-frame [S] mode 
  • Frame Advance Rate
     Up to 4 fps (manual focus, mode M or S, shutter speed 1/250 sec or faster, and other settings at default values) 
  • Top Continuous Shooting Speed at full resolution
     4 frames per second
  • Self-timer
     2, 5, 10, 20 sec. Timer duration electronically controlled
  • Exposure Metering System
     TTL exposure metering using 420-pixel RGB sensor 
  • Metering Method
     Center-weighted: Weight of 75% given to 8mm circle in center of frame
    Matrix: 3D color matrix metering II (type G and D lenses); color matrix metering II (other CPU lenses)
    Spot: Meters 3.5mm circle (about 2.5% of frame) centered on selected focus point 
  • Metering Range
     0 to 20 EV (Matrix or center-weighted metering at ISO 100 equivalent, f/1.4 lens, at 20C/68F)
    2 to 20 EV (Spot metering at ISO 100 equivalent, f/1.4 lens at 20C/68F) 
  • Exposure Meter Coupling
     CPU 
  • Exposure Modes
     Aperture-Priority Auto (A)
    Auto
    Auto (flash off)
    Manual (M)
    Programmed Auto with flexible Program (P)
    Shutter-Priority Auto (S) 
  • Scene Modes
     Auto
    Auto [Flash Off]
    Child
    Close-up
    Landscape
    Night Portrait
    Portrait
    Sports 
  • Exposure Compensation
     5 EV in increments of 1/3EV 
  • Exposure Lock
     Luminosity locked at detected value with AE-L/AF-L button 
  • Mirror Lock Up
     Yes (for image sensor cleaning) 
  • ISO Sensitivity
    ISO 100 -  6400
     Hi-1 (ISO 12,800)
  • Lowest Standard ISO Sensitivity
     100 
  • Highest Standard ISO Sensitivity
     6400 
  • Highest Expanded ISO Sensitivity
     1 EV above ISO 6400 (ISO 12800 equivalent) 
  • Expanded ISO Sensitivity Options
     1 EV above ISO 6400 (ISO 12800 equivalent)
    Auto ISO sensitivity control available 
  • High ISO Noise Reduction
     Low
    Normal
    High
    Off 
  • Active D-Lighting
     On
    Off 
  • Single-point AF Mode
     Yes 
  • Dynamic AF Mode
     Number of AF points: 11 (3D-tracking) 
  • Auto-area AF Mode
     Yes 
  • Autofocus System
     Nikon Multi-CAM 1000 autofocus sensor module with TTL phase detection 
  • Detection Range
     -1 to 19 EV (ISO 100, 68F/20C) 
  • Lens Servo
     Autofocus (AF): Single-servo AF (AF-S); Continuous-servo AF (AF-C); auto AF-S/AF-C selection (AF-A); predictive focus tracking activated automatically according to subject status
    Manual focus (MF): Electronic rangefinder can be used 
  • Focus Point
     Can be selected from 11 focus points 
  • Focus Lock
     Focus can be locked by pressing AE-L/AF-L button
    Focus can be locked by pressing shutter-release button halfway (single-servo AF) 
  • Focus Modes
     Auto AF-S/AF-C selection (AF-A)
    Continuous-servo (AF-C)
    Face-Priority AF available in Live View only and D-Movie only
    Full-time Servo (AF-A) available in Live View only
    Manual (M) with electronic rangefinder
    Normal area available in Live View and D-Movie only
    Predictive focus tracking activated automatically according to subject status
    Single-servo AF (AF-S)
    Wide area available in Live View and D-Movie only 
  • Maximum Autofocus Areas/Points
     11 
  • Autofocus Sensitivity
     -1 to +19 EV (ISO 100, 20C/68F) 
  • Built-in Flash
     Yes 
  • X-Sync Speed
     1/200 
  • Flash Control
     TTL: i-TTL flash control using 420-pixel RGB sensor is available with built-in flash and SB-910, SB-900, SB-800, SB-700, SB-600, or SB-400; i-TTL balanced fill-flash for digital SLR is used with matrix and center-weighted 
  • Flash Sync Modes
     Front-curtain sync (normal)
    Rear-curtain sync
    Red-Eye reduction
    Red-Eye reduction with slow sync
    Slow sync 
  • Flash Compensation
     -3 to +1 EV in increments of 1/3 EV 
  • Flash-ready indicator
     Lights when built-in flash or optional flash unit such as SB-910, SB-900, SB-400, SB-80DX, SB-28DX or SB-50DX is fully charged 
  • Accessory Shoe
     Yes 
  • Nikon Creative Lighting System (CLS)
     CLS Supported 
  • Flash Sync Terminal
     Sync Terminal Adapter AS-15 (available separately) 
  • White Balance
     Auto
    Cloudy
    Direct Sunlight
    Flash
    Fluorescent (7 types)
    Incandescent
    Preset Manual
    Shade 
  • Live View Shooting
     Yes 
  • Live View Lens servo
     Autofocus (AF): Single-servo AF (AF-S); full-time-servo AF (AF-F)
    Manual focus (MF) 
  • Live View AF-area mode
     Face-priority AF
    Wide-area AF
    Normal-area AF
    Subject-tracking AF 
  • Live View Autofocus
     Contrast-detect AF anywhere in frame (camera selects focus point automatically when face-priority AF or subject-tracking AF is selected) 
  • Live View Scene Auto Selector
     Auto mode
    Auto (flash off) mode 
  • Movie Metering
     TTL exposure metering using main image sensor 
  • Movie Maximum recording time
     20 min. 
  • Movie File Format
     MOV 
  • Movie Video Compression
     H.264/MPEG-4 Advanced Video Coding 
  • Movie Audio recording format
     Linear PCM 
  • Movie
     HD 1,920x1,080 / 30 fps
    HD 1,920x1,080 / 25 fps
    HD 1,920x1,080 / 24 fps
    HD 1,280x720 / 60 fps
    HD 1,280x720 / 50 fps
    VGA 640x424 / 30 fps
    VGA 640x424 / 25 fps 
  • Movie Audio
     Built-in microphone, monaural
    Optional external stereo mini-pin jack (3.5mm diameter)
    Microphone sensitivity can be adjusted 
  • Monitor Size
     3.0 in. diagonal
  • Monitor Resolution
     921,000 Dots
  • Monitor Type
     Wide Viewing Angle TFT-LCD 
  • Monitor Angle of View
     160-degree wide-viewing angle
  • Playback Functions
     Auto Image Rotation
    Full-Frame and Thumbnail (4, 9, or 72 images or calendar)
    Highlights
    Histogram Display
    Image Comment
    Movie Playback
    Playback with Zoom
    Slideshow 
  • In-Camera Image Editing
     Color Balance
    Color Outline
    Color Sketch
    D-Lighting
    Distortion Control
    Filter Effects
    Fisheye
    Image Overlay
    Miniature Effect
    Monochrome
    NEF (RAW) Processing
    Perspective Control
    Quick Retouch
    Red-Eye Correction
    Resize
    Selective Color
    Straighten
    Trim 
  • Interface
     Accessory Terminal: Remote Cord: MC-DC2 (available separately); GPS unit: GP-1 (available separately)
    Audio input: Stereo mini-pin jack (3.5-mm diameter)
    HDMI output: Type C mini-pin HDMI connector
    Hi-speed USB
    Video Output: NTSC, PAL 
  • Wi-Fi Functionality
     Eye-Fi Compatible 
  • GPS
     GP-1 GPS unit 
  • Recent Settings
     Yes 
  • Supported Languages
     Arabic
    Brazilian Portuguese
    Chinese (Simplified and Traditional)
    Czech
    Danish
    Dutch
    English
    Finnish
    French
    German
    Greek
    Hindi
    Hungarian
    Indonesian
    Italian
    Japanese
    Korean
    Norweigan
    Polish
    Portuguese
    Romanian
    Russian
    Spanish
    Swedish
    Thai
    Turkish
    Ukrainian 
  • Date, Time and Daylight Savings Time Settings
     Yes 
  • World Time Setting
     Yes 
  • Battery / Batteries
     EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery 
  • Battery Life (shots per charge)
     540 shots (CIPA)
  • AC Adapter
     EH-5b AC Adapter; requires EP-5A Power Connector (available separately) 
  • Battery Charger
     MH-24 Quick Charger 
  • Tripod Socket
     1/4 in. 
  • Approx. Dimensions
    Width: 5.0 in. (125mm)
    Height: 3.8 in. (96mm)
    Depth: 3.1 in. (76.5mm)
  • Approx. Weight
     16 oz. (455g)
    camera body only
  • Operating Environment
     040 C (+32104 F) 
  • Supplied Accessories
     
    • EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery
    • MH-24 Quick Charger
    • EG-CP14 Audio/Video Cable
    • UC-E17 USB Cable
    • DK-20 Rubber Eyecup
    • AN-DC3 Camera Strap
    • DK-5 Eyepiece Cap
    • BF-1B Body Cap
    • BS-1 Accessory Shoe Cover
    • NikonView NX CD-ROM
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon JAA812DA AF-S DX 18-300mm f/3.4-5.6G ED VR, Zoom Lens

AF-S DX NIKKOR 18-300mm f/3.5-5.6G ED VR

 
JAA812DA
 
Features:
 
High-powered DX-format zoom lens with wide-angle to super-telephoto reach. Built to handle diverse situations, this all-round lens offers an ultra-high 16.7x zoom ratio with an incredibly wide 18-300mm focal length.

Nikons second-generation Vibration Reduction system delivers sharp results, even when shooting handheld at the super-telephoto end of the range, and enables a steady image in the cameras viewfinder. The high quality optical design boasts three ED glass elements for outstanding sharpness and contrast. A practical zoom-lock switch keeps the lens secure when not in use.

Incredibly versatile, this lens is perfect for travel, or for days when you only want to take one lens out with you.
 
DX format 16.7x zoom lens with versatile 18-300mm focal length (FX/35mm equivalent: 27 to 450mm)
 
Vibration Reduction II (VR II) stabilization system enables more flexible hand-held shooting and lets you use shutter speeds that are up to 4 stops slower.
 
Maximum aperture of f/5.6 at the telephoto end of the range.
 
Zoom-lock switch keeps the lens secure when not in use.
 
9-blade rounded diaphragm opening makes out-of-focus elements blend together smoothly.
 
Three ED glass and three aspherical lens elements ensure high resolution and superior contrast.
 
SWM (Silent Wave Motor) for fast, whisper-quiet autofocus.
 
Compact and lightweight design for a lens with this range.
 
Specifications:
 
Weight
 
Approx. 830 g (29.3 oz)
 
Minimum aperture
 
f/22-32
 
Maximum reproduction ratio
 
1/3.2x
 
Focal length
 
18-300 mm
 
Dimensions
 
Approx. 83 mm diameter x 120 mm (distance from camera lens mount flange)
 
Focusing
 
Nikon Internal Focusing (IF) System with autofocus controlled by Silent Wave Motor and separate focus ring for manual focus
 
Filter-attachment size
 
77 mm
 
Minimum focus distance
 
300 mm focal length: 0.45 m (1.48 ft) from focal plane
 
Angle of view
 
76 -5 20 '
 
Maximum aperture
 
f/3.5-5.6
 
No. of diaphragm blades
 
9 (rounded diaphragm opening)
 
Lens construction
 
19 elements in 14 groups (including 3 aspherical lens elements and 3 ED lens elements)
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon Coolpix S6400 Digital Camera - Purple


- 16MP, 12x Optical Zoom, 4.5-54.0mm, 3.0" Touchscreen LCD, VR Image Stabilization, Motion Detection, EXPEED C2, Full HD 1080p Movie Recording
COOLPIX S6400
 
The slender COOLPIX S6400 adds a stylish touch to every photo and movie you capture.

The 16-megapixel, backlit CMOS sensor combines with the 12x optical zoom to deliver vivid photos and movies in any light. Sophisticated touch screen menus allow intuitive navigation and rapid access to a range of photo effects.
Pop this camera into your pocket when you party with friends, or slip it into your bag when you travel the world. From perfect portraits to superb landscapes, shoot with style wherever you go.

The COOLPIX S6400 For every beautiful moment.
 
Key Features
 
Back-illuminated 16-MP CMOS sensor: with each pixel receiving more light, this highly sensitive image sensor works with the EXPEED processor to deliver clear shots in any light.

Beautifully sharp: the NIKKOR 12x wide-angle optical zoom lens (25300mm) with ED glass delivers superior sharpness and color in all your photos and movies.

Super-slim: with a slender 19.8 mm body, this easy-to-carry camera gives you the freedom to zoom in for a portrait photo, or zoom out to film the action, wherever you go.

7.5 cm (3.0-in.) 460k-dot, wide LCD touch screen: enjoy intuitive fingertip control over shooting and playback, thanks to smooth touch technology and Nikons Clear Color Display anti-reflective coating.

Quick effect mode: add some style to photos youve taken. Press the effect icon to choose from thumbnails of 19 different effects, including Toy Camera, Cross Process, Selective Color, and Painting.

Intelligent AF Control System: the camera automatically selects the best focus method for sharp results whatever your subject is, and wherever its positioned in the frame.

20 Scene Modes: achieve great results just by selecting the mode that matches your shooting situation, or let Scene Auto Selector choose the optimum scene mode for you.

Lens-shift Vibration Reduction: capture steady photos and movies, thanks to Nikons automatic vibration reduction technology, which counters the effects of camera shake in real time.

Anti-blur: High ISO (up to 3200) light sensitivity for sharper images in low light. Motion detection compensates for camera and subject movement. Night Portrait and Landscape modes capture clear photos in low light. Auto HDR delivers a detailed image of a high-contrast scene, such as a sunny beach.

Full HD (1080p) movie with stereo sound: start filming at the touch of the movie-record button and zoom in on the action with the 12x optical zoom lens. A Record Pause function lets you pause and then continue filming, and the camera creates one movie file for smooth playback.

Easy Panorama 360/180: move the camera vertically or horizontally to create dynamic panoramas.

3D shooting mode: create a 3D image that can be played back on 3D-capable TVs and computers.

High-speed continuous shooting: capture sharp shots of the action with ease. The camera can shoot up to seven consecutive shots at a fast seven frames-per-second. 

EXPEED C2 image processing system: provides enhanced movie recording, high-sensitivity performance, and maximum image quality.

Wireless transfer: compatible with Eye-Fi X2 (or later) cards. Transmit your digital photos (in JPEG format) directly to your phone or personal computer, and then connect to the Internet to take advantage of Nikons photo-sharing service, my Picturetown.

Specifications:

Product name COOLPIX S6400
Type Compact digital camera
Number of effective pixels 16.0 million
Image sensor 1/2.3-in. type CMOS; approx. 16.79 million total pixels
Lens 12x optical zoom, NIKKOR lens
Focal length 4.5-54.0 mm (angle of view equivalent to that of 25-300 mm lens in 35mm [135] format)
f/-number f/3.1-6.5
Lens construction 8 elements in 8 groups (1 ED lens element)
Digital zoom magnification Up to 4x (angle of view equivalent to that of approx. 1200 mm lens in 35mm [135] format)
Vibration reduction Lens shift
Motion blur reduction Motion detection (still pictures)
Autofocus (AF) Contrast-detect AF
Focus range [W]: Approx. 50 cm (1 ft 8 in.) to infinity, [T]: Approx. 1.2m (4 ft) to infinity, Macro mode: Approx. 10 cm (4 in.) to infinity (wide-angle position), (All distances measured from center of front surface of lens)
Focus-area selection Face priority, auto (9-area automatic selection), center, manual (focus area can be selected using the touch panel), subject tracking, Target finding AF
Monitor 7.5 cm (3-in.), widescreen, approx. 460k-dot, TFT LCD (touch panel) with anti-reflection coating and 5-level brightness adjustment
Frame coverage (shooting mode) Approx. 96% horizontal and 96% vertical
Frame coverage (playback mode) Approx. 96% horizontal and 96% vertical
Media Internal memory (approx. 78 MB), SD/SDHC/SDXC memory card *
File system DCF, Exif 2.3, DPOF, and MPF compliant
File formats Still pictures: JPEG, 3D images: MPO, Sound files (Voice Memo): WAV, Movies: MOV (Video: H.264/MPEG-4 AVC, Audio: AAC stereo)
Image size (pixels) 16M (High) [4608 x 3456(fine)], 16M [4608 x 3456], 8M [3264 x 2448], 4M [2272 x 1704], 2M [1600 x 1200], VGA [640 x 480], 16:9 [4608 x 2592]
Shooting Modes Auto, Scene (Scene auto selector, Portrait, Landscape, Sports, Night portrait, Party/indoor, Beach, Snow, Sunset, Dusk/dawn, Night landscape, Close-up, Food, Museum, Fireworks show, Black and white copy, Draw, Backlighting, Easy panorama, Pet portrait, 3D photography), Special effects, Smart portrait
Continuous Shooting Single (default setting), Continuous H (images are captured continuously at a rate of about 10 fps), Continuous L (up to 19 images are captured continuously at a rate of up to about 2 fps), Pre-shooting cache (up to 5 frames at a rate of up to 18 fps), Continuous H: 120 fps (50 frames are captured at a speed of about 1/120 s or faster), Continuous H: 60 fps (25 frames are captured at a speed of about 1/60 s or faster), BSS (Best Shot Selector), Multi-shot 16
Movie HD 1080p(fine) (default setting): 1920 x 1080/approx. 30 fps, HD 1080p: 1920 x 1080/approx. 30 fps, HD 720p: 1280 x 720/approx. 30 fps, HS 60 fps: 1280 x 720, HS 15 fps: 1920 x 1080
ISO sensitivity (Standard output sensitivity) ISO 125-1600, ISO 3200 (available when using Auto mode)
Metering mode 256-segment matrix, center-weighted (digital zoom less than 2x), spot (digital zoom 2x or more)
Exposure control Programmed auto exposure and exposure compensation (-2.0 - +2.0 EV in steps of 1/3 EV)
Shutter Mechanical and CMOS electronic shutter
Shutter speed 1/2000-1 s, 1/4000 s (maximum speed during high-speed continuous shooting), 4 s (Fireworks show scene mode)
Aperture Electronically-controlled ND filter (-2 AV) selection
Range 2 steps (f/3.1 and f/6.2 [W])
Self-timer Can be selected from 10 s and 2 s
Range (approx.) (ISO sensitivity: Auto) [W]: 0.5-6.2 m (1 ft 8 in.-20 ft), [T]: 1.2-2.9 m (4 ft-9 ft 6 in.)
Flash control TTL auto flash with monitor preflashes
Interface Hi-Speed USB
Data Transfer Protocol MTP, PTP
Video output Can be selected from NTSC and PAL
HDMI output Can be selected from Auto, 480p, 720p, and 1080i
I/O terminal Audio/video (A/V) output; digital I/O (USB), HDMI mini connector (Type C) (HDMI output)
Supported languages Arabic, Bengali, Chinese (Simplified and Traditional), Czech, Danish, Dutch, English, Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hindi, Hungarian, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese (European and Brazilian), Romanian, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Tamil, Thai, Turkish, Ukrainian, Vietnamese
Power sources One Rechargeable Li-ion Battery EN-EL19 (included), AC Adapter EH-62G (available separately)
Charging time Approx. 3 h (when using Charging AC Adapter EH-69P and when no charge remains)
Battery life * Still pictures: Approx. 160 shots when using EN-EL19, Movies (actual battery life for recording) *: HD 1080p(fine) (1920 x 1080): Approx. 20 min when using EN-EL19; HD 1080p (1920 x 1080): Approx. 20 min when using EN-EL19; HD 720p (1280 x 720): Approx. 25 min when using EN-EL19
Tripod socket 1/4 (ISO 1222)
Dimensions (W x H x D) Approx. 95.4 x 58.6 x 26.7 mm (3.8 x 2.4 x 1.1 in.) (excluding projections)
Weight Approx. 150 g (5.3 oz) (including battery and SD memory card)
Temperature 0C-40C (32F-104F)
Humidity 85% or less (no condensation)
Supplied accessories Camera Strap, Stylus TP-1, Rechargeable Li-ion Battery EN-EL19 (with battery case), Charging AC Adapter EH-69P, USB Cable UC-E6, Audio Video Cable EG-CP16, ViewNX 2 CD, Reference Manual CD
Optional accessories Battery Charger MH-66, AC Adapter EH-62G
 

 

Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon Coolpix S6400 Digital Camera - Red


- 16MP, 12x Optical Zoom, 4.5-54.0mm, 3.0" Touchscreen LCD, VR Image Stabilization, Motion Detection, EXPEED C2, Full HD 1080p Movie Recording

COOLPIX S6400

 
The slender COOLPIX S6400 adds a stylish touch to every photo and movie you capture.

The 16-megapixel, backlit CMOS sensor combines with the 12x optical zoom to deliver vivid photos and movies in any light. Sophisticated touch screen menus allow intuitive navigation and rapid access to a range of photo effects.

Pop this camera into your pocket when you party with friends, or slip it into your bag when you travel the world. From perfect portraits to superb landscapes, shoot with style wherever you go.

The COOLPIX S6400 For every beautiful moment.
 
Key Features
 
Back-illuminated 16-MP CMOS sensor: with each pixel receiving more light, this highly sensitive image sensor works with the EXPEED processor to deliver clear shots in any light.
 
Beautifully sharp: the NIKKOR 12x wide-angle optical zoom lens (25300mm) with ED glass delivers superior sharpness and color in all your photos and movies.
 
Super-slim: with a slender 19.8 mm body, this easy-to-carry camera gives you the freedom to zoom in for a portrait photo, or zoom out to film the action, wherever you go.
 
7.5 cm (3.0-in.) 460k-dot, wide LCD touch screen: enjoy intuitive fingertip control over shooting and playback, thanks to smooth touch technology and Nikons Clear Color Display anti-reflective coating.
 
Quick effect mode: add some style to photos youve taken. Press the effect icon to choose from thumbnails of 19 different effects, including Toy Camera, Cross Process, Selective Color, and Painting.
 
Intelligent AF Control System: the camera automatically selects the best focus method for sharp results whatever your subject is, and wherever its positioned in the frame.
 
20 Scene Modes: achieve great results just by selecting the mode that matches your shooting situation, or let Scene Auto Selector choose the optimum scene mode for you.
 
Lens-shift Vibration Reduction: capture steady photos and movies, thanks to Nikons automatic vibration reduction technology, which counters the effects of camera shake in real time.
 
Anti-blur: High ISO (up to 3200) light sensitivity for sharper images in low light. Motion detection compensates for camera and subject movement. Night Portrait and Landscape modes capture clear photos in low light. Auto HDR delivers a detailed image of a high-contrast scene, such as a sunny beach.
 
Full HD (1080p) movie with stereo sound: start filming at the touch of the movie-record button and zoom in on the action with the 12x optical zoom lens. A Record Pause function lets you pause and then continue filming, and the camera creates one movie file for smooth playback.
 
Easy Panorama 360/180: move the camera vertically or horizontally to create dynamic panoramas.
 
3D shooting mode: create a 3D image that can be played back on 3D-capable TVs and computers.
 
High-speed continuous shooting: capture sharp shots of the action with ease. The camera can shoot up to seven consecutive shots at a fast seven frames-per-second.
 
EXPEED C2 image processing system: provides enhanced movie recording, high-sensitivity performance, and maximum image quality.
 
Wireless transfer: compatible with Eye-Fi X2 (or later) cards. Transmit your digital photos (in JPEG format) directly to your phone or personal computer, and then connect to the Internet to take advantage of Nikons photo-sharing service, my Picturetown.
 
Specifications:
 
Product name COOLPIX S6400
Type Compact digital camera
Number of effective pixels 16.0 million
Image sensor 1/2.3-in. type CMOS; approx. 16.79 million total pixels
Lens 12x optical zoom, NIKKOR lens
Focal length 4.5-54.0 mm (angle of view equivalent to that of 25-300 mm lens in 35mm [135] format)
f/-number f/3.1-6.5
Lens construction 8 elements in 8 groups (1 ED lens element)
Digital zoom magnification Up to 4x (angle of view equivalent to that of approx. 1200 mm lens in 35mm [135] format)
Vibration reduction Lens shift
Motion blur reduction Motion detection (still pictures)
Autofocus (AF) Contrast-detect AF
Focus range [W]: Approx. 50 cm (1 ft 8 in.) to infinity, [T]: Approx. 1.2m (4 ft) to infinity, Macro mode: Approx. 10 cm (4 in.) to infinity (wide-angle position), (All distances measured from center of front surface of lens)
Focus-area selection Face priority, auto (9-area automatic selection), center, manual (focus area can be selected using the touch panel), subject tracking, Target finding AF
Monitor 7.5 cm (3-in.), widescreen, approx. 460k-dot, TFT LCD (touch panel) with anti-reflection coating and 5-level brightness adjustment
Frame coverage (shooting mode) Approx. 96% horizontal and 96% vertical
Frame coverage (playback mode) Approx. 96% horizontal and 96% vertical
Media Internal memory (approx. 78 MB), SD/SDHC/SDXC memory card *
File system DCF, Exif 2.3, DPOF, and MPF compliant
File formats Still pictures: JPEG, 3D images: MPO, Sound files (Voice Memo): WAV, Movies: MOV (Video: H.264/MPEG-4 AVC, Audio: AAC stereo)
Image size (pixels) 16M (High) [4608 x 3456(fine)], 16M [4608 x 3456], 8M [3264 x 2448], 4M [2272 x 1704], 2M [1600 x 1200], VGA [640 x 480], 16:9 [4608 x 2592]
Shooting Modes Auto, Scene (Scene auto selector, Portrait, Landscape, Sports, Night portrait, Party/indoor, Beach, Snow, Sunset, Dusk/dawn, Night landscape, Close-up, Food, Museum, Fireworks show, Black and white copy, Draw, Backlighting, Easy panorama, Pet portrait, 3D photography), Special effects, Smart portrait
Continuous Shooting Single (default setting), Continuous H (images are captured continuously at a rate of about 10 fps), Continuous L (up to 19 images are captured continuously at a rate of up to about 2 fps), Pre-shooting cache (up to 5 frames at a rate of up to 18 fps), Continuous H: 120 fps (50 frames are captured at a speed of about 1/120 s or faster), Continuous H: 60 fps (25 frames are captured at a speed of about 1/60 s or faster), BSS (Best Shot Selector), Multi-shot 16
Movie HD 1080p(fine) (default setting): 1920 x 1080/approx. 30 fps, HD 1080p: 1920 x 1080/approx. 30 fps, HD 720p: 1280 x 720/approx. 30 fps, HS 60 fps: 1280 x 720, HS 15 fps: 1920 x 1080
ISO sensitivity (Standard output sensitivity) ISO 125-1600, ISO 3200 (available when using Auto mode)
Metering mode 256-segment matrix, center-weighted (digital zoom less than 2x), spot (digital zoom 2x or more)
Exposure control Programmed auto exposure and exposure compensation (-2.0 - +2.0 EV in steps of 1/3 EV)
Shutter Mechanical and CMOS electronic shutter
Shutter speed 1/2000-1 s, 1/4000 s (maximum speed during high-speed continuous shooting), 4 s (Fireworks show scene mode)
Aperture Electronically-controlled ND filter (-2 AV) selection
Range 2 steps (f/3.1 and f/6.2 [W])
Self-timer Can be selected from 10 s and 2 s
Range (approx.) (ISO sensitivity: Auto) [W]: 0.5-6.2 m (1 ft 8 in.-20 ft), [T]: 1.2-2.9 m (4 ft-9 ft 6 in.)
Flash control TTL auto flash with monitor preflashes
Interface Hi-Speed USB
Data Transfer Protocol MTP, PTP
Video output Can be selected from NTSC and PAL
HDMI output Can be selected from Auto, 480p, 720p, and 1080i
I/O terminal Audio/video (A/V) output; digital I/O (USB), HDMI mini connector (Type C) (HDMI output)
Supported languages Arabic, Bengali, Chinese (Simplified and Traditional), Czech, Danish, Dutch, English, Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hindi, Hungarian, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese (European and Brazilian), Romanian, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Tamil, Thai, Turkish, Ukrainian, Vietnamese
Power sources One Rechargeable Li-ion Battery EN-EL19 (included), AC Adapter EH-62G (available separately)
Charging time Approx. 3 h (when using Charging AC Adapter EH-69P and when no charge remains)
Battery life * Still pictures: Approx. 160 shots when using EN-EL19, Movies (actual battery life for recording) *: HD 1080p(fine) (1920 x 1080): Approx. 20 min when using EN-EL19; HD 1080p (1920 x 1080): Approx. 20 min when using EN-EL19; HD 720p (1280 x 720): Approx. 25 min when using EN-EL19
Tripod socket 1/4 (ISO 1222)
Dimensions (W x H x D) Approx. 95.4 x 58.6 x 26.7 mm (3.8 x 2.4 x 1.1 in.) (excluding projections)
Weight Approx. 150 g (5.3 oz) (including battery and SD memory card)
Temperature 0C-40C (32F-104F)
Humidity 85% or less (no condensation)
Supplied accessories Camera Strap, Stylus TP-1, Rechargeable Li-ion Battery EN-EL19 (with battery case), Charging AC Adapter EH-69P, USB Cable UC-E6, Audio Video Cable EG-CP16, ViewNX 2 CD, Reference Manual CD
Optional accessories Battery Charger MH-66, AC Adapter EH-62G
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon D5200 Digital SLR Camera - 24.1MP (Red)


- 3.0"TFT LCD, Airflow Control System, Live View, AF-Area Mode
- 18-55VR Kit

D600

 
Key Features
 
 
Newly developed Nikon DX-format CMOS sensor with 24.1 effective megapixels [NEW]
 
The high pixel count of 24.1 effective megapixels delivers high-definition images with fine details of the subject enabling expression with sharpness and depth. The image maintains high resolution even if it is trimmed and printed in large size after shooting.
 
 
High-density 39-point AF system features superior subject-tracking and subject-identification performance in combination with Scene Recognition System
 
The D5200 employs a Multi-CAM 4800DX autofocus sensor module. 39 focus points track even a fast-moving subject precisely. Furthermore, performance of auto-area AF and 3D-tracking is improved in combination with the Scene Recognition System that utilizes a 2016-pixel RGB sensor.
 
 
A choice of three body colors and a vari-angle LCD monitor that offers flexible shooting
 
The D5200 is available in black, red or bronze body colors. And it incorporates a vari-angle LCD monitor that enables you to set the angle you want. Compared with viewfinder shooting, you can shoot in a variety of angles from high or low with a stable posture. This expands flexibility of composition and further enhances your creativity.
 
  • Special Effects that enable you to enjoy various creative expressions in still images and movies by setting prior to shoot. ...
  • High-speed, multifunctional and high-performance image-processing engine "EXPEED 3", equivalent to that of the Nikon's flagship model, D4. ...
  • Wide sensitivity range of ISO 100 to 6400 (expandable to ISO 25600 equivalent) that delivers sharp images with reduced image blur even in low-lit situations or sports scenes. ...
  • High-speed continuous shooting at approx. 5 fps that surely captures decisive moments. ...
  • Stereo microphone employed [NEW], Full HD (1920 x 1080) D-Movie with selectable 60i/50i frame rate. ...
  • Easy-to-understand and easy-to-operate, new GUI that effectively utilizes graphic processing. [NEW] ...
  • Large, easy-to-view, approx. 921k-dot, wide viewing angle (170), 7.5-cm (3-in.) horizontal-opening vari-angle LCD monitor. ...
  • Energy-saving design that achieves approx. 500 shots* per charge (with EN-EL14, in single-frame mode). ...
    • *Based on CIPA Standards.
  • Compatible with the WU-1a Wireless Mobile Adapter (optional) that enables transmission of images to smartphone or tablet PC wirelessly. ...
  • Compatible with the WR-R10/WR-T10 Wireless Remote Controllers (optional). Remote control is ensured even if there are obstacles in the way. [NEW] ...
  • 16 options of Scene Modes that enable selection of the most appropriate mode according to the shooting scene or subject. ...
  • Variety of image-editing functions that allow you to retouch images easily after shooting, such as NEF (RAW) processing, Trim and Fisheye. ...
 
High image quality
 
Reproduces minute details of the subject with the sharp depiction performance of NIKKOR lenses and high pixel count of the D5200 Nikon DX-format CMOS sensor [NEW]
 
The D5200 employs newly developed Nikon DX-format CMOS sensor with 24.1 effective megapixels. Combined with the sharp depiction of NIKKOR lenses, the high resolution renders details of the subject minutely and delivers images with great definition and depth. The sensor also supports wide ISO sensitivity range, high-speed readout during live view and Full HD movie recording.
 
 
Renders even delicate detail in skin tone, eyelashes and hair high-performance image-processing engine EXPEED 3 that maintains superior gradation
 
 
The D5200 comes equipped with image-processing engine EXPEED 3, equivalent to that of higher-end models such as the D4. It processes multiple tasks in parallel at high speed while maintaining high precision to bring out the full potential of the 24.1 megapixels for both still images and movies. The image processing of the EXPEED 3 is excellent at color reproduction, gradation processing and image quality at high sensitivity. It reproduces human skin tone, eyelashes and hair more faithfully. Furthermore, from image processing and card recording to image playback and image transfer, EXPEED 3 manages massive amounts of data at high speed. Even with high ISO noise reduction and Active D-Lighting, continuous shooting speed is not sacrificed, realizing comfortable shooting. This also contributes to energy saving.
 
High image quality of the D5200 realized by the high pixel count of 24.1 effective megapixels, image-processing engine EXPEED 3 and NIKKOR lenses
 
 
Effective for shooting in low-lit situations such as interiors or night scenes and for moving subjects ISO sensitivity range up to 6400
 
The D5200's wide ISO sensitivity range is from ISO 100 to 6400, expandable to Hi 1 (ISO 12800 equivalent) and Hi 2 (ISO 25600 equivalent). The camera reduces noise effectively even at high ISO sensitivity setting while maintaining definition as much as possible to deliver sharp images. Setting high ISO sensitivity enables you to shoot at faster shutter speeds and capture pictures without worrying about image degradation caused by camera shake even in low-light situations or when shooting a moving subject. This superior high-sensitivity performance is also effective for D-Movie and you can record beautiful movies without large-scale lighting equipment even when light is scarce.
 
 
Shot at ISO 3200
 
 
Shot at ISO 1600
 
Wide ISO sensitivity range from ISO 100 to 6400 at normal setting
ISO 100
ISO 200
ISO 400
ISO 800
ISO 1600
ISO 3200
ISO 6400
 

Reproduces brightness in highlights and shadowy areas as you see them Active D-Lighting with improved image quality

Active D-Lighting is effective for shooting, for example, a dark room including outside scenery seen through a window, high-contrast scenes such as at the seaside under strong sunlight, and backlit situations. It preserves details in both highlights and shadowy areas in such situations, maintaining moderate contrast to reproduce brightness as you see it. Select the preferred setting from "auto", "extra high", "high", "normal", "low" or "off". The D5200 employs a new image-processing system that causes less shift of color even when the strength level is increased. Image-processing time is shortened by highly accurate and high-speed real-time processing. And color reproduction is further enhanced with new image-processing engine EXPEED 3. Unlike HDR (High Dynamic Range), Active D-Lighting does not require the process of combining images, therefore it is effective for shooting moving subjects such as people.

Extra high
Off

Delivers beautiful images even in high-contrast scenes HDR (High Dynamic Range)

Two images taken with one shutter release at varying exposure are combined to produce a single image that has a wider dynamic range (range of contrast to reproduce tonal gradation) with less loss of detail in highlights and shadows. The result is images with less noise and rich tonal gradation throughout the entire frame including shadows and highlights even in high-contrast shooting scenes. HDR mode is selectable from "auto", "extra high", "high", "normal", "low" and "off". The exposure differential of the two images up to 3 EV and the smoothness of the edge where the two exposures meet are automatically set according to the strength level. Effective for stationary subjects such as landscapes or still lifes.

Note: It is recommended to use a tripod.

Overexposed
Underexposed
HDR

NIKKOR

To draw out the full potential of the D5200's approx. 24 megapixels and render high-definition images, using a high optical performance lens with superior resolution is of vital importance. NIKKOR lenses are Nikon digital SLR cameras' genuine interchangeable lenses and are highly praised by many photo enthusiasts and professional photographers. Employing an array of Nikon's original advanced technologies, NIKKOR lenses feature high optical performance and superior rendering performance, and support high image quality by getting the most out of the D5200's high pixel count in both still images and movies through the wide and diverse lineup.

Nikon's original technologies

-Nikon's original Vibration Reduction function (VR) that realizes an easy-to-see viewfinder image, comfortable shooting and images with reduced blur for both stills and movies
Image blur caused by camera shake tends to occur when shooting in low-lit situations, telephoto shooting and close-up shooting. Nikon built the Vibration Reduction function (VR) into the lens to reduce the effects of camera shake. Different from a blur-reduction function built into the camera body, this ensures a stable viewfinder image during shooting for precise focusing and comfortable confirmation of composition. The VR function, optimized for the characteristics of each lens, is effective for not only still image shooting but also movie recording using live view.
VR "On"
VR "Off"
-AF-S lenses with built-in SWM (Silent Wave Motor) ensure quiet autofocus operation
Nikon's originally developed SWM (Silent Wave Motor = ultrasonic motor) for AF drive is an autofocus motor that converts "traveling waves" into rotational energy to drive optics for autofocus. AF-S lenses that incorporate the SWM achieve quiet AF operation.
-Nano Crystal Coat provides clear images with minimal ghost or flare
This is an antireflective coating that originated from Nikon's work in semiconductor manufacturing technology. Ghost effects caused by red light, which were incredibly difficult to prevent with conventional coating, and ghost and flare effects caused by light entering the lens diagonally are effectively reduced to provide clear images.
-ED glass effectively minimizes chromatic aberration at high magnification
Nikon-developed ED (Extra-low Dispersion) glass minimizes prism-caused color dispersion. For lenses using normal optical glass, the longer the focal length, the more difficult it is to correct the chromatic aberration that causes color fringing. Nikon's ED glass effectively compensates for this kind of chromatic aberration.
-Aspherical lens for effective distortion correction
This type of lens utilizes non-spherical surfaces to correct certain types of lens aberration. These elements are particularly useful for correcting the distortion in wide-angle lenses.

Precise subject acquisition

Faithfully reproduces the shooting scene as you see it high-precision Scene Recognition System that analyzes a subject more finely with the 2016-pixel RGB sensor

The Scene Recognition System determines the subject's situation accurately prior to shooting and enables highly precise auto control. The D5200 analyzes brightness and color information of the shooting scenes more finely with Nikon's original Scene Recognition System that utilizes the 2016-pixel RGB sensor, which has been incorporated in higher-end models. And applies that information to autofocus, auto exposure, i-TTL flash and auto white balance control. In 3D-tracking, it is possible to track even a moving subject accurately. Also, in subject identification, smaller subjects compared with the D5100 can be detected which contributes to the improvement of subject identification performance in auto-area AF. Furthermore, the D5200 detects up to 35 human faces utilizing the image sensor when using face-priority AF during live view and movie recording, and playback zoom of people's faces for still images.

Scene Recognition System

Accurate light source identification with Scene Recognition System auto white balance

The D5200 utilizes color and brightness information of the shooting scenes acquired by light source identification of the Scene Recognition System for auto white balance. It identifies the light source by referencing the in-camera database for auto white balance. In this way, it can determine the ideal white balance even with difficult light sources.

Captures even fast-moving scenes high-density 39-point AF system

The D5200 incorporates the Multi-CAM 4800DX autofocus sensor module, the same as that used in the D7000. With their high density, the 39 focus points, the top level among models in this class, that widely cover the image area acquire and track even fast-moving subjects such as sports or action accurately. Nine cross-type sensors cover the most frequently used center area to deliver higher subject acquisition and focusing performance. There are selectable AF area modes according to the scene single-point AF, dynamic-area AF (9 points, 21 points and 39 points), 3D-tracking and auto-area AF. In 3D-tracking mode, the camera keeps tracking not only a subject in a changed composition but also a moving subject. This is very convenient when shooting a fast-moving subject. Combined with the Scene Recognition System utilizing a 2016-pixel RGB sensor, the D5200 shows further improved subject-tracking performance in 3D-tracking and subject-identification performance in auto-area AF.
You can also choose to shoot with 11 focus points for quicker focus-point selection. Additionally, in the viewfinder, it is possible to display grid lines that are effective for rigorous composition.

Bright and easy-to-see viewfinder
Viewfinder display (framing grid)

Four selectable AF-area modes according to the subject in optical viewfinder shooting

The D5200 offers four AF-area modes. You can choose how the focus point for autofocus is selected according to the subject in viewfinder shooting.

-Single-point AF mode

Ideal for stationary subjects. You can focus on the subject selecting one of the 39 focus points according to your composition. It is effective to focus on an aimed point in situations such as shooting a flower or portrait.

Single-point AF mode

-Dynamic-area AF mode

Suitable for capturing an erratically moving subject. Select one of the 39 focus points. If the subject briefly leaves the selected focus point, the camera will focus based on information from the surrounding points.
Selectable when focus mode is set to AF-A or AF-C.

9 points
Choose when there is time to compose the photograph or when photographing subjects that are moving predictably.
21 points
Choose when photographing subjects that are moving unpredictably.
39 points
Choose when photographing subjects that are moving quickly and cannot be easily framed in the viewfinder.
9 points
21 points
39 points

-3D-tracking mode

Suitable for shooting a moving subject. Pursues your subject using all 39 focus points. Once focusing is achieved with a selected focus point, the focus point automatically changes to track the subject according to its movement while the shutter-release button is pressed halfway.
Selectable when focus mode is set to AF-A or AF-C.

3D-tracking mode

-Auto-area AF mode

The D5200 detects the main subject using all 39 focus points and automatically focuses on it. The D5200 can recognize human skin tone using "subject identification" of the Scene Recognition System for improved human subject acquisition.

Auto-area AF mode

Note: Only the selected focus point is shown on actual images. Also, if you select focus points in a peripheral area of an image when "9 points" or "21 points" is chosen, the number of focus points actually used may be less than 9 or 21.

Captures the decisive moment release mode button that supports quick selection of release mode and approx. 5 fps high-speed continuous shooting

The release mode button is located next to the mode dial. The release mode setting menu is displayed on the LCD monitor by pressing the release mode button so that quick switching of modes is possible. For release modes, the D5200 employs quiet shutter-release mode, "Q", that allows shooting with reduced mirror movement sound. This is effective for occasions such as a ceremony or when taking pictures of insects or a sleeping child. Also, the D5200 realizes high-speed continuous shooting at approx. 5 fps, while approx. 3 fps is also selectable, which is optimal for capturing natural facial expressions. The number of shots in continuous shooting is up to 100 in JPEG. It does not miss a moment of a subject's movements or facial expression. The shutter unit is tested for approx. 100,000 cycles with the shutter actually loaded to prove its high durability.

Release mode button
Release mode setting menu
Approx. 5 fps high-speed continuous shooting ensures you capture decisive moments.

Shooting with the mirror in the up position is achieved in live view newly designed, independently driven mirror mechanism [NEW]

Nikon newly designed the high-speed and highly precise sequential control mechanism for the D5200. It contributes to high-speed continuous shooting at up to approx. 5 fps with a release time lag of approx. 0.09 s*. This new sequential control mechanism drives the mirror independently. In live view shooting, the shutter is released with the mirror in the up position. Because the impact of the mirror's up and down movement is eliminated, smooth and quiet shooting can be expected in single-frame and continuous shooting (low-speed/high-speed).

  • *Based on CIPA Guidelines.

Live view shooting that enables accurate focusing using the large, east-to-see 7.5-cm (3-in.), approx. 921k-dot, vari-angle LCD monitor

The D5200 incorporates a large, easy-to-see, 7.5-cm (3-in.), approx. 921k-dot (VGA), 170 viewing angle, movable vari-angle LCD monitor that realizes comfortable live view shooting. Approx. 100% frame coverage of the LCD monitor is effective when you want to compose your image firmly before shooting in a situation such as landscape or portrait shooting. Simply rotate the live view switch on top of the camera to shift from viewfinder shooting to live view shooting. The position of a focus point can be moved using a multi selector to focus on the desired point.

  • More information about shooting with the vari-angle monitor
7.5-cm (3-in.), 921k-dot (VGA), 170 viewing angle LCD monitor

Three focus modes selectable focusing that suits your subject

-Single-servo AF (AF-S)

Suitable for a stationary subject such as landscapes, architecture or flowers.

-Full-time-servo AF (AF-F)

Convenient for shooting a moving subject which is usually difficult to focus on, such as a person or pet. Available in both live view mode and movie recording. Camera focuses continuously as the subject moves.

-Manual focus (MF)

Manual focusing. Suitable for a subject for which autofocus is difficult, such as an animal in a cage or a person in the shade with the sun in the background.

Four AF-area modes in live view selectable according to your subject

-Face-priority AF

Suitable for focusing on someone's face such as for a commemorative photo.

-Wide-area AF

Suitable for handheld shooting such as for a landscape. Focus point can be moved to a desired point within the frame.

-Normal-area AF

Convenient for shooting with pin-point focus such as for a close-up of a flower and other small subjects. Using a tripod is recommended for more precise focusing.

-Subject-tracking AF

After focusing is activated, focus point tracks the subject automatically. Suitable for a moving subject such as a child or pet.

Recommended combination of focus mode and AF-area mode

Single-servo AF and normal-area AF
Suitable for a stationary subject
Full-time-servo AF and subject-tracking AF
Suitable for a moving subject

Camera selects the optimal scene mode automatically Scene Auto Selector (only available in live view shooting)

In live view shooting, if you point the camera at your subject, the camera automatically identifies the scene and selects the most appropriate scene mode from Portrait, Landscape, Close up and Night portrait*. Smooth shooting is achieved without setting the scene mode for each subject.

  • *When mode dial is set to Auto or Auto (flash off) and using AF.
Scene Auto Selector (Landscape)

-Scene Auto Selector employed on the D5200

Note: Selected when the camera identifies situations not covered by Portrait, Landscape, Close up or Night portrait mode, or for scenes suited to Auto or Auto (flash off).

Flicker reduction function

Flicker and banding visible in the monitor under fluorescent or mercury vapor light during live view or movie recording can be reduced using the flicker reduction function. When "Auto" mode is set in the flicker reduction menu, the camera can automatically identify the light source frequency for the appropriate exposure control. You can also manually switch between 50 Hz and 60 Hz according to your local area.

 

Creative expression

More advanced expression by combining creative angle and Special Effects

The D5200's LCD monitor opens horizontally from 0 to 180 and flips up and down from +180 to -90. It allows you to set the monitor at your preferred angle for the creative expression you desire in your composition. You can shoot comfortably from a high or low angle with a stable posture, when it would otherwise be difficult to shoot using the optical viewfinder. Even if shooting from ground level, it is possible to shoot confirming composition. Moreover, the vari-angle LCD monitor helps you to shoot more creative images than ever before in combination with the Special Effects, for both still images and movies.

  • More information about Special Effects

Enable you to confirm an effect in real time while shooting and deliver more creative expression Special Effects

The D5200 comes equipped with seven options of Special Effects. It is easy to shoot images applying various effects without using image-editing software. The result of an effect is displayed on the LCD monitor in real time, therefore you can set the effects while checking the appearance of your image. The wide range of effects greatly expands your creative possibilities in combination with the vari-angle LCD monitor for both still images and movies.

Special Effects incorporated in the D5200

Color sketch*, Miniature effect*, Selective color*, Silhouette, Night vision, High key, Low key

  • *It is possible to apply these effects to still images after shooting using retouch menus.

Ideal for movies to create a dynamic impression for a commercial or a cinematic effect [Selective color]

All colors other than the color(s) you want to emphasize are recorded in black and white. Up to three colors are selectable and the color range can be adjusted in values between 1 to 7.

The image can be pop or artistic [Color sketch]

The camera detects and colors subjects' outlines to create sketch-style images. Vividness of colors and density of outlines are adjustable.

Note: Movies shot in this mode play back like a slide show made up of a series of stills.

Landscape appears as if it is miniature scale model when shooting from a high place [Miniature effect]

Distant subjects appear as if they are miniature scale models. The position of the focus point remains sharp while the peripheral area is defocused.

Note: Miniature effect movies play back at high speed.

Easy to enjoy super-high sensitivity shooting [Night vision]

Enables shooting in extremely low-light conditions. Records monochrome (black and white) images.

Renders a woman or child, for example, with a gentle and soft atmosphere [High key]

Creates beautiful bright images filled with light by intentional overexposure.

Suitable for metallic materials or a portrait of a man with a dignified and somber atmosphere [Low key]

Creates dark and somber images to emphasize highlights by intentional underexposure.

Creates a dramatic effect on a subject [Silhouette]

Creates dramatic images with silhouettes of subjects against a bright background.

Shoots the scene beautifully and automatically 16 options of Scene Modes

If you select a mode according to the scene, the D5200 automatically chooses the most appropriate settings to deliver a beautiful image. Five frequently used Scene Modes such as Portrait and Landscape can be directly selected using the mode dial. For other modes such as Sunset, Dusk/dawn and Food, set the mode dial to SCENE and select the mode by rotating the command dial. You can capture scenes which previously had been difficult to shoot, easily and beautifully.

Scene Modes employed on the D5200

Portrait, Landscape, Child, Sports, Close up, Night portrait, Night landscape, Party/indoor, Beach/snow, Sunset, Dusk/dawn, Pet portrait, Candlelight, Blossom, Autumn colors, Food

Sports
Close up
Night landscape
Party/indoor
Dusk/dawn
Food

Customizes colors and tones of your movies and images to your preferences before shooting Picture Control

The D5200 employs six types of Picture Control, selectable according to your subjects and shooting scenes for both still images and movies. Selected Picture Control lets you fine-tune sharpening, contrast, etc. to match your own image creation ideas. Changes can be saved as custom Picture Controls and used with image-browsing/editing software ViewNX 2 (supplied) and image-editing software Capture NX 2 (optional).

Picture Control employed on the D5200

Standard, Neutral, Vivid, Monochrome, Portrait, Landscape

  • More information
Set Picture Control display
Adjusting display
Standard
Standard processing for balanced results. Recommended for most situations.
Neutral
Minimal processing for natural results. Choose for photographs that will later be extensively processed or retouched.
Vivid
Provides distinct, colorful, fresh-looking images. Choose for situations where you want to emphasize primary colors such as blue, red and green.
Monochrome
Gives you monochromatic shadings, such as black-and-white or sepia. You can select filter effects and toning.
Portrait
Portrait delivers natural-appearing skin. Natural texture gives the skin of portrait subjects a smoother feel.
Landscape
Produces vibrant landscapes and cityscapes. Suitable for any kinds of nature scenes.

Easy in-camera image editing Retouch menus

The D5200 comes equipped with 19 kinds of image-editing functions. These in-camera functions let you retouch images easily. There are a variety of options such as Fisheye that produces effects similar to those obtained with a fisheye lens and Filter effects that achieve images similar to those taken with a filter. Edit movie allows you to delete unwanted parts by choosing the start or end point, or save a selected frame as a JPEG image. In each case, a duplicate image or movie is created, leaving the original securely intact.

Retouch menus employed on the D5200

D-Lighting, Red-eye correction, Trim, Monochrome, Filter effects, Color balance, Image overlay, NEF (RAW) processing, Resize, Quick retouch, Straighten, Distortion control, Fisheye, Color outline, Color sketch*, Perspective control, Miniature effect*, Selective color*, Edit movie

  • *It is possible to apply these effects to still images/movies prior to shooting using Special Effects.
Straighten
Corrects inclination of the image within a range of 5 (in approx. 0.25 steps).
Trim
The desired part of the image can be trimmed and enlarged.
Fisheye
Creates images that resemble those taken with a fisheye lens.

Effective for backlit or shaded conditions built-in flash

Even when the subject's face is backlit or, for example, shaded by a hat, you can shoot with appropriate brightness using the built-in flash. The D5200 detects the brightness situation of the subject, pops up* the built-in flash automatically and fires. Using i-TTL flash control that achieves high-precision metering, an optimal amount of light for the scene realizes naturally reproduced images.

  • *When shooting mode is set to Auto, Portrait, Child, Close up, Night portrait, Party/indoor, Pet portrait or Color sketch.

Exclusive Nikon software expand your creativity

Your Imaging Toolbox ViewNX 2 (supplied)

This simple and intuitive software helps you get the most out of your images and movies after shooting. ViewNX 2 provides importing and browsing capability while also incorporating image-editing functions such as Resize, Brightness, Crop, Straighten and NEF (RAW) image processing. High-definition and high-quality RAW processing is achieved by utilizing the same processing algorithm as Capture NX 2 that faithfully reproduces Nikon image quality. Its movie-editing functions help you create your own original movies quickly and easily, and Nikon's smart photo sharing and storage service, my Picturetown, works smoothly with ViewNX 2, allowing you to log in directly from the software for easy uploading without activating a browser.

  • More information

Quick and simple image-editing software with intuitive operation Capture NX 2 (optional)

Nikon's RAW images (NEF: Nikon Electronic Format) maintain extremely rich data. Only Nikon's Capture NX 2 can fully utilize this data with its optimized file format and software processing algorithms. With the enhanced speed of the algorithms, high-speed processing is achieved. This enables high-speed, stress-free editing even if the data size is large. Also, Capture NX 2 supports 64-bit (native) to realize a comfortable working environment. You can focus on editing with ease because it is possible to leave the original image intact with NEF editing. In addition to the intuitive and simple editing using Color Control Points, it incorporates various functions such as Auto Retouch brush, Batch Processing, Quick Fix, Straighten Tool, Vignette Control, Auto Color Aberration Control and Distortion Control.

  • *Compared with conventional versions, under test conditions established by Nikon.

Note: For further details of the latest version or operating environment, please visit Nikon's website.

D-Movie

Reproduces even fast-moving scenes beautifully D-Movie compatible with 1920 x 1080 60i/50i

The D5200 allows you to record movie with sharpness, clarity and fluid motion easily. Utilizing the newly developed Nikon DX-format CMOS sensor and EXPEED 3, which is equivalent to that of higher models, the D5200 deliver movies with reduced noise, jaggies and moir. It renders various fast-moving scenes naturally, such as galloping horses, the splashing of water or the view from a moving car. The D5200 also employs subject-tracking AF that tracks and maintains focusing on a moving subject and face-priority AF that is optimal for portrait shooting. The movie-record button is located next to the shutter-release button. You can start/stop movie recording as if shooting still images while holding the camera stably and camera shake that may occur during operation is minimized. If you want to shoot according to your creative intention, it is possible to set the shutter speed and ISO sensitivity manually* (in mode M). In combination with unique shooting angles using the vari-angle LCD monitor and NIKKOR lenses that feature high resolution, you can enjoy advanced, creative movie recording by making clips, short films or video projects combining stills and video.
The D5200 also employs a variety of movie-editing features that can be accomplished easily inside the camera and without the need for a computer. It is possible to delete unwanted parts by choosing the start and end point in single frame units, and save a selected frame as a JPEG image with the same image size as that of the selected movie frame.

Lens: AF-S DX NIKKOR 18-105mm f/3.5-5.6G ED VR
Lens: AF-S DX NIKKOR 18-55mm f/3.5-5.6G VR
Note: The video shown here was taken in 1920 x 1080 60i, then converted to Flash Video format for ease of handling. Image quality varies from the original.
  • *Selectable shutter speed varies according to the frame rate of the movie. ISO sensitivity can be set to values between ISO 100 to 6400 or Hi 0.3 to Hi 2.

Sample movies utilizing the Special Effects of the D5200

Selective color
Lens: AF-S DX NIKKOR 18-55mm f/3.5-5.6G VR
Low key
Lens: AF-S DX NIKKOR 18-105mm f/3.5-5.6G ED VR

Note: The video shown here was taken using the D-Movie function, then converted to Flash Video format for ease of handling. Image quality varies from the original.

Built-in stereo microphone that enables you to record rich, high-quality sound [NEW]

The D5200's built-in stereo microphone lets you enjoy recording rich, high-quality sound. The sensitivity level can be adjusted, choosing from auto and manual (1 to 20 steps) according to the shooting situation. Select low level (smaller value) for scenes in louder environments, such as a concert hall; high level (large value) for quieter environments, with more delicate ambient sounds, such as a murmuring stream.

ME-1 Stereo Microphone (optional) compatible

In addition to the built-in microphone, the D5200 lets you record stereo sound with the optional ME-1 Stereo Microphone. Using the ME-1 Stereo Microphone reduces noise caused by lens vibration recorded during autofocus shooting. You can select the microphone sensitivity setting in the same way as with the built-in stereo microphone.

Specifications

Frame size (pixels)
Frame rate*1
Maximum bit rate
(high quality/Normal)
Maximum length
(high quality/Normal)*4
1920 x 1080
60i*2
24 Mbps/12 Mbps
20 min./29 min. 59 s
50i*2
30p*2
25p*3
24p
1280 x 720
60p*2
50p*2
640 x 424
30p*2
8 Mbps/5 Mbps
29 min. 59 s/29 min. 59 s
25p*3
  • *1Listed value. Actual frame rates for 60p, 50p, 30p, 25p, and 24p are 59.94, 50, 29.97, 25, and 23.976 fps respectively.
  • *2Available when NTSC is selected for Video mode.
  • *3Available when PAL is selected for Video mode.
  • *4Movies recorded in miniature effect mode are up to three minutes long when played back.

Enables playback of still images and movies on High-Definition TV HDMI supported

The D5200 supports HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) that allows you to play back still images and movies with High-Definition TV*1. HDMI mini connector is employed as the interface. Also, the D5200 is compatible with HDMI-CEC (Consumer Electric Control) that enables remote operation of the camera using a TV remote control*2.

  • *1Requires optional commercially available HDMI connection cable (Type C) for playback.
  • *2Remote control of HDMI-CEC supported TV.
 

Ease of use

Compact and lightweight body with three color variations and enhanced holding

The D5200's compact and lightweight body of approx. 505 g (1 lb 1.8 oz)* is easy to carry around. A sub-grip is newly employed on the lower left of the front of the camera to improve holding in combination with the thumb pad on the upper right of the rear of the camera. You can shoot sharp images using 24.1 effective megapixels, without blur caused by camera shake. The color of the body can be chosen from black, red and bronze.

  • *Body only.
Dimensions (W x H x D): approx. 129 x 98 x 78 mm/5.1 x 3.9 x 3.1 in.
Weight: approx. 555 g/1 lb 3.6 oz (including battery, SD memory card, excluding body cap), approx. 505 g/1 lb 1.8 oz (body only)

Selectable body colors

Black
Red
Bronze

Sub-grip and thumb pad improve holding

Front
Rear

Easier and more intuitive to operate newly designed GUI

The D5200 incorporates an easier and more fluid new GUI, utilizing graphic-processing performance enhanced by EXPEED 3. For the info display design, you can choose from two options Classic or Graphic. Background color can be selected from black, blue and brown. A new design is also employed for each setting display.

In optical viewfinder shooting

-Classic

Black
Blue
Brown

-Graphic

Black
Blue
Brown

In live view shooting

-Graphic

 

Information edit button

Pressing the information edit button when shooting information is displayed gives you direct access to the menu of the setting you would like to adjust.

Information edit button

In optical viewfinder shooting

Info display
Setting menu display

In live view shooting

Info display
Setting menu display

WU-1a Wireless Mobile Adapter (optional) that enables wireless transmission of images to a smart device, and remote shooting

By attaching the optional WU-1a Wireless Mobile Adapter to the D5200's USB connector, two-way communication between the camera and a smart device such as a smartphone or tablet computer with Wi-Fi communication function is possible. With the remote shooting function that enables release of the shutter from a distance, you can use your smart device as a remote live view monitor, to confirm the best angle and shoot. Images can be transmitted wirelessly and you can easily upload them to SNS or attach them to a mail. The WU-1a is compatible with smart devices using the iOS or Android.

Note: This function requires installing of Wireless Mobile Adapter Utility to the smart device prior to use.

Wireless Mobile Adapter Utility

Wireless Mobile Adapter Utility is software enabling download of images from a camera to a smart device or operation of a camera from a smart device for taking an image by attaching the WU-1a Wireless Mobile Adapter.

Note: Can be downloaded from the application store of each smart device (free).

Comfortable remote control without worrying about obstacles in the way
WR-R10/WR-T10 Wireless Remote Controllers (optional) that achieve multiple camera control [NEW]

WR-R10/WR-T10 Wireless Remote Controllers expand the flexibility of remote control. Unlike remote controls using infrared light, it is possible to release the shutter even if there are obstacles such as a tree in the way. The communication distance for a combination of the WR-R10 with WR-T10 is approx. 20 m (66 ft). You can control a single or multiple cameras with the WR-R10 attached using the WR-T10 as a transmitter*. With the WR-R10/WR-T10, you can enjoy a variety of shooting, such as attaching different lenses to the cameras, changing angles for each camera, or shooting still images and movies simultaneously by switching channels.

  • *WR-T10 and WR-R10(s) have to be set to the same channel and paired in advance to achieve simultaneous release. (For further information, please refer to the user's manual of the WR-R10/WR-T10.)
Comfortable remote shooting is assured even if there are people or objects between the remote controller and camera.

Examples of use

Controlling multiple cameras with one WR-T10 (Simultaneous release)

The shutters on all cameras can be released simultaneously by pressing the WR-T10's shutter-release button all the way down.
 

Specifications of the WR-R10/WR-T10

 
WR-R10
WR-T10
Product images
Compatible cameras
D4*1, D3 series*1, D800 series*1, D700*1, D600, D300 series*1, D7000, D5200, D5100, D3200, D3100, etc., D-SLR cameras that employ a ten-pin remote terminal*1 or accessory terminal
-
Channels
5 (2.425 GHz), 10 (2.450 GHz), 15 (2.475 GHz)
Range (line of sight)
Approx. 50 m (164 ft) at height of about 1.2 m (4 ft) between WR-R10s*2
Approx. 20 m (66 ft) at height of about 1.2 m (4 ft) from WR-T10 to WR-R10
Pairing
Unlimited
Controllable functions
Live view*3, movie*3, continuous shooting, shutter-release button (half/full pressing available), possible to activate a function assigned to an Fn button*4
  • *1Requires WR-A10 WR adapter. Cameras other than the D4 or D800 series that employ a ten-pin remote terminal, including F-SLRs, are capable of using the controller for half/full pressing of the shutter-release button only (except D1, D1H, D1X, D100 [+MB-D100])
  • *2Only available when master D-SLR camera employs a ten-pin remote terminal.
  • *3Available only with the D4, D800 series, D600, D5200 and D3200.
  • *4Available only with the D4, D800 series and D5200.

Note: Depending on the camera, there may be a limitation to the accessories that can be attached simultaneously with the WR-R10 Wireless Remote Controller. Attempting to forcibly attach accessories can damage the camera or accessory.

Versatile playback functions

The D5200 gives you a variety of playback display options that take advantage of the large 7.5-cm (3-in.) monitor. The number of images displayed at one time can be selected from 1, 4, 9 and 72, and calendar display arranges images in chronological order. You can also display histograms of a magnified area of an image and check the focus using playback zoom of face.

72-thumbnail display
Calendar display
Histogram display for magnified area
Playback zoom of face

Transmits taken images from the camera to a computer wirelessly to expand your photographic creativity Eye-Fi card (on the market) compatible

The D5200 can transmit taken image data (JPEG) from the camera to a computer wirelessly. You can also transmit images to online photo sharing and storage services such as "my Picturetown" and a computer automatically.

  • More informationOpen in a new window.

Note: The D5200 can turn Eye-Fi cards on and off, but may not support other Eye-Fi functions. Direct any inquiries to the manufacturer. Eye-Fi cards are for use only in the country of purchase (As of October, 2012). Observe all local laws concerning the use of wireless devices.

Embeds location information on an image GP-1 GPS Unit (optional)

The D5200 is compatible with the Nikon GP-1 GPS Unit that is able to embed location information on an image. Latitude, longitude and altitude of a shooting location are recorded as Exif data. Images with location information can be displayed on a GeoTag workspace of ViewNX 2 (supplied with the D5200). What's more, Nikon's image sharing and storage website my Picturetown, online image sharing services and commercially available digital mapping software are all there to enhance your photographic enjoyment.

  • More information

High-capacity (SDXC), high-speed (UHS-I) SD memory card compatible

The D5200 supports SDXC (Secure Digital eXtended Capacity) and UHS-I. Combined with the enhanced speed of the image-processing engine EXPEED 3, it processes and writes image data of 24.1 megapixels at high speed. In high-speed continuous shooting, this allows the shooting of 100 frames in JPEG (fine/Medium)*.

  • *With an 8 GB SanDisk Extreme Pro SDHC UHS-I card (SDSDXPA-008G). Results will vary with card type, camera settings, and scene recorded. The maximum number of exposures that can be stored in memory buffer at ISO 100; number drops when long-exposure noise reduction or auto distortion control is on.

Long-life battery due to energy-saving design EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery

The D5200's superior energy-saving design allows you to shoot approx. 500 shots per charge* with the EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery.

  • *Based on CIPA Standards.
EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery (supplied)

Nikon's photo sharing and storage service my Picturetown

Nikon's own image-sharing website, my Picturetown, allows you to easily store, manage and share your images with your family and friends, and post to social networking services (SNS). Membership is free and permits storage of up to 2 GB of photos and/or movies. And with an additional paid registration, you can expand your capacity to 200 GB*. Also, utilizing free applications compatible with a smart device, you can enjoy images using a PC or a smart device anytime, anywhere.
  • *Fees and availability may vary by country.
 

Nikon Digital SLR Camera D5200 Specifications

Type
Type
Single-lens reflex digital camera
Lens mount
Nikon F mount (with AF contacts)
Effective angle of view
Nikon DX format; focal length equivalent to approx. 1.5x that of lenses with FX-format angle of view
Effective pixels
Effective pixels
24.1 million
Image sensor
Image sensor
23.5 x 15.6 mm CMOS sensor
Total pixels
24.71 million
Dust-reduction system
Image sensor cleaning, Airflow Control System, Image Dust Off reference data (optional Capture NX 2 software required)
Storage
Image size (pixels)
  • 6000 x 4000 [L]
  • 4496 x 3000 [M]
  • 2992 x 2000 [S]
File format
  • NEF (RAW): 14 bit, compressed
  • JPEG: JPEG-Baseline compliant with fine (approx. 1:4), normal (approx. 1:8) or basic (approx. 1:16) compression
  • NEF (RAW)+JPEG: Single photograph recorded in both NEF (RAW) and JPEG formats
Picture Control System
Standard, Neutral, Vivid, Monochrome, Portrait, Landscape; selected Picture Control can be modified; storage for custom Picture Controls
Media
SD (Secure Digital) and UHS-I compliant SDHC and SDXC memory cards
File system
DCF (Design Rule for Camera File System) 2.0, DPOF (Digital Print Order Format), Exif (Exchangeable Image File Format for Digital Still Cameras) 2.3, PictBridge
Viewfinder
Viewfinder
Eye-level pentamirror single-lens reflex viewfinder
Frame coverage
Approx. 95% horizontal and 95% vertical
Magnification
Approx. 0.78x (50 mm f/1.4 lens at infinity, -1.0 m-1)
Eyepoint
17.9 mm (-1.0 m-1; from center surface of viewfinder eyepiece lens)
Diopter adjustment
-1.7 to +0.7 m-1
Focusing screen
Type B BriteView Clear Matte Mark VII screen
Reflex mirror
Quick return
Lens aperture
Instant return, electronically controlled
Lens
Compatible lenses
Autofocus is available with AF-S and AF-I lenses; autofocus is not available with other type G and D lenses, AF lenses (IX NIKKOR and lenses for the F3AF are not supported), and AI-P lenses; non-CPU lenses can be used in mode , but the camera exposure meter will not function
The electronic rangefinder can be used with lenses that have a maximum aperture of f/5.6 or faster
Shutter
Type
Electronically controlled vertical-travel focal-plane shutter
Speed
1/4000 to 30 s in steps of 1/3 or 1/2 EV, bulb, time (requires optional ML-L3 Remote Control)
Flash sync speed
X=1/200 s; synchronizes with shutter at 1/200 s or slower
Release
Release modes
(single frame), (continuous low speed), (continuous high speed), (self-timer), (delayed remote; ML-L3), (quick-response remote; ML-L3), (quiet shutter release); interval timer photography supported
Frame advance rate
Up to 3 fps () or 5 fps ()
Self-timer
2 s, 5 s, 10 s, 20 s; 1 to 9 exposures
Exposure
Metering mode
TTL exposure metering using 2016-pixel RGB sensor
Metering method
  • Matrix: 3D color matrix metering II (type G and D lenses); color matrix metering II (other CPU lenses)
  • Center-weighted: Weight of 75% given to 8-mm circle in center of frame
  • Spot: Meters 3.5-mm circle (about 2.5% of frame) centered on selected focus point
Range
(ISO 100, f/1.4 lens, 20C/68F)
  • Matrix or center-weighted metering: 0 to 20 EV
  • Spot metering: 2 to 20 EV
Exposure meter coupling
CPU
Exposure modes
Auto modes (auto; auto [flash off]); programmed auto with flexible program (); shutter-priority auto (); aperture-priority auto (); manual (); scene modes ( portrait; landscape; child; sports; close up; night portrait; night landscape; party/indoor; beach/snow; sunset; dusk/dawn; pet portrait; candlelight; blossom; autumn colors; food); special effects modes ( night vision; color sketch; miniature effect; selective color; silhouette; high key; low key)
Exposure compensation
Can be adjusted by -5 to +5 EV in increments of 1/3 or 1/2 EV in , , and modes
Exposure bracketing
3 shots in steps of 1/3 or 1/2 EV
Exposure lock
Luminosity locked at detected value with ( ) button
ISO sensitivity
(Recommended Exposure Index)
ISO 100 to 6400 in steps of 1/3 EV; can also be set to approx. 0.3, 0.7, 1 or 2 EV (ISO 25600 equivalent) above ISO 6400; auto ISO sensitivity control available
Active D-Lighting
Auto, extra high, high, normal, low, off
ADL bracketing
2 shots
Focus
Autofocus
Nikon Multi-CAM 4800DX autofocus sensor module with TTL phase detection, 39 focus points (including 9 cross-type sensors), and AF-assist illuminator (range approx. 0.5 to 3 m/1 ft 8 in. to 9 ft 10 in.)
Detection range
-1 to +19 EV (ISO 100, 20C/68F)
Lens servo
  • Autofocus (AF): Single-servo AF (AF-S); continuous-servo AF (AF-C); auto AF-S/AF-C selection (AF-A); predictive focus tracking activated automatically according to subject status
  • Manual focus (M): Electronic rangefinder can be used
Focus point
Can be selected from 39 or 11 focus points
AF-area modes
Single-point AF, 9-, 21- or 39-point dynamic-area AF, 3D-tracking, auto-area AF
Focus lock
Focus can be locked by pressing shutter-release button halfway (single-servo AF) or by pressing ( ) button
Flash
Built-in flash
, , , , , , , : Auto flash with auto pop-up
, , , , : Manual pop-up with button release
Guide number
Approx. 12/39, 13/43 with manual flash (m/ft, ISO 100, 20C/68F)
Flash control
TTL: i-TTL flash control using 2016-pixel RGB sensor is available with built-in flash and SB-910, SB-900, SB-800, SB-700, SB-600 or SB-400; i-TTL balanced fill-flash for digital SLR is used with matrix and center-weighted metering, standard i-TTL flash for digital SLR with spot metering
Flash modes
Auto, auto with red-eye reduction, auto slow sync, auto slow sync with red-eye reduction, fill-flash, red-eye reduction, slow sync, slow sync with red-eye reduction, rear-curtain with slow sync, rear-curtain sync, off
Flash compensation
-3 to +1 EV in increments of 1/3 or 1/2 EV
Flash-ready indicator
Lights when built-in flash or optional flash unit is fully charged; flashes after flash is fired at full output
Accessory shoe
ISO 518 hot-shoe with sync and data contacts and safety lock
Nikon Creative Lighting
System (CLS)
Advanced Wireless Lighting supported with SB-910, SB-900, SB-800 or SB-700 as a master flash or SU-800 as commander; Flash Color Information Communication supported with all CLS-compatible flash units
Sync terminal
AS-15 Sync Terminal Adapter (available separately)
White balance
White balance
Auto, incandescent, fluorescent (7 types), direct sunlight, flash, cloudy, shade, preset manual, all except preset manual with fine-tuning
White balance bracketing
3 shots in steps of 1
Live View
Lens servo
  • Autofocus (AF): Single-servo AF (AF-S); full-time servo AF (AF-F)
  • Manual focus (M)
AF-area modes
Face-priority AF, wide-area AF, normal-area AF, subject-tracking AF
Autofocus
Contrast-detect AF anywhere in frame (camera selects focus point automatically when face-priority AF or subject-tracking AF is selected)
Automatic scene selection
Available in and modes
Movie
Metering
TTL exposure metering using main image sensor
Metering method
Matrix
Frame size (pixels)
and frame rate
  • 1920 x 1080, 60i (59.94 fields/s)/50i (50 fields/s)*, high/normal
  • 1920 x 1080, 30p (progressive)/25p/24p, high/normal
  • 1280 x 720, 60p/50p, high/normal
  • 640 x 424, 30p/25p, high/normal
  •  Frame rates of 30p (actual frame rate 29.97 fps), 60i, and 60p (actual frame rate 59.94 fps) are available when NTSC is selected for video mode; 25p, 50i, and 50p are available when PAL is selected for video mode; actual frame rate when 24p is selected is 23.976 fps
    *Sensor output is about 60 or 50 fps
    Note: A smaller crop is used for movies with a frame size/frame rate of 1920 x 1080 60i or 50i
File format
MOV
Video compression
H.264/MPEG-4 Advanced Video Coding
Audio recording format
Linear PCM
Audio recording device
Built-in monaural or external stereo microphone; sensitivity adjustable
Maximum length
29 min. 59 s (3 min. in miniature effect mode)
ISO sensitivity
ISO 100 to 6400; can also be set to approx. 0.3, 0.7, 1, or 2 EV (ISO 25600 equivalent) above ISO 6400
Monitor
Monitor
7.5-cm (3-in.), approx. 921k-dot (VGA), vari-angle TFT monitor with 170 viewing angle, approx. 100% frame coverage, and brightness adjustment
Playback
Playback
Full-frame and thumbnail (4, 9, or 72 images or calendar) playback with playback zoom, movie playback, photo and/or movie slide shows, histogram display, highlights, auto image rotation, and image comment (up to 36 characters)
Interface
USB
Hi-Speed USB
Video output
NTSC, PAL
HDMI output
Type C mini-pin HDMI connector
Accessory terminal
Wireless remote controller: WR-R10 (available separately)
Remote cord: MC-DC2 (available separately)
GPS unit: GP-1 (available separately)
Audio input
Stereo mini-pin jack (3.5-mm diameter)
Supported languages
Supported languages
Arabic, Chinese (Simplified and Traditional), Czech, Danish, Dutch, English, Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hindi, Hungarian, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese (Portugal and Brazil), Romanian, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Thai, Turkish, Ukrainian
Power source
Battery
One EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery
AC adapter
EH-5b AC Adapter; requires EP-5A Power Connector (available separately)
Tripod socket
Tripod socket
1/4 in. (ISO 1222)
Dimensions / weight
Dimensions
(W x H x D)
Approx. 129 x 98 x 78 mm/5.1 x 3.9 x 3.1 in.
Weight
Approx. 555 g/1 lb 3.6 oz with battery and memory card but without body cap; approx. 505 g/1 lb 1.8 oz (camera body only)
 Operating environment
Temperature
0 to 40C/32 to 104F
humidity
85% or less (no condensation)
Accessories
Supplied accessories
(may differ by country or area)
EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery, MH-24 Battery Charger, DK-5 Eyepiece Cap, DK-20 Rubber Eyecup, UC-E17 USB Cable, EG-CP16 Audio Video Cable, AN-DC3 Camera Strap, BF-1B Body Cap, BS-1 Accessory Shoe Cover, ViewNX 2 CD-ROM
  • The SD, SDHC and SDXC logos are trademark of the SD Card Association.
  • PictBridge is a trademark.
  • HDMI, the HDMI logo and High-Definition Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing, LLC.
  • Google and Android are registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc.
  • Products and brand names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies.
  • Images in viewfinders, on LCDs and monitors shown in this site are simulated.

Memory card capacity

The following table shows the approximate number of pictures that can be stored on an 8 GB SanDisk Extreme Pro SDHC UHS-I card at different image quality and size settings.

Image quality
Image size
File size*1
No. of images*1
Buffer capacity*2
NEF (RAW) + JPEG fine*3
Large
Medium
Small
37.0 MB
32.2 MB
28.5 MB
152
173
192
6
6
6
NEF (RAW) + JPEG normal*3
Large
Medium
Small
30.9 MB
28.4 MB
26.5 MB
178
192
203
6
6
6
NEF (RAW) + JPEG basic*3
Large
Medium
Small
27.7 MB
26.6 MB
25.6 MB
196
204
210
6
6
6
NEF (RAW)
-
24.6 MB
217
8
JPEG fine
Large
Medium
Small
12.2 MB
7.4 MB
3.8 MB
507
853
1600
35
100
100
JPEG normal
Large
Medium
Small
6.2 MB
3.7 MB
1.9 MB
1000
1600
3200
100
100
100
JPEG basic
Large
Medium
Small
3.0 MB
1.9 MB
1.0 MB
1900
3200
6000
100
100
100
  • *1All figures are approximate. Results will vary with card type, camera settings, and scene recorded.
  • *2Maximum number of exposures that can be stored in memory buffer at ISO 100. Drops when long exposure noise reduction or auto distortion control is on.
  • *3Image size applies to JPEG images only. Size of NEF (RAW) images cannot be changed. File size is the total for NEF (RAW) and JPEG images.

Approved memory cards

The following SD memory cards have been tested and approved for use in the D5200. Cards with class 6 or faster write speeds are recommended for movie recording. Recording may end unexpectedly when cards with slower write speeds are used.

 
SD memory cards
SDHC memory cards*2
SDXC memory cards*3
SanDisk
2GB*1
4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB, 32 GB
64 GB
Toshiba
Panasonic
4 GB, 6 GB, 8 GB, 12 GB,
16 GB, 24 GB, 32 GB
48 GB, 64 GB
Lexar Media
4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB, 32 GB
-
 
Platinum II
Professional
64 GB, 128 GB
Full-HD Video
-
4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB
-
  • *1Check that any card readers or other devices with which the card will be used support 2 GB cards.
  • *2Check that any card readers or other devices with which the card will be used are SDHC-compliant. The camera supports UHS-I.
  • *3Check that any card readers or other devices with which the card will be used are SDXC-compliant. The camera supports UHS-I.
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon D5200 Digital SLR Camera - 24.1MP (Bronze)


- 3.0"TFT LCD, Airflow Control System, Live View, AF-Area Mode
- 18-55VR Kit

D600

 
 
Newly developed Nikon DX-format CMOS sensor with 24.1 effective megapixels [NEW]
 
The high pixel count of 24.1 effective megapixels delivers high-definition images with fine details of the subject enabling expression with sharpness and depth. The image maintains high resolution even if it is trimmed and printed in large size after shooting.
 
 
High-density 39-point AF system features superior subject-tracking and subject-identification performance in combination with Scene Recognition System
 
The D5200 employs a Multi-CAM 4800DX autofocus sensor module. 39 focus points track even a fast-moving subject precisely. Furthermore, performance of auto-area AF and 3D-tracking is improved in combination with the Scene Recognition System that utilizes a 2016-pixel RGB sensor.
 
 
A choice of three body colors and a vari-angle LCD monitor that offers flexible shooting
 
The D5200 is available in black, red or bronze body colors. And it incorporates a vari-angle LCD monitor that enables you to set the angle you want. Compared with viewfinder shooting, you can shoot in a variety of angles from high or low with a stable posture. This expands flexibility of composition and further enhances your creativity.
 
  • Special Effects that enable you to enjoy various creative expressions in still images and movies by setting prior to shoot. ...
  • High-speed, multifunctional and high-performance image-processing engine "EXPEED 3", equivalent to that of the Nikon's flagship model, D4. ...
  • Wide sensitivity range of ISO 100 to 6400 (expandable to ISO 25600 equivalent) that delivers sharp images with reduced image blur even in low-lit situations or sports scenes. ...
  • High-speed continuous shooting at approx. 5 fps that surely captures decisive moments. ...
  • Stereo microphone employed [NEW], Full HD (1920 x 1080) D-Movie with selectable 60i/50i frame rate. ...
  • Easy-to-understand and easy-to-operate, new GUI that effectively utilizes graphic processing. [NEW] ...
  • Large, easy-to-view, approx. 921k-dot, wide viewing angle (170), 7.5-cm (3-in.) horizontal-opening vari-angle LCD monitor. ...
  • Energy-saving design that achieves approx. 500 shots* per charge (with EN-EL14, in single-frame mode). ...
    • *Based on CIPA Standards.
  • Compatible with the WU-1a Wireless Mobile Adapter (optional) that enables transmission of images to smartphone or tablet PC wirelessly. ...
  • Compatible with the WR-R10/WR-T10 Wireless Remote Controllers (optional). Remote control is ensured even if there are obstacles in the way. [NEW] ...
  • 16 options of Scene Modes that enable selection of the most appropriate mode according to the shooting scene or subject. ...
  • Variety of image-editing functions that allow you to retouch images easily after shooting, such as NEF (RAW) processing, Trim and Fisheye. ...
 
High image quality
 
Reproduces minute details of the subject with the sharp depiction performance of NIKKOR lenses and high pixel count of the D5200 Nikon DX-format CMOS sensor [NEW]
 
The D5200 employs newly developed Nikon DX-format CMOS sensor with 24.1 effective megapixels. Combined with the sharp depiction of NIKKOR lenses, the high resolution renders details of the subject minutely and delivers images with great definition and depth. The sensor also supports wide ISO sensitivity range, high-speed readout during live view and Full HD movie recording.
 
 
Renders even delicate detail in skin tone, eyelashes and hair high-performance image-processing engine EXPEED 3 that maintains superior gradation
 
 
The D5200 comes equipped with image-processing engine EXPEED 3, equivalent to that of higher-end models such as the D4. It processes multiple tasks in parallel at high speed while maintaining high precision to bring out the full potential of the 24.1 megapixels for both still images and movies. The image processing of the EXPEED 3 is excellent at color reproduction, gradation processing and image quality at high sensitivity. It reproduces human skin tone, eyelashes and hair more faithfully. Furthermore, from image processing and card recording to image playback and image transfer, EXPEED 3 manages massive amounts of data at high speed. Even with high ISO noise reduction and Active D-Lighting, continuous shooting speed is not sacrificed, realizing comfortable shooting. This also contributes to energy saving.
 

High image quality of the D5200 realized by the high pixel count of 24.1 effective megapixels, image-processing engine EXPEED 3 and NIKKOR lenses

Effective for shooting in low-lit situations such as interiors or night scenes and for moving subjects ISO sensitivity range up to 6400

The D5200's wide ISO sensitivity range is from ISO 100 to 6400, expandable to Hi 1 (ISO 12800 equivalent) and Hi 2 (ISO 25600 equivalent). The camera reduces noise effectively even at high ISO sensitivity setting while maintaining definition as much as possible to deliver sharp images. Setting high ISO sensitivity enables you to shoot at faster shutter speeds and capture pictures without worrying about image degradation caused by camera shake even in low-light situations or when shooting a moving subject. This superior high-sensitivity performance is also effective for D-Movie and you can record beautiful movies without large-scale lighting equipment even when light is scarce.

Shot at ISO 3200
Shot at ISO 1600

Wide ISO sensitivity range from ISO 100 to 6400 at normal setting

ISO 100
ISO 200
ISO 400
ISO 800
ISO 1600
ISO 3200
ISO 6400
 

Reproduces brightness in highlights and shadowy areas as you see them Active D-Lighting with improved image quality

Active D-Lighting is effective for shooting, for example, a dark room including outside scenery seen through a window, high-contrast scenes such as at the seaside under strong sunlight, and backlit situations. It preserves details in both highlights and shadowy areas in such situations, maintaining moderate contrast to reproduce brightness as you see it. Select the preferred setting from "auto", "extra high", "high", "normal", "low" or "off". The D5200 employs a new image-processing system that causes less shift of color even when the strength level is increased. Image-processing time is shortened by highly accurate and high-speed real-time processing. And color reproduction is further enhanced with new image-processing engine EXPEED 3. Unlike HDR (High Dynamic Range), Active D-Lighting does not require the process of combining images, therefore it is effective for shooting moving subjects such as people.

Extra high
Off

Delivers beautiful images even in high-contrast scenes HDR (High Dynamic Range)

Two images taken with one shutter release at varying exposure are combined to produce a single image that has a wider dynamic range (range of contrast to reproduce tonal gradation) with less loss of detail in highlights and shadows. The result is images with less noise and rich tonal gradation throughout the entire frame including shadows and highlights even in high-contrast shooting scenes. HDR mode is selectable from "auto", "extra high", "high", "normal", "low" and "off". The exposure differential of the two images up to 3 EV and the smoothness of the edge where the two exposures meet are automatically set according to the strength level. Effective for stationary subjects such as landscapes or still lifes.

Note: It is recommended to use a tripod.

Overexposed
Underexposed
HDR

NIKKOR

To draw out the full potential of the D5200's approx. 24 megapixels and render high-definition images, using a high optical performance lens with superior resolution is of vital importance. NIKKOR lenses are Nikon digital SLR cameras' genuine interchangeable lenses and are highly praised by many photo enthusiasts and professional photographers. Employing an array of Nikon's original advanced technologies, NIKKOR lenses feature high optical performance and superior rendering performance, and support high image quality by getting the most out of the D5200's high pixel count in both still images and movies through the wide and diverse lineup.

Nikon's original technologies

-Nikon's original Vibration Reduction function (VR) that realizes an easy-to-see viewfinder image, comfortable shooting and images with reduced blur for both stills and movies
Image blur caused by camera shake tends to occur when shooting in low-lit situations, telephoto shooting and close-up shooting. Nikon built the Vibration Reduction function (VR) into the lens to reduce the effects of camera shake. Different from a blur-reduction function built into the camera body, this ensures a stable viewfinder image during shooting for precise focusing and comfortable confirmation of composition. The VR function, optimized for the characteristics of each lens, is effective for not only still image shooting but also movie recording using live view.
VR "On"
VR "Off"
-AF-S lenses with built-in SWM (Silent Wave Motor) ensure quiet autofocus operation
Nikon's originally developed SWM (Silent Wave Motor = ultrasonic motor) for AF drive is an autofocus motor that converts "traveling waves" into rotational energy to drive optics for autofocus. AF-S lenses that incorporate the SWM achieve quiet AF operation.
-Nano Crystal Coat provides clear images with minimal ghost or flare
This is an antireflective coating that originated from Nikon's work in semiconductor manufacturing technology. Ghost effects caused by red light, which were incredibly difficult to prevent with conventional coating, and ghost and flare effects caused by light entering the lens diagonally are effectively reduced to provide clear images.
-ED glass effectively minimizes chromatic aberration at high magnification
Nikon-developed ED (Extra-low Dispersion) glass minimizes prism-caused color dispersion. For lenses using normal optical glass, the longer the focal length, the more difficult it is to correct the chromatic aberration that causes color fringing. Nikon's ED glass effectively compensates for this kind of chromatic aberration.
-Aspherical lens for effective distortion correction
This type of lens utilizes non-spherical surfaces to correct certain types of lens aberration. These elements are particularly useful for correcting the distortion in wide-angle lenses.
 

Precise subject acquisition

Faithfully reproduces the shooting scene as you see it high-precision Scene Recognition System that analyzes a subject more finely with the 2016-pixel RGB sensor

The Scene Recognition System determines the subject's situation accurately prior to shooting and enables highly precise auto control. The D5200 analyzes brightness and color information of the shooting scenes more finely with Nikon's original Scene Recognition System that utilizes the 2016-pixel RGB sensor, which has been incorporated in higher-end models. And applies that information to autofocus, auto exposure, i-TTL flash and auto white balance control. In 3D-tracking, it is possible to track even a moving subject accurately. Also, in subject identification, smaller subjects compared with the D5100 can be detected which contributes to the improvement of subject identification performance in auto-area AF. Furthermore, the D5200 detects up to 35 human faces utilizing the image sensor when using face-priority AF during live view and movie recording, and playback zoom of people's faces for still images.
Scene Recognition System

Accurate light source identification with Scene Recognition System auto white balance

The D5200 utilizes color and brightness information of the shooting scenes acquired by light source identification of the Scene Recognition System for auto white balance. It identifies the light source by referencing the in-camera database for auto white balance. In this way, it can determine the ideal white balance even with difficult light sources.

Captures even fast-moving scenes high-density 39-point AF system

The D5200 incorporates the Multi-CAM 4800DX autofocus sensor module, the same as that used in the D7000. With their high density, the 39 focus points, the top level among models in this class, that widely cover the image area acquire and track even fast-moving subjects such as sports or action accurately. Nine cross-type sensors cover the most frequently used center area to deliver higher subject acquisition and focusing performance. There are selectable AF area modes according to the scene single-point AF, dynamic-area AF (9 points, 21 points and 39 points), 3D-tracking and auto-area AF. In 3D-tracking mode, the camera keeps tracking not only a subject in a changed composition but also a moving subject. This is very convenient when shooting a fast-moving subject. Combined with the Scene Recognition System utilizing a 2016-pixel RGB sensor, the D5200 shows further improved subject-tracking performance in 3D-tracking and subject-identification performance in auto-area AF.
You can also choose to shoot with 11 focus points for quicker focus-point selection. Additionally, in the viewfinder, it is possible to display grid lines that are effective for rigorous composition.
Bright and easy-to-see viewfinder
Viewfinder display (framing grid)

Four selectable AF-area modes according to the subject in optical viewfinder shooting

The D5200 offers four AF-area modes. You can choose how the focus point for autofocus is selected according to the subject in viewfinder shooting.
-Single-point AF mode
Ideal for stationary subjects. You can focus on the subject selecting one of the 39 focus points according to your composition. It is effective to focus on an aimed point in situations such as shooting a flower or portrait.
Single-point AF mode
-Dynamic-area AF mode
Suitable for capturing an erratically moving subject. Select one of the 39 focus points. If the subject briefly leaves the selected focus point, the camera will focus based on information from the surrounding points.
Selectable when focus mode is set to AF-A or AF-C.
9 points
Choose when there is time to compose the photograph or when photographing subjects that are moving predictably.
21 points
Choose when photographing subjects that are moving unpredictably.
39 points
Choose when photographing subjects that are moving quickly and cannot be easily framed in the viewfinder.
9 points
21 points
39 points
-3D-tracking mode
Suitable for shooting a moving subject. Pursues your subject using all 39 focus points. Once focusing is achieved with a selected focus point, the focus point automatically changes to track the subject according to its movement while the shutter-release button is pressed halfway.
Selectable when focus mode is set to AF-A or AF-C.
3D-tracking mode
-Auto-area AF mode
The D5200 detects the main subject using all 39 focus points and automatically focuses on it. The D5200 can recognize human skin tone using "subject identification" of the Scene Recognition System for improved human subject acquisition.
Auto-area AF mode
Note: Only the selected focus point is shown on actual images. Also, if you select focus points in a peripheral area of an image when "9 points" or "21 points" is chosen, the number of focus points actually used may be less than 9 or 21.

Captures the decisive moment release mode button that supports quick selection of release mode and approx. 5 fps high-speed continuous shooting

The release mode button is located next to the mode dial. The release mode setting menu is displayed on the LCD monitor by pressing the release mode button so that quick switching of modes is possible. For release modes, the D5200 employs quiet shutter-release mode, "Q", that allows shooting with reduced mirror movement sound. This is effective for occasions such as a ceremony or when taking pictures of insects or a sleeping child. Also, the D5200 realizes high-speed continuous shooting at approx. 5 fps, while approx. 3 fps is also selectable, which is optimal for capturing natural facial expressions. The number of shots in continuous shooting is up to 100 in JPEG. It does not miss a moment of a subject's movements or facial expression. The shutter unit is tested for approx. 100,000 cycles with the shutter actually loaded to prove its high durability.
Release mode button
Release mode setting menu
Approx. 5 fps high-speed continuous shooting ensures you capture decisive moments.

Shooting with the mirror in the up position is achieved in live view newly designed, independently driven mirror mechanism [NEW]

Nikon newly designed the high-speed and highly precise sequential control mechanism for the D5200. It contributes to high-speed continuous shooting at up to approx. 5 fps with a release time lag of approx. 0.09 s*. This new sequential control mechanism drives the mirror independently. In live view shooting, the shutter is released with the mirror in the up position. Because the impact of the mirror's up and down movement is eliminated, smooth and quiet shooting can be expected in single-frame and continuous shooting (low-speed/high-speed).
  • *Based on CIPA Guidelines.

Live view shooting that enables accurate focusing using the large, east-to-see 7.5-cm (3-in.), approx. 921k-dot, vari-angle LCD monitor

The D5200 incorporates a large, easy-to-see, 7.5-cm (3-in.), approx. 921k-dot (VGA), 170 viewing angle, movable vari-angle LCD monitor that realizes comfortable live view shooting. Approx. 100% frame coverage of the LCD monitor is effective when you want to compose your image firmly before shooting in a situation such as landscape or portrait shooting. Simply rotate the live view switch on top of the camera to shift from viewfinder shooting to live view shooting. The position of a focus point can be moved using a multi selector to focus on the desired point.
  • More information about shooting with the vari-angle monitor
7.5-cm (3-in.), 921k-dot (VGA), 170 viewing angle LCD monitor

Three focus modes selectable focusing that suits your subject

-Single-servo AF (AF-S)
Suitable for a stationary subject such as landscapes, architecture or flowers.
-Full-time-servo AF (AF-F)
Convenient for shooting a moving subject which is usually difficult to focus on, such as a person or pet. Available in both live view mode and movie recording. Camera focuses continuously as the subject moves.
-Manual focus (MF)
Manual focusing. Suitable for a subject for which autofocus is difficult, such as an animal in a cage or a person in the shade with the sun in the background.

Four AF-area modes in live view selectable according to your subject

-Face-priority AF
Suitable for focusing on someone's face such as for a commemorative photo.
-Wide-area AF
Suitable for handheld shooting such as for a landscape. Focus point can be moved to a desired point within the frame.
-Normal-area AF
Convenient for shooting with pin-point focus such as for a close-up of a flower and other small subjects. Using a tripod is recommended for more precise focusing.
-Subject-tracking AF
After focusing is activated, focus point tracks the subject automatically. Suitable for a moving subject such as a child or pet.

Recommended combination of focus mode and AF-area mode

Single-servo AF and normal-area AF
Suitable for a stationary subject
Full-time-servo AF and subject-tracking AF
Suitable for a moving subject

Camera selects the optimal scene mode automatically Scene Auto Selector (only available in live view shooting)

In live view shooting, if you point the camera at your subject, the camera automatically identifies the scene and selects the most appropriate scene mode from Portrait, Landscape, Close up and Night portrait*. Smooth shooting is achieved without setting the scene mode for each subject.
  • *When mode dial is set to Auto or Auto (flash off) and using AF.
Scene Auto Selector (Landscape)
-Scene Auto Selector employed on the D5200
Note: Selected when the camera identifies situations not covered by Portrait, Landscape, Close up or Night portrait mode, or for scenes suited to Auto or Auto (flash off).

Flicker reduction function

Flicker and banding visible in the monitor under fluorescent or mercury vapor light during live view or movie recording can be reduced using the flicker reduction function. When "Auto" mode is set in the flicker reduction menu, the camera can automatically identify the light source frequency for the appropriate exposure control. You can also manually switch between 50 Hz and 60 Hz according to your local area.
 

Creative expression

More advanced expression by combining creative angle and Special Effects

The D5200's LCD monitor opens horizontally from 0 to 180 and flips up and down from +180 to -90. It allows you to set the monitor at your preferred angle for the creative expression you desire in your composition. You can shoot comfortably from a high or low angle with a stable posture, when it would otherwise be difficult to shoot using the optical viewfinder. Even if shooting from ground level, it is possible to shoot confirming composition. Moreover, the vari-angle LCD monitor helps you to shoot more creative images than ever before in combination with the Special Effects, for both still images and movies.

  • More information about Special Effects

Enable you to confirm an effect in real time while shooting and deliver more creative expression Special Effects

The D5200 comes equipped with seven options of Special Effects. It is easy to shoot images applying various effects without using image-editing software. The result of an effect is displayed on the LCD monitor in real time, therefore you can set the effects while checking the appearance of your image. The wide range of effects greatly expands your creative possibilities in combination with the vari-angle LCD monitor for both still images and movies.

Special Effects incorporated in the D5200

Color sketch*, Miniature effect*, Selective color*, Silhouette, Night vision, High key, Low key

  • *It is possible to apply these effects to still images after shooting using retouch menus.

Ideal for movies to create a dynamic impression for a commercial or a cinematic effect [Selective color]

All colors other than the color(s) you want to emphasize are recorded in black and white. Up to three colors are selectable and the color range can be adjusted in values between 1 to 7.

The image can be pop or artistic [Color sketch]

The camera detects and colors subjects' outlines to create sketch-style images. Vividness of colors and density of outlines are adjustable.

Note: Movies shot in this mode play back like a slide show made up of a series of stills.

Landscape appears as if it is miniature scale model when shooting from a high place [Miniature effect]

Distant subjects appear as if they are miniature scale models. The position of the focus point remains sharp while the peripheral area is defocused.

Note: Miniature effect movies play back at high speed.

Easy to enjoy super-high sensitivity shooting [Night vision]

Enables shooting in extremely low-light conditions. Records monochrome (black and white) images.

Renders a woman or child, for example, with a gentle and soft atmosphere [High key]

Creates beautiful bright images filled with light by intentional overexposure.

Suitable for metallic materials or a portrait of a man with a dignified and somber atmosphere [Low key]

Creates dark and somber images to emphasize highlights by intentional underexposure.

Creates a dramatic effect on a subject [Silhouette]

Creates dramatic images with silhouettes of subjects against a bright background.

Shoots the scene beautifully and automatically 16 options of Scene Modes

If you select a mode according to the scene, the D5200 automatically chooses the most appropriate settings to deliver a beautiful image. Five frequently used Scene Modes such as Portrait and Landscape can be directly selected using the mode dial. For other modes such as Sunset, Dusk/dawn and Food, set the mode dial to SCENE and select the mode by rotating the command dial. You can capture scenes which previously had been difficult to shoot, easily and beautifully.

Scene Modes employed on the D5200

Portrait, Landscape, Child, Sports, Close up, Night portrait, Night landscape, Party/indoor, Beach/snow, Sunset, Dusk/dawn, Pet portrait, Candlelight, Blossom, Autumn colors, Food

Sports
Close up
Night landscape
Party/indoor
Dusk/dawn
Food

Customizes colors and tones of your movies and images to your preferences before shooting Picture Control

The D5200 employs six types of Picture Control, selectable according to your subjects and shooting scenes for both still images and movies. Selected Picture Control lets you fine-tune sharpening, contrast, etc. to match your own image creation ideas. Changes can be saved as custom Picture Controls and used with image-browsing/editing software ViewNX 2 (supplied) and image-editing software Capture NX 2 (optional).

Picture Control employed on the D5200

Standard, Neutral, Vivid, Monochrome, Portrait, Landscape

  • More information
Set Picture Control display
Adjusting display
Standard
Standard processing for balanced results. Recommended for most situations.
Neutral
Minimal processing for natural results. Choose for photographs that will later be extensively processed or retouched.
Vivid
Provides distinct, colorful, fresh-looking images. Choose for situations where you want to emphasize primary colors such as blue, red and green.
Monochrome
Gives you monochromatic shadings, such as black-and-white or sepia. You can select filter effects and toning.
Portrait
Portrait delivers natural-appearing skin. Natural texture gives the skin of portrait subjects a smoother feel.
Landscape
Produces vibrant landscapes and cityscapes. Suitable for any kinds of nature scenes.

Easy in-camera image editing Retouch menus

The D5200 comes equipped with 19 kinds of image-editing functions. These in-camera functions let you retouch images easily. There are a variety of options such as Fisheye that produces effects similar to those obtained with a fisheye lens and Filter effects that achieve images similar to those taken with a filter. Edit movie allows you to delete unwanted parts by choosing the start or end point, or save a selected frame as a JPEG image. In each case, a duplicate image or movie is created, leaving the original securely intact.

Retouch menus employed on the D5200

D-Lighting, Red-eye correction, Trim, Monochrome, Filter effects, Color balance, Image overlay, NEF (RAW) processing, Resize, Quick retouch, Straighten, Distortion control, Fisheye, Color outline, Color sketch*, Perspective control, Miniature effect*, Selective color*, Edit movie

  • *It is possible to apply these effects to still images/movies prior to shooting using Special Effects.
Straighten
Corrects inclination of the image within a range of 5 (in approx. 0.25 steps).
Trim
The desired part of the image can be trimmed and enlarged.
Fisheye
Creates images that resemble those taken with a fisheye lens.

Effective for backlit or shaded conditions built-in flash

Even when the subject's face is backlit or, for example, shaded by a hat, you can shoot with appropriate brightness using the built-in flash. The D5200 detects the brightness situation of the subject, pops up* the built-in flash automatically and fires. Using i-TTL flash control that achieves high-precision metering, an optimal amount of light for the scene realizes naturally reproduced images.

  • *When shooting mode is set to Auto, Portrait, Child, Close up, Night portrait, Party/indoor, Pet portrait or Color sketch.

Exclusive Nikon software expand your creativity

Your Imaging Toolbox ViewNX 2 (supplied)

This simple and intuitive software helps you get the most out of your images and movies after shooting. ViewNX 2 provides importing and browsing capability while also incorporating image-editing functions such as Resize, Brightness, Crop, Straighten and NEF (RAW) image processing. High-definition and high-quality RAW processing is achieved by utilizing the same processing algorithm as Capture NX 2 that faithfully reproduces Nikon image quality. Its movie-editing functions help you create your own original movies quickly and easily, and Nikon's smart photo sharing and storage service, my Picturetown, works smoothly with ViewNX 2, allowing you to log in directly from the software for easy uploading without activating a browser.
  • More information

Quick and simple image-editing software with intuitive operation Capture NX 2 (optional)

Nikon's RAW images (NEF: Nikon Electronic Format) maintain extremely rich data. Only Nikon's Capture NX 2 can fully utilize this data with its optimized file format and software processing algorithms. With the enhanced speed of the algorithms, high-speed processing is achieved. This enables high-speed, stress-free editing even if the data size is large. Also, Capture NX 2 supports 64-bit (native) to realize a comfortable working environment. You can focus on editing with ease because it is possible to leave the original image intact with NEF editing. In addition to the intuitive and simple editing using Color Control Points, it incorporates various functions such as Auto Retouch brush, Batch Processing, Quick Fix, Straighten Tool, Vignette Control, Auto Color Aberration Control and Distortion Control.
  • *Compared with conventional versions, under test conditions established by Nikon.
Note: For further details of the latest version or operating environment, please visit Nikon's website.

D-Movie

Reproduces even fast-moving scenes beautifully D-Movie compatible with 1920 x 1080 60i/50i

The D5200 allows you to record movie with sharpness, clarity and fluid motion easily. Utilizing the newly developed Nikon DX-format CMOS sensor and EXPEED 3, which is equivalent to that of higher models, the D5200 deliver movies with reduced noise, jaggies and moir. It renders various fast-moving scenes naturally, such as galloping horses, the splashing of water or the view from a moving car. The D5200 also employs subject-tracking AF that tracks and maintains focusing on a moving subject and face-priority AF that is optimal for portrait shooting. The movie-record button is located next to the shutter-release button. You can start/stop movie recording as if shooting still images while holding the camera stably and camera shake that may occur during operation is minimized. If you want to shoot according to your creative intention, it is possible to set the shutter speed and ISO sensitivity manually* (in mode M). In combination with unique shooting angles using the vari-angle LCD monitor and NIKKOR lenses that feature high resolution, you can enjoy advanced, creative movie recording by making clips, short films or video projects combining stills and video.
The D5200 also employs a variety of movie-editing features that can be accomplished easily inside the camera and without the need for a computer. It is possible to delete unwanted parts by choosing the start and end point in single frame units, and save a selected frame as a JPEG image with the same image size as that of the selected movie frame.
Lens: AF-S DX NIKKOR 18-105mm f/3.5-5.6G ED VR
Lens: AF-S DX NIKKOR 18-55mm f/3.5-5.6G VR
Note: The video shown here was taken in 1920 x 1080 60i, then converted to Flash Video format for ease of handling. Image quality varies from the original.
  • *Selectable shutter speed varies according to the frame rate of the movie. ISO sensitivity can be set to values between ISO 100 to 6400 or Hi 0.3 to Hi 2.

Sample movies utilizing the Special Effects of the D5200

Selective color
Lens: AF-S DX NIKKOR 18-55mm f/3.5-5.6G VR
Low key
Lens: AF-S DX NIKKOR 18-105mm f/3.5-5.6G ED VR
Note: The video shown here was taken using the D-Movie function, then converted to Flash Video format for ease of handling. Image quality varies from the original.

Built-in stereo microphone that enables you to record rich, high-quality sound [NEW]

The D5200's built-in stereo microphone lets you enjoy recording rich, high-quality sound. The sensitivity level can be adjusted, choosing from auto and manual (1 to 20 steps) according to the shooting situation. Select low level (smaller value) for scenes in louder environments, such as a concert hall; high level (large value) for quieter environments, with more delicate ambient sounds, such as a murmuring stream.

ME-1 Stereo Microphone (optional) compatible

In addition to the built-in microphone, the D5200 lets you record stereo sound with the optional ME-1 Stereo Microphone. Using the ME-1 Stereo Microphone reduces noise caused by lens vibration recorded during autofocus shooting. You can select the microphone sensitivity setting in the same way as with the built-in stereo microphone.

Specifications

Frame size (pixels)
Frame rate*1
Maximum bit rate
(high quality/Normal)
Maximum length
(high quality/Normal)*4
1920 x 1080
60i*2
24 Mbps/12 Mbps
20 min./29 min. 59 s
50i*2
30p*2
25p*3
24p
1280 x 720
60p*2
50p*2
640 x 424
30p*2
8 Mbps/5 Mbps
29 min. 59 s/29 min. 59 s
25p*3
  • *1Listed value. Actual frame rates for 60p, 50p, 30p, 25p, and 24p are 59.94, 50, 29.97, 25, and 23.976 fps respectively.
  • *2Available when NTSC is selected for Video mode.
  • *3Available when PAL is selected for Video mode.
  • *4Movies recorded in miniature effect mode are up to three minutes long when played back.

Enables playback of still images and movies on High-Definition TV HDMI supported

The D5200 supports HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) that allows you to play back still images and movies with High-Definition TV*1. HDMI mini connector is employed as the interface. Also, the D5200 is compatible with HDMI-CEC (Consumer Electric Control) that enables remote operation of the camera using a TV remote control*2.
  • *1Requires optional commercially available HDMI connection cable (Type C) for playback.
  • *2Remote control of HDMI-CEC supported TV.

Ease of use

Compact and lightweight body with three color variations and enhanced holding

The D5200's compact and lightweight body of approx. 505 g (1 lb 1.8 oz)* is easy to carry around. A sub-grip is newly employed on the lower left of the front of the camera to improve holding in combination with the thumb pad on the upper right of the rear of the camera. You can shoot sharp images using 24.1 effective megapixels, without blur caused by camera shake. The color of the body can be chosen from black, red and bronze.

  • *Body only.
Dimensions (W x H x D): approx. 129 x 98 x 78 mm/5.1 x 3.9 x 3.1 in.
Weight: approx. 555 g/1 lb 3.6 oz (including battery, SD memory card, excluding body cap), approx. 505 g/1 lb 1.8 oz (body only)

Selectable body colors

Black
Red
Bronze

Sub-grip and thumb pad improve holding

Front
Rear

Easier and more intuitive to operate newly designed GUI

The D5200 incorporates an easier and more fluid new GUI, utilizing graphic-processing performance enhanced by EXPEED 3. For the info display design, you can choose from two options Classic or Graphic. Background color can be selected from black, blue and brown. A new design is also employed for each setting display.

In optical viewfinder shooting

-Classic

Black
Blue
Brown

-Graphic

Black
Blue
Brown

In live view shooting

-Graphic

 

Information edit button

Pressing the information edit button when shooting information is displayed gives you direct access to the menu of the setting you would like to adjust.

Information edit button

In optical viewfinder shooting

Info display
Setting menu display

In live view shooting

Info display
Setting menu display

WU-1a Wireless Mobile Adapter (optional) that enables wireless transmission of images to a smart device, and remote shooting

By attaching the optional WU-1a Wireless Mobile Adapter to the D5200's USB connector, two-way communication between the camera and a smart device such as a smartphone or tablet computer with Wi-Fi communication function is possible. With the remote shooting function that enables release of the shutter from a distance, you can use your smart device as a remote live view monitor, to confirm the best angle and shoot. Images can be transmitted wirelessly and you can easily upload them to SNS or attach them to a mail. The WU-1a is compatible with smart devices using the iOS or Android.

Note: This function requires installing of Wireless Mobile Adapter Utility to the smart device prior to use.

Wireless Mobile Adapter Utility

Wireless Mobile Adapter Utility is software enabling download of images from a camera to a smart device or operation of a camera from a smart device for taking an image by attaching the WU-1a Wireless Mobile Adapter.

Note: Can be downloaded from the application store of each smart device (free).

Comfortable remote control without worrying about obstacles in the way
WR-R10/WR-T10 Wireless Remote Controllers (optional) that achieve multiple camera control [NEW]

WR-R10/WR-T10 Wireless Remote Controllers expand the flexibility of remote control. Unlike remote controls using infrared light, it is possible to release the shutter even if there are obstacles such as a tree in the way. The communication distance for a combination of the WR-R10 with WR-T10 is approx. 20 m (66 ft). You can control a single or multiple cameras with the WR-R10 attached using the WR-T10 as a transmitter*. With the WR-R10/WR-T10, you can enjoy a variety of shooting, such as attaching different lenses to the cameras, changing angles for each camera, or shooting still images and movies simultaneously by switching channels.

  • *WR-T10 and WR-R10(s) have to be set to the same channel and paired in advance to achieve simultaneous release. (For further information, please refer to the user's manual of the WR-R10/WR-T10.)
Comfortable remote shooting is assured even if there are people or objects between the remote controller and camera.

Examples of use

Controlling multiple cameras with one WR-T10 (Simultaneous release)

The shutters on all cameras can be released simultaneously by pressing the WR-T10's shutter-release button all the way down.
 

Specifications of the WR-R10/WR-T10

 
WR-R10
WR-T10
Product images
Compatible cameras
D4*1, D3 series*1, D800 series*1, D700*1, D600, D300 series*1, D7000, D5200, D5100, D3200, D3100, etc., D-SLR cameras that employ a ten-pin remote terminal*1 or accessory terminal
-
Channels
5 (2.425 GHz), 10 (2.450 GHz), 15 (2.475 GHz)
Range (line of sight)
Approx. 50 m (164 ft) at height of about 1.2 m (4 ft) between WR-R10s*2
Approx. 20 m (66 ft) at height of about 1.2 m (4 ft) from WR-T10 to WR-R10
Pairing
Unlimited
Controllable functions
Live view*3, movie*3, continuous shooting, shutter-release button (half/full pressing available), possible to activate a function assigned to an Fn button*4
  • *1Requires WR-A10 WR adapter. Cameras other than the D4 or D800 series that employ a ten-pin remote terminal, including F-SLRs, are capable of using the controller for half/full pressing of the shutter-release button only (except D1, D1H, D1X, D100 [+MB-D100])
  • *2Only available when master D-SLR camera employs a ten-pin remote terminal.
  • *3Available only with the D4, D800 series, D600, D5200 and D3200.
  • *4Available only with the D4, D800 series and D5200.

Note: Depending on the camera, there may be a limitation to the accessories that can be attached simultaneously with the WR-R10 Wireless Remote Controller. Attempting to forcibly attach accessories can damage the camera or accessory.

Versatile playback functions

The D5200 gives you a variety of playback display options that take advantage of the large 7.5-cm (3-in.) monitor. The number of images displayed at one time can be selected from 1, 4, 9 and 72, and calendar display arranges images in chronological order. You can also display histograms of a magnified area of an image and check the focus using playback zoom of face.

72-thumbnail display
Calendar display
Histogram display for magnified area
Playback zoom of face

Transmits taken images from the camera to a computer wirelessly to expand your photographic creativity Eye-Fi card (on the market) compatible

The D5200 can transmit taken image data (JPEG) from the camera to a computer wirelessly. You can also transmit images to online photo sharing and storage services such as "my Picturetown" and a computer automatically.

  • More informationOpen in a new window.

Note: The D5200 can turn Eye-Fi cards on and off, but may not support other Eye-Fi functions. Direct any inquiries to the manufacturer. Eye-Fi cards are for use only in the country of purchase (As of October, 2012). Observe all local laws concerning the use of wireless devices.

Embeds location information on an image GP-1 GPS Unit (optional)

The D5200 is compatible with the Nikon GP-1 GPS Unit that is able to embed location information on an image. Latitude, longitude and altitude of a shooting location are recorded as Exif data. Images with location information can be displayed on a GeoTag workspace of ViewNX 2 (supplied with the D5200). What's more, Nikon's image sharing and storage website my Picturetown, online image sharing services and commercially available digital mapping software are all there to enhance your photographic enjoyment.

  • More information

High-capacity (SDXC), high-speed (UHS-I) SD memory card compatible

The D5200 supports SDXC (Secure Digital eXtended Capacity) and UHS-I. Combined with the enhanced speed of the image-processing engine EXPEED 3, it processes and writes image data of 24.1 megapixels at high speed. In high-speed continuous shooting, this allows the shooting of 100 frames in JPEG (fine/Medium)*.

  • *With an 8 GB SanDisk Extreme Pro SDHC UHS-I card (SDSDXPA-008G). Results will vary with card type, camera settings, and scene recorded. The maximum number of exposures that can be stored in memory buffer at ISO 100; number drops when long-exposure noise reduction or auto distortion control is on.

Long-life battery due to energy-saving design EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery

The D5200's superior energy-saving design allows you to shoot approx. 500 shots per charge* with the EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery.

  • *Based on CIPA Standards.
EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery (supplied)

Nikon's photo sharing and storage service my Picturetown

Nikon's own image-sharing website, my Picturetown, allows you to easily store, manage and share your images with your family and friends, and post to social networking services (SNS). Membership is free and permits storage of up to 2 GB of photos and/or movies. And with an additional paid registration, you can expand your capacity to 200 GB*. Also, utilizing free applications compatible with a smart device, you can enjoy images using a PC or a smart device anytime, anywhere.

Nikon Digital SLR Camera D5200 Specifications

Type
Type
Single-lens reflex digital camera
Lens mount
Nikon F mount (with AF contacts)
Effective angle of view
Nikon DX format; focal length equivalent to approx. 1.5x that of lenses with FX-format angle of view
Effective pixels
Effective pixels
24.1 million
Image sensor
Image sensor
23.5 x 15.6 mm CMOS sensor
Total pixels
24.71 million
Dust-reduction system
Image sensor cleaning, Airflow Control System, Image Dust Off reference data (optional Capture NX 2 software required)
Storage
Image size (pixels)
  • 6000 x 4000 [L]
  • 4496 x 3000 [M]
  • 2992 x 2000 [S]
File format
  • NEF (RAW): 14 bit, compressed
  • JPEG: JPEG-Baseline compliant with fine (approx. 1:4), normal (approx. 1:8) or basic (approx. 1:16) compression
  • NEF (RAW)+JPEG: Single photograph recorded in both NEF (RAW) and JPEG formats
Picture Control System
Standard, Neutral, Vivid, Monochrome, Portrait, Landscape; selected Picture Control can be modified; storage for custom Picture Controls
Media
SD (Secure Digital) and UHS-I compliant SDHC and SDXC memory cards
File system
DCF (Design Rule for Camera File System) 2.0, DPOF (Digital Print Order Format), Exif (Exchangeable Image File Format for Digital Still Cameras) 2.3, PictBridge
Viewfinder
Viewfinder
Eye-level pentamirror single-lens reflex viewfinder
Frame coverage
Approx. 95% horizontal and 95% vertical
Magnification
Approx. 0.78x (50 mm f/1.4 lens at infinity, -1.0 m-1)
Eyepoint
17.9 mm (-1.0 m-1; from center surface of viewfinder eyepiece lens)
Diopter adjustment
-1.7 to +0.7 m-1
Focusing screen
Type B BriteView Clear Matte Mark VII screen
Reflex mirror
Quick return
Lens aperture
Instant return, electronically controlled
Lens
Compatible lenses
Autofocus is available with AF-S and AF-I lenses; autofocus is not available with other type G and D lenses, AF lenses (IX NIKKOR and lenses for the F3AF are not supported), and AI-P lenses; non-CPU lenses can be used in mode , but the camera exposure meter will not function
The electronic rangefinder can be used with lenses that have a maximum aperture of f/5.6 or faster
Shutter
Type
Electronically controlled vertical-travel focal-plane shutter
Speed
1/4000 to 30 s in steps of 1/3 or 1/2 EV, bulb, time (requires optional ML-L3 Remote Control)
Flash sync speed
X=1/200 s; synchronizes with shutter at 1/200 s or slower
Release
Release modes
(single frame), (continuous low speed), (continuous high speed), (self-timer), (delayed remote; ML-L3), (quick-response remote; ML-L3), (quiet shutter release); interval timer photography supported
Frame advance rate
Up to 3 fps () or 5 fps ()
Self-timer
2 s, 5 s, 10 s, 20 s; 1 to 9 exposures
Exposure
Metering mode
TTL exposure metering using 2016-pixel RGB sensor
Metering method
  • Matrix: 3D color matrix metering II (type G and D lenses); color matrix metering II (other CPU lenses)
  • Center-weighted: Weight of 75% given to 8-mm circle in center of frame
  • Spot: Meters 3.5-mm circle (about 2.5% of frame) centered on selected focus point
Range
(ISO 100, f/1.4 lens, 20C/68F)
  • Matrix or center-weighted metering: 0 to 20 EV
  • Spot metering: 2 to 20 EV
Exposure meter coupling
CPU
Exposure modes
Auto modes (auto; auto [flash off]); programmed auto with flexible program (); shutter-priority auto (); aperture-priority auto (); manual (); scene modes ( portrait; landscape; child; sports; close up; night portrait; night landscape; party/indoor; beach/snow; sunset; dusk/dawn; pet portrait; candlelight; blossom; autumn colors; food); special effects modes ( night vision; color sketch; miniature effect; selective color; silhouette; high key; low key)
Exposure compensation
Can be adjusted by -5 to +5 EV in increments of 1/3 or 1/2 EV in , , and modes
Exposure bracketing
3 shots in steps of 1/3 or 1/2 EV
Exposure lock
Luminosity locked at detected value with ( ) button
ISO sensitivity
(Recommended Exposure Index)
ISO 100 to 6400 in steps of 1/3 EV; can also be set to approx. 0.3, 0.7, 1 or 2 EV (ISO 25600 equivalent) above ISO 6400; auto ISO sensitivity control available
Active D-Lighting
Auto, extra high, high, normal, low, off
ADL bracketing
2 shots
Focus
Autofocus
Nikon Multi-CAM 4800DX autofocus sensor module with TTL phase detection, 39 focus points (including 9 cross-type sensors), and AF-assist illuminator (range approx. 0.5 to 3 m/1 ft 8 in. to 9 ft 10 in.)
Detection range
-1 to +19 EV (ISO 100, 20C/68F)
Lens servo
  • Autofocus (AF): Single-servo AF (AF-S); continuous-servo AF (AF-C); auto AF-S/AF-C selection (AF-A); predictive focus tracking activated automatically according to subject status
  • Manual focus (M): Electronic rangefinder can be used
Focus point
Can be selected from 39 or 11 focus points
AF-area modes
Single-point AF, 9-, 21- or 39-point dynamic-area AF, 3D-tracking, auto-area AF
Focus lock
Focus can be locked by pressing shutter-release button halfway (single-servo AF) or by pressing ( ) button
Flash
Built-in flash
, , , , , , , : Auto flash with auto pop-up
, , , , : Manual pop-up with button release
Guide number
Approx. 12/39, 13/43 with manual flash (m/ft, ISO 100, 20C/68F)
Flash control
TTL: i-TTL flash control using 2016-pixel RGB sensor is available with built-in flash and SB-910, SB-900, SB-800, SB-700, SB-600 or SB-400; i-TTL balanced fill-flash for digital SLR is used with matrix and center-weighted metering, standard i-TTL flash for digital SLR with spot metering
Flash modes
Auto, auto with red-eye reduction, auto slow sync, auto slow sync with red-eye reduction, fill-flash, red-eye reduction, slow sync, slow sync with red-eye reduction, rear-curtain with slow sync, rear-curtain sync, off
Flash compensation
-3 to +1 EV in increments of 1/3 or 1/2 EV
Flash-ready indicator
Lights when built-in flash or optional flash unit is fully charged; flashes after flash is fired at full output
Accessory shoe
ISO 518 hot-shoe with sync and data contacts and safety lock
Nikon Creative Lighting
System (CLS)
Advanced Wireless Lighting supported with SB-910, SB-900, SB-800 or SB-700 as a master flash or SU-800 as commander; Flash Color Information Communication supported with all CLS-compatible flash units
Sync terminal
AS-15 Sync Terminal Adapter (available separately)
White balance
White balance
Auto, incandescent, fluorescent (7 types), direct sunlight, flash, cloudy, shade, preset manual, all except preset manual with fine-tuning
White balance bracketing
3 shots in steps of 1
Live View
Lens servo
  • Autofocus (AF): Single-servo AF (AF-S); full-time servo AF (AF-F)
  • Manual focus (M)
AF-area modes
Face-priority AF, wide-area AF, normal-area AF, subject-tracking AF
Autofocus
Contrast-detect AF anywhere in frame (camera selects focus point automatically when face-priority AF or subject-tracking AF is selected)
Automatic scene selection
Available in and modes
Movie
Metering
TTL exposure metering using main image sensor
Metering method
Matrix
Frame size (pixels)
and frame rate
  • 1920 x 1080, 60i (59.94 fields/s)/50i (50 fields/s)*, high/normal
  • 1920 x 1080, 30p (progressive)/25p/24p, high/normal
  • 1280 x 720, 60p/50p, high/normal
  • 640 x 424, 30p/25p, high/normal
  •  Frame rates of 30p (actual frame rate 29.97 fps), 60i, and 60p (actual frame rate 59.94 fps) are available when NTSC is selected for video mode; 25p, 50i, and 50p are available when PAL is selected for video mode; actual frame rate when 24p is selected is 23.976 fps
    *Sensor output is about 60 or 50 fps
    Note: A smaller crop is used for movies with a frame size/frame rate of 1920 x 1080 60i or 50i
File format
MOV
Video compression
H.264/MPEG-4 Advanced Video Coding
Audio recording format
Linear PCM
Audio recording device
Built-in monaural or external stereo microphone; sensitivity adjustable
Maximum length
29 min. 59 s (3 min. in miniature effect mode)
ISO sensitivity
ISO 100 to 6400; can also be set to approx. 0.3, 0.7, 1, or 2 EV (ISO 25600 equivalent) above ISO 6400
Monitor
Monitor
7.5-cm (3-in.), approx. 921k-dot (VGA), vari-angle TFT monitor with 170 viewing angle, approx. 100% frame coverage, and brightness adjustment
Playback
Playback
Full-frame and thumbnail (4, 9, or 72 images or calendar) playback with playback zoom, movie playback, photo and/or movie slide shows, histogram display, highlights, auto image rotation, and image comment (up to 36 characters)
Interface
USB
Hi-Speed USB
Video output
NTSC, PAL
HDMI output
Type C mini-pin HDMI connector
Accessory terminal
Wireless remote controller: WR-R10 (available separately)
Remote cord: MC-DC2 (available separately)
GPS unit: GP-1 (available separately)
Audio input
Stereo mini-pin jack (3.5-mm diameter)
Supported languages
Supported languages
Arabic, Chinese (Simplified and Traditional), Czech, Danish, Dutch, English, Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hindi, Hungarian, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese (Portugal and Brazil), Romanian, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Thai, Turkish, Ukrainian
Power source
Battery
One EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery
AC adapter
EH-5b AC Adapter; requires EP-5A Power Connector (available separately)
Tripod socket
Tripod socket
1/4 in. (ISO 1222)
Dimensions / weight
Dimensions
(W x H x D)
Approx. 129 x 98 x 78 mm/5.1 x 3.9 x 3.1 in.
Weight
Approx. 555 g/1 lb 3.6 oz with battery and memory card but without body cap; approx. 505 g/1 lb 1.8 oz (camera body only)
 Operating environment
Temperature
0 to 40C/32 to 104F
humidity
85% or less (no condensation)
Accessories
Supplied accessories
(may differ by country or area)
EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery, MH-24 Battery Charger, DK-5 Eyepiece Cap, DK-20 Rubber Eyecup, UC-E17 USB Cable, EG-CP16 Audio Video Cable, AN-DC3 Camera Strap, BF-1B Body Cap, BS-1 Accessory Shoe Cover, ViewNX 2 CD-ROM
  • The SD, SDHC and SDXC logos are trademark of the SD Card Association.
  • PictBridge is a trademark.
  • HDMI, the HDMI logo and High-Definition Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing, LLC.
  • Google and Android are registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc.
  • Products and brand names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies.
  • Images in viewfinders, on LCDs and monitors shown in this site are simulated.

Memory card capacity

The following table shows the approximate number of pictures that can be stored on an 8 GB SanDisk Extreme Pro SDHC UHS-I card at different image quality and size settings.

Image quality
Image size
File size*1
No. of images*1
Buffer capacity*2
NEF (RAW) + JPEG fine*3
Large
Medium
Small
37.0 MB
32.2 MB
28.5 MB
152
173
192
6
6
6
NEF (RAW) + JPEG normal*3
Large
Medium
Small
30.9 MB
28.4 MB
26.5 MB
178
192
203
6
6
6
NEF (RAW) + JPEG basic*3
Large
Medium
Small
27.7 MB
26.6 MB
25.6 MB
196
204
210
6
6
6
NEF (RAW)
-
24.6 MB
217
8
JPEG fine
Large
Medium
Small
12.2 MB
7.4 MB
3.8 MB
507
853
1600
35
100
100
JPEG normal
Large
Medium
Small
6.2 MB
3.7 MB
1.9 MB
1000
1600
3200
100
100
100
JPEG basic
Large
Medium
Small
3.0 MB
1.9 MB
1.0 MB
1900
3200
6000
100
100
100
  • *1All figures are approximate. Results will vary with card type, camera settings, and scene recorded.
  • *2Maximum number of exposures that can be stored in memory buffer at ISO 100. Drops when long exposure noise reduction or auto distortion control is on.
  • *3Image size applies to JPEG images only. Size of NEF (RAW) images cannot be changed. File size is the total for NEF (RAW) and JPEG images.

Approved memory cards

The following SD memory cards have been tested and approved for use in the D5200. Cards with class 6 or faster write speeds are recommended for movie recording. Recording may end unexpectedly when cards with slower write speeds are used.

 
SD memory cards
SDHC memory cards*2
SDXC memory cards*3
SanDisk
2GB*1
4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB, 32 GB
64 GB
Toshiba
Panasonic
4 GB, 6 GB, 8 GB, 12 GB,
16 GB, 24 GB, 32 GB
48 GB, 64 GB
Lexar Media
4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB, 32 GB
-
 
Platinum II
Professional
64 GB, 128 GB
Full-HD Video
-
4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB
-
  • *1Check that any card readers or other devices with which the card will be used support 2 GB cards.
  • *2Check that any card readers or other devices with which the card will be used are SDHC-compliant. The camera supports UHS-I.
  • *3Check that any card readers or other devices with which the card will be used are SDXC-compliant. The camera supports UHS-I.
 
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon D5200 Digital SLR Camera - 24.1MP (Black)


- 3.0"TFT LCD, Airflow Control System, Live View, AF-Area Mode
- 18-55VR Kit

D600

 
Key Features
 
 
Newly developed Nikon DX-format CMOS sensor with 24.1 effective megapixels [NEW]
 
The high pixel count of 24.1 effective megapixels delivers high-definition images with fine details of the subject enabling expression with sharpness and depth. The image maintains high resolution even if it is trimmed and printed in large size after shooting.
 
 
High-density 39-point AF system features superior subject-tracking and subject-identification performance in combination with Scene Recognition System
 
The D5200 employs a Multi-CAM 4800DX autofocus sensor module. 39 focus points track even a fast-moving subject precisely. Furthermore, performance of auto-area AF and 3D-tracking is improved in combination with the Scene Recognition System that utilizes a 2016-pixel RGB sensor.
 
 
A choice of three body colors and a vari-angle LCD monitor that offers flexible shooting
 
The D5200 is available in black, red or bronze body colors. And it incorporates a vari-angle LCD monitor that enables you to set the angle you want. Compared with viewfinder shooting, you can shoot in a variety of angles from high or low with a stable posture. This expands flexibility of composition and further enhances your creativity.
 
  • Special Effects that enable you to enjoy various creative expressions in still images and movies by setting prior to shoot. ...
  • High-speed, multifunctional and high-performance image-processing engine "EXPEED 3", equivalent to that of the Nikon's flagship model, D4. ...
  • Wide sensitivity range of ISO 100 to 6400 (expandable to ISO 25600 equivalent) that delivers sharp images with reduced image blur even in low-lit situations or sports scenes. ...
  • High-speed continuous shooting at approx. 5 fps that surely captures decisive moments. ...
  • Stereo microphone employed [NEW], Full HD (1920 x 1080) D-Movie with selectable 60i/50i frame rate. ...
  • Easy-to-understand and easy-to-operate, new GUI that effectively utilizes graphic processing. [NEW] ...
  • Large, easy-to-view, approx. 921k-dot, wide viewing angle (170), 7.5-cm (3-in.) horizontal-opening vari-angle LCD monitor. ...
  • Energy-saving design that achieves approx. 500 shots* per charge (with EN-EL14, in single-frame mode). ...
    • *Based on CIPA Standards.
  • Compatible with the WU-1a Wireless Mobile Adapter (optional) that enables transmission of images to smartphone or tablet PC wirelessly. ...
  • Compatible with the WR-R10/WR-T10 Wireless Remote Controllers (optional). Remote control is ensured even if there are obstacles in the way. [NEW] ...
  • 16 options of Scene Modes that enable selection of the most appropriate mode according to the shooting scene or subject. ...
  • Variety of image-editing functions that allow you to retouch images easily after shooting, such as NEF (RAW) processing, Trim and Fisheye. ...
 
Features:

High image quality

Reproduces minute details of the subject with the sharp depiction performance of NIKKOR lenses and high pixel count of the D5200 — Nikon DX-format CMOS sensor [NEW]
 
The D5200 employs newly developed Nikon DX-format CMOS sensor with 24.1 effective megapixels. Combined with the sharp depiction of NIKKOR lenses, the high resolution renders details of the subject minutely and delivers images with great definition and depth. The sensor also supports wide ISO sensitivity range, high-speed readout during live view and Full HD movie recording.
 
 
Renders even delicate detail in skin tone, eyelashes and hair high-performance image-processing engine EXPEED 3 that maintains superior gradation
 
 
The D5200 comes equipped with image-processing engine EXPEED 3, equivalent to that of higher-end models such as the D4. It processes multiple tasks in parallel at high speed while maintaining high precision to bring out the full potential of the 24.1 megapixels for both still images and movies. The image processing of the EXPEED 3 is excellent at color reproduction, gradation processing and image quality at high sensitivity. It reproduces human skin tone, eyelashes and hair more faithfully. Furthermore, from image processing and card recording to image playback and image transfer, EXPEED 3 manages massive amounts of data at high speed. Even with high ISO noise reduction and Active D-Lighting, continuous shooting speed is not sacrificed, realizing comfortable shooting. This also contributes to energy saving.
 
High image quality of the D5200 realized by the high pixel count of 24.1 effective megapixels, image-processing engine EXPEED 3 and NIKKOR lenses
 
 
Effective for shooting in low-lit situations such as interiors or night scenes and for moving subjects — ISO sensitivity range up to 6400
 
The D5200's wide ISO sensitivity range is from ISO 100 to 6400, expandable to Hi 1 (ISO 12800 equivalent) and Hi 2 (ISO 25600 equivalent). The camera reduces noise effectively even at high ISO sensitivity setting while maintaining definition as much as possible to deliver sharp images. Setting high ISO sensitivity enables you to shoot at faster shutter speeds and capture pictures without worrying about image degradation caused by camera shake even in low-light situations or when shooting a moving subject. This superior high-sensitivity performance is also effective for D-Movie and you can record beautiful movies without large-scale lighting equipment even when light is scarce.
 
 
Shot at ISO 3200
 
 
Shot at ISO 1600

Wide ISO sensitivity range from ISO 100 to 6400 at normal setting

 
ISO 100
 
 
ISO 200
 
 
ISO 400
 
 
ISO 800
 
 
ISO 1600
 
 
ISO 3200
 
 
ISO 6400
 
Reproduces brightness in highlights and shadowy areas as you see them Active D-Lighting with improved image quality
 
Active D-Lighting is effective for shooting, for example, a dark room including outside scenery seen through a window, high-contrast scenes such as at the seaside under strong sunlight, and backlit situations. It preserves details in both highlights and shadowy areas in such situations, maintaining moderate contrast to reproduce brightness as you see it. Select the preferred setting from "auto", "extra high", "high", "normal", "low" or "off". The D5200 employs a new image-processing system that causes less shift of color even when the strength level is increased. Image-processing time is shortened by highly accurate and high-speed real-time processing. And color reproduction is further enhanced with new image-processing engine EXPEED 3. Unlike HDR (High Dynamic Range), Active D-Lighting does not require the process of combining images, therefore it is effective for shooting moving subjects such as people.
 
 
Extra high
 
 
Off
 
Delivers beautiful images even in high-contrast scenes — HDR (High Dynamic Range)
 
Two images taken with one shutter release at varying exposure are combined to produce a single image that has a wider dynamic range (range of contrast to reproduce tonal gradation) with less loss of detail in highlights and shadows. The result is images with less noise and rich tonal gradation throughout the entire frame including shadows and highlights even in high-contrast shooting scenes. HDR mode is selectable from "auto", "extra high", "high", "normal", "low" and "off". The exposure differential of the two images up to 3 EV and the smoothness of the edge where the two exposures meet are automatically set according to the strength level. Effective for stationary subjects such as landscapes or still lifes.
 
 
Overexposed
 
 
Underexposed
 
 
HDR
 
NIKKOR
 
 
To draw out the full potential of the D5200's approx. 24 megapixels and render high-definition images, using a high optical performance lens with superior resolution is of vital importance. NIKKOR lenses are Nikon digital SLR cameras' genuine interchangeable lenses and are highly praised by many photo enthusiasts and professional photographers. Employing an array of Nikon's original advanced technologies, NIKKOR lenses feature high optical performance and superior rendering performance, and support high image quality by getting the most out of the D5200's high pixel count in both still images and movies through the wide and diverse lineup.
 
Nikon's original technologies
 
Nikon's original Vibration Reduction function (VR) that realizes an easy-to-see viewfinder image, comfortable shooting and images with reduced blur for both stills and movies
 
 
Image blur caused by camera shake tends to occur when shooting in low-lit situations, telephoto shooting and close-up shooting. Nikon built the Vibration Reduction function (VR) into the lens to reduce the effects of camera shake. Different from a blur-reduction function built into the camera body, this ensures a stable viewfinder image during shooting for precise focusing and comfortable confirmation of composition. The VR function, optimized for the characteristics of each lens, is effective for not only still image shooting but also movie recording using live view.
 
 
VR "On"
 
 
VR "Off"
 
AF-S lenses with built-in SWM (Silent Wave Motor) ensure quiet autofocus operation
 
Nikon's originally developed SWM (Silent Wave Motor = ultrasonic motor) for AF drive is an autofocus motor that converts "traveling waves" into rotational energy to drive optics for autofocus. AF-S lenses that incorporate the SWM achieve quiet AF operation.
 
Nano Crystal Coat provides clear images with minimal ghost or flare
 
This is an antireflective coating that originated from Nikon's work in semicond
 
uctor manufacturing technology. Ghost effects caused by red light, which were incredibly difficult to prevent with conventional coating, and ghost and flare effects caused by light entering the lens diagonally are effectively reduced to provide clear images.
 
-ED glass effectively minimizes chromatic aberration at high magnification
 
Nikon-developed ED (Extra-low Dispersion) glass minimizes prism-caused color dispersion. For lenses using normal optical glass, the longer the focal length, the more difficult it is to correct the chromatic aberration that causes color fringing. Nikon's ED glass effectively compensates for this kind of chromatic aberration.
 
-Aspherical lens for effective distortion correction
 
This type of lens utilizes non-spherical surfaces to correct certain types of lens aberration. These elements are particularly useful for correcting the distortion in wide-angle lenses.
 
 
 

Precise subject acquisition

Faithfully reproduces the shooting scene as you see it high-precision Scene Recognition System that analyzes a subject more finely with the 2016-pixel RGB sensor

The Scene Recognition System determines the subject's situation accurately prior to shooting and enables highly precise auto control. The D5200 analyzes brightness and color information of the shooting scenes more finely with Nikon's original Scene Recognition System that utilizes the 2016-pixel RGB sensor, which has been incorporated in higher-end models. And applies that information to autofocus, auto exposure, i-TTL flash and auto white balance control. In 3D-tracking, it is possible to track even a moving subject accurately. Also, in subject identification, smaller subjects compared with the D5100 can be detected which contributes to the improvement of subject identification performance in auto-area AF. Furthermore, the D5200 detects up to 35 human faces utilizing the image sensor when using face-priority AF during live view and movie recording, and playback zoom of people's faces for still images.

Scene Recognition System

Accurate light source identification with Scene Recognition System auto white balance

The D5200 utilizes color and brightness information of the shooting scenes acquired by light source identification of the Scene Recognition System for auto white balance. It identifies the light source by referencing the in-camera database for auto white balance. In this way, it can determine the ideal white balance even with difficult light sources.

Captures even fast-moving scenes high-density 39-point AF system

The D5200 incorporates the Multi-CAM 4800DX autofocus sensor module, the same as that used in the D7000. With their high density, the 39 focus points, the top level among models in this class, that widely cover the image area acquire and track even fast-moving subjects such as sports or action accurately. Nine cross-type sensors cover the most frequently used center area to deliver higher subject acquisition and focusing performance. There are selectable AF area modes according to the scene single-point AF, dynamic-area AF (9 points, 21 points and 39 points), 3D-tracking and auto-area AF. In 3D-tracking mode, the camera keeps tracking not only a subject in a changed composition but also a moving subject. This is very convenient when shooting a fast-moving subject. Combined with the Scene Recognition System utilizing a 2016-pixel RGB sensor, the D5200 shows further improved subject-tracking performance in 3D-tracking and subject-identification performance in auto-area AF.
You can also choose to shoot with 11 focus points for quicker focus-point selection. Additionally, in the viewfinder, it is possible to display grid lines that are effective for rigorous composition.

Bright and easy-to-see viewfinder
Viewfinder display (framing grid)

Four selectable AF-area modes according to the subject in optical viewfinder shooting

The D5200 offers four AF-area modes. You can choose how the focus point for autofocus is selected according to the subject in viewfinder shooting.

-Single-point AF mode

Ideal for stationary subjects. You can focus on the subject selecting one of the 39 focus points according to your composition. It is effective to focus on an aimed point in situations such as shooting a flower or portrait.

Single-point AF mode

-Dynamic-area AF mode

Suitable for capturing an erratically moving subject. Select one of the 39 focus points. If the subject briefly leaves the selected focus point, the camera will focus based on information from the surrounding points.
Selectable when focus mode is set to AF-A or AF-C.

9 points
Choose when there is time to compose the photograph or when photographing subjects that are moving predictably.
21 points
Choose when photographing subjects that are moving unpredictably.
39 points
Choose when photographing subjects that are moving quickly and cannot be easily framed in the viewfinder.
9 points
21 points
39 points

-3D-tracking mode

Suitable for shooting a moving subject. Pursues your subject using all 39 focus points. Once focusing is achieved with a selected focus point, the focus point automatically changes to track the subject according to its movement while the shutter-release button is pressed halfway.
Selectable when focus mode is set to AF-A or AF-C.

3D-tracking mode

-Auto-area AF mode

The D5200 detects the main subject using all 39 focus points and automatically focuses on it. The D5200 can recognize human skin tone using "subject identification" of the Scene Recognition System for improved human subject acquisition.

Auto-area AF mode

Note: Only the selected focus point is shown on actual images. Also, if you select focus points in a peripheral area of an image when "9 points" or "21 points" is chosen, the number of focus points actually used may be less than 9 or 21.

Captures the decisive moment release mode button that supports quick selection of release mode and approx. 5 fps high-speed continuous shooting

The release mode button is located next to the mode dial. The release mode setting menu is displayed on the LCD monitor by pressing the release mode button so that quick switching of modes is possible. For release modes, the D5200 employs quiet shutter-release mode, "Q", that allows shooting with reduced mirror movement sound. This is effective for occasions such as a ceremony or when taking pictures of insects or a sleeping child. Also, the D5200 realizes high-speed continuous shooting at approx. 5 fps, while approx. 3 fps is also selectable, which is optimal for capturing natural facial expressions. The number of shots in continuous shooting is up to 100 in JPEG. It does not miss a moment of a subject's movements or facial expression. The shutter unit is tested for approx. 100,000 cycles with the shutter actually loaded to prove its high durability.

Release mode button
Release mode setting menu
Approx. 5 fps high-speed continuous shooting ensures you capture decisive moments.

Shooting with the mirror in the up position is achieved in live view newly designed, independently driven mirror mechanism [NEW]

Nikon newly designed the high-speed and highly precise sequential control mechanism for the D5200. It contributes to high-speed continuous shooting at up to approx. 5 fps with a release time lag of approx. 0.09 s*. This new sequential control mechanism drives the mirror independently. In live view shooting, the shutter is released with the mirror in the up position. Because the impact of the mirror's up and down movement is eliminated, smooth and quiet shooting can be expected in single-frame and continuous shooting (low-speed/high-speed).

  • *Based on CIPA Guidelines.

Live view shooting that enables accurate focusing using the large, east-to-see 7.5-cm (3-in.), approx. 921k-dot, vari-angle LCD monitor

The D5200 incorporates a large, easy-to-see, 7.5-cm (3-in.), approx. 921k-dot (VGA), 170 viewing angle, movable vari-angle LCD monitor that realizes comfortable live view shooting. Approx. 100% frame coverage of the LCD monitor is effective when you want to compose your image firmly before shooting in a situation such as landscape or portrait shooting. Simply rotate the live view switch on top of the camera to shift from viewfinder shooting to live view shooting. The position of a focus point can be moved using a multi selector to focus on the desired point.

  • More information about shooting with the vari-angle monitor
7.5-cm (3-in.), 921k-dot (VGA), 170 viewing angle LCD monitor

Three focus modes selectable focusing that suits your subject

-Single-servo AF (AF-S)

Suitable for a stationary subject such as landscapes, architecture or flowers.

-Full-time-servo AF (AF-F)

Convenient for shooting a moving subject which is usually difficult to focus on, such as a person or pet. Available in both live view mode and movie recording. Camera focuses continuously as the subject moves.

-Manual focus (MF)

Manual focusing. Suitable for a subject for which autofocus is difficult, such as an animal in a cage or a person in the shade with the sun in the background.

Four AF-area modes in live view selectable according to your subject

-Face-priority AF

Suitable for focusing on someone's face such as for a commemorative photo.

-Wide-area AF

Suitable for handheld shooting such as for a landscape. Focus point can be moved to a desired point within the frame.

-Normal-area AF

Convenient for shooting with pin-point focus such as for a close-up of a flower and other small subjects. Using a tripod is recommended for more precise focusing.

-Subject-tracking AF

After focusing is activated, focus point tracks the subject automatically. Suitable for a moving subject such as a child or pet.

Recommended combination of focus mode and AF-area mode

Single-servo AF and normal-area AF
Suitable for a stationary subject
Full-time-servo AF and subject-tracking AF
Suitable for a moving subject

Camera selects the optimal scene mode automatically Scene Auto Selector (only available in live view shooting)

In live view shooting, if you point the camera at your subject, the camera automatically identifies the scene and selects the most appropriate scene mode from Portrait, Landscape, Close up and Night portrait*. Smooth shooting is achieved without setting the scene mode for each subject.

  • *When mode dial is set to Auto or Auto (flash off) and using AF.
Scene Auto Selector (Landscape)

-Scene Auto Selector employed on the D5200

Note: Selected when the camera identifies situations not covered by Portrait, Landscape, Close up or Night portrait mode, or for scenes suited to Auto or Auto (flash off).

Flicker reduction function

Flicker and banding visible in the monitor under fluorescent or mercury vapor light during live view or movie recording can be reduced using the flicker reduction function. When "Auto" mode is set in the flicker reduction menu, the camera can automatically identify the light source frequency for the appropriate exposure control. You can also manually switch between 50 Hz and 60 Hz according to your local area.

Creative expression

More advanced expression by combining creative angle and Special Effects

The D5200's LCD monitor opens horizontally from 0 to 180 and flips up and down from +180 to -90. It allows you to set the monitor at your preferred angle for the creative expression you desire in your composition. You can shoot comfortably from a high or low angle with a stable posture, when it would otherwise be difficult to shoot using the optical viewfinder. Even if shooting from ground level, it is possible to shoot confirming composition. Moreover, the vari-angle LCD monitor helps you to shoot more creative images than ever before in combination with the Special Effects, for both still images and movies.

  • More information about Special Effects

Enable you to confirm an effect in real time while shooting and deliver more creative expression Special Effects

The D5200 comes equipped with seven options of Special Effects. It is easy to shoot images applying various effects without using image-editing software. The result of an effect is displayed on the LCD monitor in real time, therefore you can set the effects while checking the appearance of your image. The wide range of effects greatly expands your creative possibilities in combination with the vari-angle LCD monitor for both still images and movies.

Special Effects incorporated in the D5200

Color sketch*, Miniature effect*, Selective color*, Silhouette, Night vision, High key, Low key

  • *It is possible to apply these effects to still images after shooting using retouch menus.

Ideal for movies to create a dynamic impression for a commercial or a cinematic effect [Selective color]

All colors other than the color(s) you want to emphasize are recorded in black and white. Up to three colors are selectable and the color range can be adjusted in values between 1 to 7.

The image can be pop or artistic [Color sketch]

The camera detects and colors subjects' outlines to create sketch-style images. Vividness of colors and density of outlines are adjustable.

Note: Movies shot in this mode play back like a slide show made up of a series of stills.

Landscape appears as if it is miniature scale model when shooting from a high place [Miniature effect]

Distant subjects appear as if they are miniature scale models. The position of the focus point remains sharp while the peripheral area is defocused.

Note: Miniature effect movies play back at high speed.

Easy to enjoy super-high sensitivity shooting [Night vision]

Enables shooting in extremely low-light conditions. Records monochrome (black and white) images.

Renders a woman or child, for example, with a gentle and soft atmosphere [High key]

Creates beautiful bright images filled with light by intentional overexposure.

Suitable for metallic materials or a portrait of a man with a dignified and somber atmosphere [Low key]

Creates dark and somber images to emphasize highlights by intentional underexposure.

Creates a dramatic effect on a subject [Silhouette]

Creates dramatic images with silhouettes of subjects against a bright background.

Shoots the scene beautifully and automatically 16 options of Scene Modes

If you select a mode according to the scene, the D5200 automatically chooses the most appropriate settings to deliver a beautiful image. Five frequently used Scene Modes such as Portrait and Landscape can be directly selected using the mode dial. For other modes such as Sunset, Dusk/dawn and Food, set the mode dial to SCENE and select the mode by rotating the command dial. You can capture scenes which previously had been difficult to shoot, easily and beautifully.

Scene Modes employed on the D5200

Portrait, Landscape, Child, Sports, Close up, Night portrait, Night landscape, Party/indoor, Beach/snow, Sunset, Dusk/dawn, Pet portrait, Candlelight, Blossom, Autumn colors, Food

Sports
Close up
Night landscape
Party/indoor
Dusk/dawn
Food

Customizes colors and tones of your movies and images to your preferences before shooting Picture Control

The D5200 employs six types of Picture Control, selectable according to your subjects and shooting scenes for both still images and movies. Selected Picture Control lets you fine-tune sharpening, contrast, etc. to match your own image creation ideas. Changes can be saved as custom Picture Controls and used with image-browsing/editing software ViewNX 2 (supplied) and image-editing software Capture NX 2 (optional).

Picture Control employed on the D5200

Standard, Neutral, Vivid, Monochrome, Portrait, Landscape

  • More information
Set Picture Control display
Adjusting display
Standard
Standard processing for balanced results. Recommended for most situations.
Neutral
Minimal processing for natural results. Choose for photographs that will later be extensively processed or retouched.
Vivid
Provides distinct, colorful, fresh-looking images. Choose for situations where you want to emphasize primary colors such as blue, red and green.
Monochrome
Gives you monochromatic shadings, such as black-and-white or sepia. You can select filter effects and toning.
Portrait
Portrait delivers natural-appearing skin. Natural texture gives the skin of portrait subjects a smoother feel.
Landscape
Produces vibrant landscapes and cityscapes. Suitable for any kinds of nature scenes.

Easy in-camera image editing Retouch menus

The D5200 comes equipped with 19 kinds of image-editing functions. These in-camera functions let you retouch images easily. There are a variety of options such as Fisheye that produces effects similar to those obtained with a fisheye lens and Filter effects that achieve images similar to those taken with a filter. Edit movie allows you to delete unwanted parts by choosing the start or end point, or save a selected frame as a JPEG image. In each case, a duplicate image or movie is created, leaving the original securely intact.

Retouch menus employed on the D5200

D-Lighting, Red-eye correction, Trim, Monochrome, Filter effects, Color balance, Image overlay, NEF (RAW) processing, Resize, Quick retouch, Straighten, Distortion control, Fisheye, Color outline, Color sketch*, Perspective control, Miniature effect*, Selective color*, Edit movie

  • *It is possible to apply these effects to still images/movies prior to shooting using Special Effects.
Straighten
Corrects inclination of the image within a range of 5 (in approx. 0.25 steps).
Trim
The desired part of the image can be trimmed and enlarged.
Fisheye
Creates images that resemble those taken with a fisheye lens.

Effective for backlit or shaded conditions built-in flash

Even when the subject's face is backlit or, for example, shaded by a hat, you can shoot with appropriate brightness using the built-in flash. The D5200 detects the brightness situation of the subject, pops up* the built-in flash automatically and fires. Using i-TTL flash control that achieves high-precision metering, an optimal amount of light for the scene realizes naturally reproduced images.

  • *When shooting mode is set to Auto, Portrait, Child, Close up, Night portrait, Party/indoor, Pet portrait or Color sketch.

Exclusive Nikon software expand your creativity

Your Imaging Toolbox ViewNX 2 (supplied)

This simple and intuitive software helps you get the most out of your images and movies after shooting. ViewNX 2 provides importing and browsing capability while also incorporating image-editing functions such as Resize, Brightness, Crop, Straighten and NEF (RAW) image processing. High-definition and high-quality RAW processing is achieved by utilizing the same processing algorithm as Capture NX 2 that faithfully reproduces Nikon image quality. Its movie-editing functions help you create your own original movies quickly and easily, and Nikon's smart photo sharing and storage service, my Picturetown, works smoothly with ViewNX 2, allowing you to log in directly from the software for easy uploading without activating a browser.

  • More information

Quick and simple image-editing software with intuitive operation Capture NX 2 (optional)

Nikon's RAW images (NEF: Nikon Electronic Format) maintain extremely rich data. Only Nikon's Capture NX 2 can fully utilize this data with its optimized file format and software processing algorithms. With the enhanced speed of the algorithms, high-speed processing is achieved. This enables high-speed, stress-free editing even if the data size is large. Also, Capture NX 2 supports 64-bit (native) to realize a comfortable working environment. You can focus on editing with ease because it is possible to leave the original image intact with NEF editing. In addition to the intuitive and simple editing using Color Control Points, it incorporates various functions such as Auto Retouch brush, Batch Processing, Quick Fix, Straighten Tool, Vignette Control, Auto Color Aberration Control and Distortion Control.

  • *Compared with conventional versions, under test conditions established by Nikon.

Note: For further details of the latest version or operating environment, please visit Nikon's website.

 

D-Movie

Reproduces even fast-moving scenes beautifully D-Movie compatible with 1920 x 1080 60i/50i

The D5200 allows you to record movie with sharpness, clarity and fluid motion easily. Utilizing the newly developed Nikon DX-format CMOS sensor and EXPEED 3, which is equivalent to that of higher models, the D5200 deliver movies with reduced noise, jaggies and moir. It renders various fast-moving scenes naturally, such as galloping horses, the splashing of water or the view from a moving car. The D5200 also employs subject-tracking AF that tracks and maintains focusing on a moving subject and face-priority AF that is optimal for portrait shooting. The movie-record button is located next to the shutter-release button. You can start/stop movie recording as if shooting still images while holding the camera stably and camera shake that may occur during operation is minimized. If you want to shoot according to your creative intention, it is possible to set the shutter speed and ISO sensitivity manually* (in mode M). In combination with unique shooting angles using the vari-angle LCD monitor and NIKKOR lenses that feature high resolution, you can enjoy advanced, creative movie recording by making clips, short films or video projects combining stills and video.
The D5200 also employs a variety of movie-editing features that can be accomplished easily inside the camera and without the need for a computer. It is possible to delete unwanted parts by choosing the start and end point in single frame units, and save a selected frame as a JPEG image with the same image size as that of the selected movie frame.

Lens: AF-S DX NIKKOR 18-105mm f/3.5-5.6G ED VR
Lens: AF-S DX NIKKOR 18-55mm f/3.5-5.6G VR
Note: The video shown here was taken in 1920 x 1080 60i, then converted to Flash Video format for ease of handling. Image quality varies from the original.
  • *Selectable shutter speed varies according to the frame rate of the movie. ISO sensitivity can be set to values between ISO 100 to 6400 or Hi 0.3 to Hi 2.

Sample movies utilizing the Special Effects of the D5200

Selective color
Lens: AF-S DX NIKKOR 18-55mm f/3.5-5.6G VR
Low key
Lens: AF-S DX NIKKOR 18-105mm f/3.5-5.6G ED VR

Note: The video shown here was taken using the D-Movie function, then converted to Flash Video format for ease of handling. Image quality varies from the original.

Built-in stereo microphone that enables you to record rich, high-quality sound [NEW]

The D5200's built-in stereo microphone lets you enjoy recording rich, high-quality sound. The sensitivity level can be adjusted, choosing from auto and manual (1 to 20 steps) according to the shooting situation. Select low level (smaller value) for scenes in louder environments, such as a concert hall; high level (large value) for quieter environments, with more delicate ambient sounds, such as a murmuring stream.

ME-1 Stereo Microphone (optional) compatible

In addition to the built-in microphone, the D5200 lets you record stereo sound with the optional ME-1 Stereo Microphone. Using the ME-1 Stereo Microphone reduces noise caused by lens vibration recorded during autofocus shooting. You can select the microphone sensitivity setting in the same way as with the built-in stereo microphone.

Specifications

Frame size (pixels)
Frame rate*1
Maximum bit rate
(high quality/Normal)
Maximum length
(high quality/Normal)*4
1920 x 1080
60i*2
24 Mbps/12 Mbps
20 min./29 min. 59 s
50i*2
30p*2
25p*3
24p
1280 x 720
60p*2
50p*2
640 x 424
30p*2
8 Mbps/5 Mbps
29 min. 59 s/29 min. 59 s
25p*3
  • *1Listed value. Actual frame rates for 60p, 50p, 30p, 25p, and 24p are 59.94, 50, 29.97, 25, and 23.976 fps respectively.
  • *2Available when NTSC is selected for Video mode.
  • *3Available when PAL is selected for Video mode.
  • *4Movies recorded in miniature effect mode are up to three minutes long when played back.

Enables playback of still images and movies on High-Definition TV HDMI supported

The D5200 supports HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) that allows you to play back still images and movies with High-Definition TV*1. HDMI mini connector is employed as the interface. Also, the D5200 is compatible with HDMI-CEC (Consumer Electric Control) that enables remote operation of the camera using a TV remote control*2.

  • *1Requires optional commercially available HDMI connection cable (Type C) for playback.
  • *2Remote control of HDMI-CEC supported TV.

 

 

 

Ease of use

Compact and lightweight body with three color variations and enhanced holding

The D5200's compact and lightweight body of approx. 505 g (1 lb 1.8 oz)* is easy to carry around. A sub-grip is newly employed on the lower left of the front of the camera to improve holding in combination with the thumb pad on the upper right of the rear of the camera. You can shoot sharp images using 24.1 effective megapixels, without blur caused by camera shake. The color of the body can be chosen from black, red and bronze.

  • *Body only.
Dimensions (W x H x D): approx. 129 x 98 x 78 mm/5.1 x 3.9 x 3.1 in.
Weight: approx. 555 g/1 lb 3.6 oz (including battery, SD memory card, excluding body cap), approx. 505 g/1 lb 1.8 oz (body only)

Selectable body colors

Black
Red
Bronze

Sub-grip and thumb pad improve holding

Front
Rear

Easier and more intuitive to operate newly designed GUI

The D5200 incorporates an easier and more fluid new GUI, utilizing graphic-processing performance enhanced by EXPEED 3. For the info display design, you can choose from two options Classic or Graphic. Background color can be selected from black, blue and brown. A new design is also employed for each setting display.

In optical viewfinder shooting

-Classic

Black
Blue
Brown

-Graphic

Black
Blue
Brown

In live view shooting

-Graphic

 

Information edit button

Pressing the information edit button when shooting information is displayed gives you direct access to the menu of the setting you would like to adjust.

Information edit button

In optical viewfinder shooting

Info display
Setting menu display

In live view shooting

Info display
Setting menu display

WU-1a Wireless Mobile Adapter (optional) that enables wireless transmission of images to a smart device, and remote shooting

By attaching the optional WU-1a Wireless Mobile Adapter to the D5200's USB connector, two-way communication between the camera and a smart device such as a smartphone or tablet computer with Wi-Fi communication function is possible. With the remote shooting function that enables release of the shutter from a distance, you can use your smart device as a remote live view monitor, to confirm the best angle and shoot. Images can be transmitted wirelessly and you can easily upload them to SNS or attach them to a mail. The WU-1a is compatible with smart devices using the iOS or Android.

Note: This function requires installing of Wireless Mobile Adapter Utility to the smart device prior to use.

Wireless Mobile Adapter Utility

Wireless Mobile Adapter Utility is software enabling download of images from a camera to a smart device or operation of a camera from a smart device for taking an image by attaching the WU-1a Wireless Mobile Adapter.

Note: Can be downloaded from the application store of each smart device (free).

Comfortable remote control without worrying about obstacles in the way
WR-R10/WR-T10 Wireless Remote Controllers (optional) that achieve multiple camera control [NEW]

WR-R10/WR-T10 Wireless Remote Controllers expand the flexibility of remote control. Unlike remote controls using infrared light, it is possible to release the shutter even if there are obstacles such as a tree in the way. The communication distance for a combination of the WR-R10 with WR-T10 is approx. 20 m (66 ft). You can control a single or multiple cameras with the WR-R10 attached using the WR-T10 as a transmitter*. With the WR-R10/WR-T10, you can enjoy a variety of shooting, such as attaching different lenses to the cameras, changing angles for each camera, or shooting still images and movies simultaneously by switching channels.

  • *WR-T10 and WR-R10(s) have to be set to the same channel and paired in advance to achieve simultaneous release. (For further information, please refer to the user's manual of the WR-R10/WR-T10.)
Comfortable remote shooting is assured even if there are people or objects between the remote controller and camera.

Examples of use

Controlling multiple cameras with one WR-T10 (Simultaneous release)

The shutters on all cameras can be released simultaneously by pressing the WR-T10's shutter-release button all the way down.
 

Specifications of the WR-R10/WR-T10

 
WR-R10
WR-T10
Product images
Compatible cameras
D4*1, D3 series*1, D800 series*1, D700*1, D600, D300 series*1, D7000, D5200, D5100, D3200, D3100, etc., D-SLR cameras that employ a ten-pin remote terminal*1 or accessory terminal
-
Channels
5 (2.425 GHz), 10 (2.450 GHz), 15 (2.475 GHz)
Range (line of sight)
Approx. 50 m (164 ft) at height of about 1.2 m (4 ft) between WR-R10s*2
Approx. 20 m (66 ft) at height of about 1.2 m (4 ft) from WR-T10 to WR-R10
Pairing
Unlimited
Controllable functions
Live view*3, movie*3, continuous shooting, shutter-release button (half/full pressing available), possible to activate a function assigned to an Fn button*4
  • *1Requires WR-A10 WR adapter. Cameras other than the D4 or D800 series that employ a ten-pin remote terminal, including F-SLRs, are capable of using the controller for half/full pressing of the shutter-release button only (except D1, D1H, D1X, D100 [+MB-D100])
  • *2Only available when master D-SLR camera employs a ten-pin remote terminal.
  • *3Available only with the D4, D800 series, D600, D5200 and D3200.
  • *4Available only with the D4, D800 series and D5200.

Note: Depending on the camera, there may be a limitation to the accessories that can be attached simultaneously with the WR-R10 Wireless Remote Controller. Attempting to forcibly attach accessories can damage the camera or accessory.

Versatile playback functions

The D5200 gives you a variety of playback display options that take advantage of the large 7.5-cm (3-in.) monitor. The number of images displayed at one time can be selected from 1, 4, 9 and 72, and calendar display arranges images in chronological order. You can also display histograms of a magnified area of an image and check the focus using playback zoom of face.

72-thumbnail display
Calendar display
Histogram display for magnified area
Playback zoom of face

Transmits taken images from the camera to a computer wirelessly to expand your photographic creativity Eye-Fi card (on the market) compatible

The D5200 can transmit taken image data (JPEG) from the camera to a computer wirelessly. You can also transmit images to online photo sharing and storage services such as "my Picturetown" and a computer automatically.

  • More informationOpen in a new window.

Note: The D5200 can turn Eye-Fi cards on and off, but may not support other Eye-Fi functions. Direct any inquiries to the manufacturer. Eye-Fi cards are for use only in the country of purchase (As of October, 2012). Observe all local laws concerning the use of wireless devices.

Embeds location information on an image GP-1 GPS Unit (optional)

The D5200 is compatible with the Nikon GP-1 GPS Unit that is able to embed location information on an image. Latitude, longitude and altitude of a shooting location are recorded as Exif data. Images with location information can be displayed on a GeoTag workspace of ViewNX 2 (supplied with the D5200). What's more, Nikon's image sharing and storage website my Picturetown, online image sharing services and commercially available digital mapping software are all there to enhance your photographic enjoyment.

  • More information

High-capacity (SDXC), high-speed (UHS-I) SD memory card compatible

The D5200 supports SDXC (Secure Digital eXtended Capacity) and UHS-I. Combined with the enhanced speed of the image-processing engine EXPEED 3, it processes and writes image data of 24.1 megapixels at high speed. In high-speed continuous shooting, this allows the shooting of 100 frames in JPEG (fine/Medium)*.

  • *With an 8 GB SanDisk Extreme Pro SDHC UHS-I card (SDSDXPA-008G). Results will vary with card type, camera settings, and scene recorded. The maximum number of exposures that can be stored in memory buffer at ISO 100; number drops when long-exposure noise reduction or auto distortion control is on.

Long-life battery due to energy-saving design EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery

The D5200's superior energy-saving design allows you to shoot approx. 500 shots per charge* with the EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery.

  • *Based on CIPA Standards.
EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery (supplied)

Nikon's photo sharing and storage service my Picturetown

Nikon's own image-sharing website, my Picturetown, allows you to easily store, manage and share your images with your family and friends, and post to social networking services (SNS). Membership is free and permits storage of up to 2 GB of photos and/or movies. And with an additional paid registration, you can expand your capacity to 200 GB*. Also, utilizing free applications compatible with a smart device, you can enjoy images using a PC or a smart device anytime, anywhere.
  • *Fees and availability may vary by country.
  • More informationOpen in a new window.
  •  

Nikon Digital SLR Camera D5200 Specifications

Type
Type
Single-lens reflex digital camera
Lens mount
Nikon F mount (with AF contacts)
Effective angle of view
Nikon DX format; focal length equivalent to approx. 1.5x that of lenses with FX-format angle of view
Effective pixels
Effective pixels
24.1 million
Image sensor
Image sensor
23.5 x 15.6 mm CMOS sensor
Total pixels
24.71 million
Dust-reduction system
Image sensor cleaning, Airflow Control System, Image Dust Off reference data (optional Capture NX 2 software required)
Storage
Image size (pixels)
  • 6000 x 4000 [L]
  • 4496 x 3000 [M]
  • 2992 x 2000 [S]
File format
  • NEF (RAW): 14 bit, compressed
  • JPEG: JPEG-Baseline compliant with fine (approx. 1:4), normal (approx. 1:8) or basic (approx. 1:16) compression
  • NEF (RAW)+JPEG: Single photograph recorded in both NEF (RAW) and JPEG formats
Picture Control System
Standard, Neutral, Vivid, Monochrome, Portrait, Landscape; selected Picture Control can be modified; storage for custom Picture Controls
Media
SD (Secure Digital) and UHS-I compliant SDHC and SDXC memory cards
File system
DCF (Design Rule for Camera File System) 2.0, DPOF (Digital Print Order Format), Exif (Exchangeable Image File Format for Digital Still Cameras) 2.3, PictBridge
Viewfinder
Viewfinder
Eye-level pentamirror single-lens reflex viewfinder
Frame coverage
Approx. 95% horizontal and 95% vertical
Magnification
Approx. 0.78x (50 mm f/1.4 lens at infinity, -1.0 m-1)
Eyepoint
17.9 mm (-1.0 m-1; from center surface of viewfinder eyepiece lens)
Diopter adjustment
-1.7 to +0.7 m-1
Focusing screen
Type B BriteView Clear Matte Mark VII screen
Reflex mirror
Quick return
Lens aperture
Instant return, electronically controlled
Lens
Compatible lenses
Autofocus is available with AF-S and AF-I lenses; autofocus is not available with other type G and D lenses, AF lenses (IX NIKKOR and lenses for the F3AF are not supported), and AI-P lenses; non-CPU lenses can be used in mode , but the camera exposure meter will not function
The electronic rangefinder can be used with lenses that have a maximum aperture of f/5.6 or faster
Shutter
Type
Electronically controlled vertical-travel focal-plane shutter
Speed
1/4000 to 30 s in steps of 1/3 or 1/2 EV, bulb, time (requires optional ML-L3 Remote Control)
Flash sync speed
X=1/200 s; synchronizes with shutter at 1/200 s or slower
Release
Release modes
(single frame), (continuous low speed), (continuous high speed), (self-timer), (delayed remote; ML-L3), (quick-response remote; ML-L3), (quiet shutter release); interval timer photography supported
Frame advance rate
Up to 3 fps () or 5 fps ()
Self-timer
2 s, 5 s, 10 s, 20 s; 1 to 9 exposures
Exposure
Metering mode
TTL exposure metering using 2016-pixel RGB sensor
Metering method
  • Matrix: 3D color matrix metering II (type G and D lenses); color matrix metering II (other CPU lenses)
  • Center-weighted: Weight of 75% given to 8-mm circle in center of frame
  • Spot: Meters 3.5-mm circle (about 2.5% of frame) centered on selected focus point
Range
(ISO 100, f/1.4 lens, 20C/68F)
  • Matrix or center-weighted metering: 0 to 20 EV
  • Spot metering: 2 to 20 EV
Exposure meter coupling
CPU
Exposure modes
Auto modes (auto; auto [flash off]); programmed auto with flexible program (); shutter-priority auto (); aperture-priority auto (); manual (); scene modes ( portrait; landscape; child; sports; close up; night portrait; night landscape; party/indoor; beach/snow; sunset; dusk/dawn; pet portrait; candlelight; blossom; autumn colors; food); special effects modes ( night vision; color sketch; miniature effect; selective color; silhouette; high key; low key)
Exposure compensation
Can be adjusted by -5 to +5 EV in increments of 1/3 or 1/2 EV in , , and modes
Exposure bracketing
3 shots in steps of 1/3 or 1/2 EV
Exposure lock
Luminosity locked at detected value with ( ) button
ISO sensitivity
(Recommended Exposure Index)
ISO 100 to 6400 in steps of 1/3 EV; can also be set to approx. 0.3, 0.7, 1 or 2 EV (ISO 25600 equivalent) above ISO 6400; auto ISO sensitivity control available
Active D-Lighting
Auto, extra high, high, normal, low, off
ADL bracketing
2 shots
Focus
Autofocus
Nikon Multi-CAM 4800DX autofocus sensor module with TTL phase detection, 39 focus points (including 9 cross-type sensors), and AF-assist illuminator (range approx. 0.5 to 3 m/1 ft 8 in. to 9 ft 10 in.)
Detection range
-1 to +19 EV (ISO 100, 20C/68F)
Lens servo
  • Autofocus (AF): Single-servo AF (AF-S); continuous-servo AF (AF-C); auto AF-S/AF-C selection (AF-A); predictive focus tracking activated automatically according to subject status
  • Manual focus (M): Electronic rangefinder can be used
Focus point
Can be selected from 39 or 11 focus points
AF-area modes
Single-point AF, 9-, 21- or 39-point dynamic-area AF, 3D-tracking, auto-area AF
Focus lock
Focus can be locked by pressing shutter-release button halfway (single-servo AF) or by pressing ( ) button
Flash
Built-in flash
, , , , , , , : Auto flash with auto pop-up
, , , , : Manual pop-up with button release
Guide number
Approx. 12/39, 13/43 with manual flash (m/ft, ISO 100, 20C/68F)
Flash control
TTL: i-TTL flash control using 2016-pixel RGB sensor is available with built-in flash and SB-910, SB-900, SB-800, SB-700, SB-600 or SB-400; i-TTL balanced fill-flash for digital SLR is used with matrix and center-weighted metering, standard i-TTL flash for digital SLR with spot metering
Flash modes
Auto, auto with red-eye reduction, auto slow sync, auto slow sync with red-eye reduction, fill-flash, red-eye reduction, slow sync, slow sync with red-eye reduction, rear-curtain with slow sync, rear-curtain sync, off
Flash compensation
-3 to +1 EV in increments of 1/3 or 1/2 EV
Flash-ready indicator
Lights when built-in flash or optional flash unit is fully charged; flashes after flash is fired at full output
Accessory shoe
ISO 518 hot-shoe with sync and data contacts and safety lock
Nikon Creative Lighting
System (CLS)
Advanced Wireless Lighting supported with SB-910, SB-900, SB-800 or SB-700 as a master flash or SU-800 as commander; Flash Color Information Communication supported with all CLS-compatible flash units
Sync terminal
AS-15 Sync Terminal Adapter (available separately)
White balance
White balance
Auto, incandescent, fluorescent (7 types), direct sunlight, flash, cloudy, shade, preset manual, all except preset manual with fine-tuning
White balance bracketing
3 shots in steps of 1
Live View
Lens servo
  • Autofocus (AF): Single-servo AF (AF-S); full-time servo AF (AF-F)
  • Manual focus (M)
AF-area modes
Face-priority AF, wide-area AF, normal-area AF, subject-tracking AF
Autofocus
Contrast-detect AF anywhere in frame (camera selects focus point automatically when face-priority AF or subject-tracking AF is selected)
Automatic scene selection
Available in and modes
Movie
Metering
TTL exposure metering using main image sensor
Metering method
Matrix
Frame size (pixels)
and frame rate
  • 1920 x 1080, 60i (59.94 fields/s)/50i (50 fields/s)*, high/normal
  • 1920 x 1080, 30p (progressive)/25p/24p, high/normal
  • 1280 x 720, 60p/50p, high/normal
  • 640 x 424, 30p/25p, high/normal
  •  Frame rates of 30p (actual frame rate 29.97 fps), 60i, and 60p (actual frame rate 59.94 fps) are available when NTSC is selected for video mode; 25p, 50i, and 50p are available when PAL is selected for video mode; actual frame rate when 24p is selected is 23.976 fps
    *Sensor output is about 60 or 50 fps
    Note: A smaller crop is used for movies with a frame size/frame rate of 1920 x 1080 60i or 50i
File format
MOV
Video compression
H.264/MPEG-4 Advanced Video Coding
Audio recording format
Linear PCM
Audio recording device
Built-in monaural or external stereo microphone; sensitivity adjustable
Maximum length
29 min. 59 s (3 min. in miniature effect mode)
ISO sensitivity
ISO 100 to 6400; can also be set to approx. 0.3, 0.7, 1, or 2 EV (ISO 25600 equivalent) above ISO 6400
Monitor
Monitor
7.5-cm (3-in.), approx. 921k-dot (VGA), vari-angle TFT monitor with 170 viewing angle, approx. 100% frame coverage, and brightness adjustment
Playback
Playback
Full-frame and thumbnail (4, 9, or 72 images or calendar) playback with playback zoom, movie playback, photo and/or movie slide shows, histogram display, highlights, auto image rotation, and image comment (up to 36 characters)
Interface
USB
Hi-Speed USB
Video output
NTSC, PAL
HDMI output
Type C mini-pin HDMI connector
Accessory terminal
Wireless remote controller: WR-R10 (available separately)
Remote cord: MC-DC2 (available separately)
GPS unit: GP-1 (available separately)
Audio input
Stereo mini-pin jack (3.5-mm diameter)
Supported languages
Supported languages
Arabic, Chinese (Simplified and Traditional), Czech, Danish, Dutch, English, Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hindi, Hungarian, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese (Portugal and Brazil), Romanian, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Thai, Turkish, Ukrainian
Power source
Battery
One EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery
AC adapter
EH-5b AC Adapter; requires EP-5A Power Connector (available separately)
Tripod socket
Tripod socket
1/4 in. (ISO 1222)
Dimensions / weight
Dimensions
(W x H x D)
Approx. 129 x 98 x 78 mm/5.1 x 3.9 x 3.1 in.
Weight
Approx. 555 g/1 lb 3.6 oz with battery and memory card but without body cap; approx. 505 g/1 lb 1.8 oz (camera body only)
 Operating environment
Temperature
0 to 40C/32 to 104F
humidity
85% or less (no condensation)
Accessories
Supplied accessories
(may differ by country or area)
EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery, MH-24 Battery Charger, DK-5 Eyepiece Cap, DK-20 Rubber Eyecup, UC-E17 USB Cable, EG-CP16 Audio Video Cable, AN-DC3 Camera Strap, BF-1B Body Cap, BS-1 Accessory Shoe Cover, ViewNX 2 CD-ROM
  • The SD, SDHC and SDXC logos are trademark of the SD Card Association.
  • PictBridge is a trademark.
  • HDMI, the HDMI logo and High-Definition Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing, LLC.
  • Google and Android are registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc.
  • Products and brand names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies.
  • Images in viewfinders, on LCDs and monitors shown in this site are simulated.

Memory card capacity

The following table shows the approximate number of pictures that can be stored on an 8 GB SanDisk Extreme Pro SDHC UHS-I card at different image quality and size settings.

Image quality
Image size
File size*1
No. of images*1
Buffer capacity*2
NEF (RAW) + JPEG fine*3
Large
Medium
Small
37.0 MB
32.2 MB
28.5 MB
152
173
192
6
6
6
NEF (RAW) + JPEG normal*3
Large
Medium
Small
30.9 MB
28.4 MB
26.5 MB
178
192
203
6
6
6
NEF (RAW) + JPEG basic*3
Large
Medium
Small
27.7 MB
26.6 MB
25.6 MB
196
204
210
6
6
6
NEF (RAW)
-
24.6 MB
217
8
JPEG fine
Large
Medium
Small
12.2 MB
7.4 MB
3.8 MB
507
853
1600
35
100
100
JPEG normal
Large
Medium
Small
6.2 MB
3.7 MB
1.9 MB
1000
1600
3200
100
100
100
JPEG basic
Large
Medium
Small
3.0 MB
1.9 MB
1.0 MB
1900
3200
6000
100
100
100
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon D5200 Digital SLR Camera - 24.1MP (Black)


- 3.0"TFT LCD, Airflow Control System, Live View, AF-Area Mode
- Body Only

D600

 
Key Features
 
 
Newly developed Nikon DX-format CMOS sensor with 24.1 effective megapixels [NEW]
 
The high pixel count of 24.1 effective megapixels delivers high-definition images with fine details of the subject enabling expression with sharpness and depth. The image maintains high resolution even if it is trimmed and printed in large size after shooting.
 
 
High-density 39-point AF system features superior subject-tracking and subject-identification performance in combination with Scene Recognition System
 
The D5200 employs a Multi-CAM 4800DX autofocus sensor module. 39 focus points track even a fast-moving subject precisely. Furthermore, performance of auto-area AF and 3D-tracking is improved in combination with the Scene Recognition System that utilizes a 2016-pixel RGB sensor.
 
 
A choice of three body colors and a vari-angle LCD monitor that offers flexible shooting
 
The D5200 is available in black, red or bronze body colors. And it incorporates a vari-angle LCD monitor that enables you to set the angle you want. Compared with viewfinder shooting, you can shoot in a variety of angles from high or low with a stable posture. This expands flexibility of composition and further enhances your creativity.
 
  • Special Effects that enable you to enjoy various creative expressions in still images and movies by setting prior to shoot. ...
  • High-speed, multifunctional and high-performance image-processing engine "EXPEED 3", equivalent to that of the Nikon's flagship model, D4. ...
  • Wide sensitivity range of ISO 100 to 6400 (expandable to ISO 25600 equivalent) that delivers sharp images with reduced image blur even in low-lit situations or sports scenes. ...
  • High-speed continuous shooting at approx. 5 fps that surely captures decisive moments. ...
  • Stereo microphone employed [NEW], Full HD (1920 x 1080) D-Movie with selectable 60i/50i frame rate. ...
  • Easy-to-understand and easy-to-operate, new GUI that effectively utilizes graphic processing. [NEW] ...
  • Large, easy-to-view, approx. 921k-dot, wide viewing angle (170), 7.5-cm (3-in.) horizontal-opening vari-angle LCD monitor. ...
  • Energy-saving design that achieves approx. 500 shots* per charge (with EN-EL14, in single-frame mode). ...
    • *Based on CIPA Standards.
  • Compatible with the WU-1a Wireless Mobile Adapter (optional) that enables transmission of images to smartphone or tablet PC wirelessly. ...
  • Compatible with the WR-R10/WR-T10 Wireless Remote Controllers (optional). Remote control is ensured even if there are obstacles in the way. [NEW] ...
  • 16 options of Scene Modes that enable selection of the most appropriate mode according to the shooting scene or subject. ...
  • Variety of image-editing functions that allow you to retouch images easily after shooting, such as NEF (RAW) processing, Trim and Fisheye. ...
 
Features:
 
High image quality
 
Reproduces minute details of the subject with the sharp depiction performance of NIKKOR lenses and high pixel count of the D5200 Nikon DX-format CMOS sensor [NEW]
 
The D5200 employs newly developed Nikon DX-format CMOS sensor with 24.1 effective megapixels. Combined with the sharp depiction of NIKKOR lenses, the high resolution renders details of the subject minutely and delivers images with great definition and depth. The sensor also supports wide ISO sensitivity range, high-speed readout during live view and Full HD movie recording.
 
 
Renders even delicate detail in skin tone, eyelashes and hair high-performance image-processing engine EXPEED 3 that maintains superior gradation
 
 
The D5200 comes equipped with image-processing engine EXPEED 3, equivalent to that of higher-end models such as the D4. It processes multiple tasks in parallel at high speed while maintaining high precision to bring out the full potential of the 24.1 megapixels for both still images and movies. The image processing of the EXPEED 3 is excellent at color reproduction, gradation processing and image quality at high sensitivity. It reproduces human skin tone, eyelashes and hair more faithfully. Furthermore, from image processing and card recording to image playback and image transfer, EXPEED 3 manages massive amounts of data at high speed. Even with high ISO noise reduction and Active D-Lighting, continuous shooting speed is not sacrificed, realizing comfortable shooting. This also contributes to energy saving.
 
High image quality of the D5200 realized by the high pixel count of 24.1 effective megapixels, image-processing engine EXPEED 3 and NIKKOR lenses
 
 
Effective for shooting in low-lit situations such as interiors or night scenes and for moving subjects ISO sensitivity range up to 6400
 
The D5200's wide ISO sensitivity range is from ISO 100 to 6400, expandable to Hi 1 (ISO 12800 equivalent) and Hi 2 (ISO 25600 equivalent). The camera reduces noise effectively even at high ISO sensitivity setting while maintaining definition as much as possible to deliver sharp images. Setting high ISO sensitivity enables you to shoot at faster shutter speeds and capture pictures without worrying about image degradation caused by camera shake even in low-light situations or when shooting a moving subject. This superior high-sensitivity performance is also effective for D-Movie and you can record beautiful movies without large-scale lighting equipment even when light is scarce.
 
 
Shot at ISO 3200
 
 
Shot at ISO 1600
 
Wide ISO sensitivity range from ISO 100 to 6400 at normal setting
 
 
ISO 100
 
 
ISO 200
 
 
ISO 400
 
 
ISO 800
 
 
ISO 1600
 
 
ISO 3200
 
 
ISO 6400
 
Reproduces brightness in highlights and shadowy areas as you see them Active D-Lighting with improved image quality
 
 Active D-Lighting is effective for shooting, for example, a dark room including outside scenery seen through a window, high-contrast scenes such as at the seaside under strong sunlight, and backlit situations. It preserves details in both highlights and shadowy areas in such situations, maintaining moderate contrast to reproduce brightness as you see it. Select the preferred setting from "auto", "extra high", "high", "normal", "low" or "off". The D5200 employs a new image-processing system that causes less shift of color even when the strength level is increased. Image-processing time is shortened by highly accurate and high-speed real-time processing. And color reproduction is further enhanced with new image-processing engine EXPEED 3. Unlike HDR (High Dynamic Range), Active D-Lighting does not require the process of combining images, therefore it is effective for shooting moving subjects such as people.
 
 
Extra high
 
 
Off
 
Delivers beautiful images even in high-contrast scenes — HDR (High Dynamic Range)
 
Two images taken with one shutter release at varying exposure are combined to produce a single image that has a wider dynamic range (range of contrast to reproduce tonal gradation) with less loss of detail in highlights and shadows. The result is images with less noise and rich tonal gradation throughout the entire frame including shadows and highlights even in high-contrast shooting scenes. HDR mode is selectable from "auto", "extra high", "high", "normal", "low" and "off". The exposure differential of the two images up to 3 EV and the smoothness of the edge where the two exposures meet are automatically set according to the strength level. Effective for stationary subjects such as landscapes or still lifes.
 
 
Overexposed
 
 
Underexposed
 
 
HDR
 
NIKKOR
 
 
To draw out the full potential of the D5200's approx. 24 megapixels and render high-definition images, using a high optical performance lens with superior resolution is of vital importance. NIKKOR lenses are Nikon digital SLR cameras' genuine interchangeable lenses and are highly praised by many photo enthusiasts and professional photographers. Employing an array of Nikon's original advanced technologies, NIKKOR lenses feature high optical performance and superior rendering performance, and support high image quality by getting the most out of the D5200's high pixel count in both still images and movies through the wide and diverse lineup.
 
Nikon's original technologies
 
Nikon's original Vibration Reduction function (VR) that realizes an easy-to-see viewfinder image, comfortable shooting and images with reduced blur for both stills and movies
 
 
Image blur caused by camera shake tends to occur when shooting in low-lit situations, telephoto shooting and close-up shooting. Nikon built the Vibration Reduction function (VR) into the lens to reduce the effects of camera shake. Different from a blur-reduction function built into the camera body, this ensures a stable viewfinder image during shooting for precise focusing and comfortable confirmation of composition. The VR function, optimized for the characteristics of each lens, is effective for not only still image shooting but also movie recording using live view.
 
 
VR "On"
 
 
VR "Off"
 
AF-S lenses with built-in SWM (Silent Wave Motor) ensure quiet autofocus operation
 
Nikon's originally developed SWM (Silent Wave Motor = ultrasonic motor) for AF drive is an autofocus motor that converts "traveling waves" into rotational energy to drive optics for autofocus. AF-S lenses that incorporate the SWM achieve quiet AF operation.
 
Nano Crystal Coat provides clear images with minimal ghost or flare
 
This is an antireflective coating that originated from Nikon's work in semiconductor manufacturing technology. Ghost effects caused by red light, which were incredibly difficult to prevent with conventional coating, and ghost and flare effects caused by light entering the lens diagonally are effectively reduced to provide clear images.
 
ED glass effectively minimizes chromatic aberration at high magnification
 
Nikon-developed ED (Extra-low Dispersion) glass minimizes prism-caused color dispersion. For lenses using normal optical glass, the longer the focal length, the more difficult it is to correct the chromatic aberration that causes color fringing. Nikon's ED glass effectively compensates for this kind of chromatic aberration.
 
Aspherical lens for effective distortion correction
 
This type of lens utilizes non-spherical surfaces to correct certain types of lens aberration. These elements are particularly useful for correcting the distortion in wide-angle lenses.
 

Precise subject acquisition

Faithfully reproduces the shooting scene as you see it — high-precision Scene Recognition System that analyzes a subject more finely with the 2016-pixel RGB sensor
 
The Scene Recognition System determines the subject's situation accurately prior to shooting and enables highly precise auto control. The D5200 analyzes brightness and color information of the shooting scenes more finely with Nikon's original Scene Recognition System that utilizes the 2016-pixel RGB sensor, which has been incorporated in higher-end models. And applies that information to autofocus, auto exposure, i-TTL flash and auto white balance control. In 3D-tracking, it is possible to track even a moving subject accurately. Also, in subject identification, smaller subjects compared with the D5100 can be detected which contributes to the improvement of subject identification performance in auto-area AF. Furthermore, the D5200 detects up to 35 human faces utilizing the image sensor when using face-priority AF during live view and movie recording, and playback zoom of people's faces for still images.
 
 
Scene Recognition System
 
 
Accurate light source identification with Scene Recognition System auto white balance
 
 
The D5200 utilizes color and brightness information of the shooting scenes acquired by light source identification of the Scene Recognition System for auto white balance. It identifies the light source by referencing the in-camera database for auto white balance. In this way, it can determine the ideal white balance even with difficult light sources.
 
Captures even fast-moving scenes high-density 39-point AF system
 
 
The D5200 incorporates the Multi-CAM 4800DX autofocus sensor module, the same as that used in the D7000. With their high density, the 39 focus points, the top level among models in this class, that widely cover the image area acquire and track even fast-moving subjects such as sports or action accurately. Nine cross-type sensors cover the most frequently used center area to deliver higher subject acquisition and focusing performance. There are selectable AF area modes according to the scene single-point AF, dynamic-area AF (9 points, 21 points and 39 points), 3D-tracking and auto-area AF. In 3D-tracking mode, the camera keeps tracking not only a subject in a changed composition but also a moving subject. This is very convenient when shooting a fast-moving subject. Combined with the Scene Recognition System utilizing a 2016-pixel RGB sensor, the D5200 shows further improved subject-tracking performance in 3D-tracking and subject-identification performance in auto-area AF.

You can also choose to shoot with 11 focus points for quicker focus-point selection. Additionally, in the viewfinder, it is possible to display grid lines that are effective for rigorous composition.
 
 
Bright and easy-to-see viewfinder
 
 
Viewfinder display (framing grid)
 

Four selectable AF-area modes according to the subject in optical viewfinder shooting

The D5200 offers four AF-area modes. You can choose how the focus point for autofocus is selected according to the subject in viewfinder shooting.

Single-point AF mode

Ideal for stationary subjects. You can focus on the subject selecting one of the 39 focus points according to your composition. It is effective to focus on an aimed point in situations such as shooting a flower or portrait.

 
Single-point AF mode
 
Dynamic-area AF mode
 
Suitable for capturing an erratically moving subject. Select one of the 39 focus points. If the subject briefly leaves the selected focus point, the camera will focus based on information from the surrounding points.

Selectable when focus mode is set to AF-A or AF-C.
 

 

9 points
Choose when there is time to compose the photograph or when photographing subjects that are moving predictably.
21 points
Choose when photographing subjects that are moving unpredictably.
39 points
Choose when photographing subjects that are moving quickly and cannot be easily framed in the viewfinder.
 
 
9 points
 
 
21 points
 
 
39 points
 
3D-tracking mode
 
Suitable for shooting a moving subject. Pursues your subject using all 39 focus points. Once focusing is achieved with a selected focus point, the focus point automatically changes to track the subject according to its movement while the shutter-release button is pressed halfway.
Selectable when focus mode is set to AF-A or AF-C.
 
 
3D-tracking mode
 
Auto-area AF mode
 
The D5200 detects the main subject using all 39 focus points and automatically focuses on it. The D5200 can recognize human skin tone using "subject identification" of the Scene Recognition System for improved human subject acquisition.
 
 
Auto-area AF mode
 
Note: Only the selected focus point is shown on actual images. Also, if you select focus points in a peripheral area of an image when "9 points" or "21 points" is chosen, the number of focus points actually used may be less than 9 or 21.
 
Captures the decisive moment release mode button that supports quick selection of release mode and approx. 5 fps high-speed continuous shooting
 
 The release mode button is located next to the mode dial. The release mode setting menu is displayed on the LCD monitor by pressing the release mode button so that quick switching of modes is possible. For release modes, the D5200 employs quiet shutter-release mode, "Q", that allows shooting with reduced mirror movement sound. This is effective for occasions such as a ceremony or when taking pictures of insects or a sleeping child. Also, the D5200 realizes high-speed continuous shooting at approx. 5 fps, while approx. 3 fps is also selectable, which is optimal for capturing natural facial expressions. The number of shots in continuous shooting is up to 100 in JPEG. It does not miss a moment of a subject's movements or facial expression. The shutter unit is tested for approx. 100,000 cycles with the shutter actually loaded to prove its high durability.
 
 
Release mode button
 
 
Release mode setting menu
 
 
Approx. 5 fps high-speed continuous shooting ensures you capture decisive moments.
 
Shooting with the mirror in the up position is achieved in live view newly designed, independently driven mirror mechanism [NEW]
 
 
Nikon newly designed the high-speed and highly precise sequential control mechanism for the D5200. It contributes to high-speed continuous shooting at up to approx. 5 fps with a release time lag of approx. 0.09 s*. This new sequential control mechanism drives the mirror independently. In live view shooting, the shutter is released with the mirror in the up position. Because the impact of the mirror's up and down movement is eliminated, smooth and quiet shooting can be expected in single-frame and continuous shooting (low-speed/high-speed).
  • *Based on CIPA Guidelines.
 
Live view shooting that enables accurate focusing using the large, east-to-see 7.5-cm (3-in.), approx. 921k-dot, vari-angle LCD monitor
 
The D5200 incorporates a large, easy-to-see, 7.5-cm (3-in.), approx. 921k-dot (VGA), 170 viewing angle, movable vari-angle LCD monitor that realizes comfortable live view shooting. Approx. 100% frame coverage of the LCD monitor is effective when you want to compose your image firmly before shooting in a situation such as landscape or portrait shooting. Simply rotate the live view switch on top of the camera to shift from viewfinder shooting to live view shooting. The position of a focus point can be moved using a multi selector to focus on the desired point.
 
  • More information about shooting with the vari-angle monitor
 
 
7.5-cm (3-in.), 921k-dot (VGA), 170 viewing angle LCD monitor
 
Three focus modes selectable focusing that suits your subject
 
Single-servo AF (AF-S)
 
Suitable for a stationary subject such as landscapes, architecture or flowers.
 
Full-time-servo AF (AF-F)
 
Convenient for shooting a moving subject which is usually difficult to focus on, such as a person or pet. Available in both live view mode and movie recording. Camera focuses continuously as the subject moves.
 
Manual focus (MF)
 
Manual focusing. Suitable for a subject for which autofocus is difficult, such as an animal in a cage or a person in the shade with the sun in the background.
 
Four AF-area modes in live view selectable according to your subject
 
Face-priority AF
 
Suitable for focusing on someone's face such as for a commemorative photo.
 
Wide-area AF
 
Suitable for handheld shooting such as for a landscape. Focus point can be moved to a desired point within the frame.
 
Normal-area AF
 
Convenient for shooting with pin-point focus such as for a close-up of a flower and other small subjects. Using a tripod is recommended for more precise focusing.
 
Subject-tracking AF
 
After focusing is activated, focus point tracks the subject automatically. Suitable for a moving subject such as a child or pet.
 
Recommended combination of focus mode and AF-area mode
 
 
Single-servo AF and normal-area AF
Suitable for a stationary subject
 
 
Full-time-servo AF and subject-tracking AF
Suitable for a moving subject
 
Camera selects the optimal scene mode automatically Scene Auto Selector (only available in live view shooting)
 
In live view shooting, if you point the camera at your subject, the camera automatically identifies the scene and selects the most appropriate scene mode from Portrait, Landscape, Close up and Night portrait*. Smooth shooting is achieved without setting the scene mode for each subject.
 
When mode dial is set to Auto or Auto (flash off) and using AF.
 
 
Scene Auto Selector (Landscape)
 
Scene Auto Selector employed on the D5200
 
 
Note: Selected when the camera identifies situations not covered by Portrait, Landscape, Close up or Night portrait mode, or for scenes suited to Auto or Auto (flash off).
 
Flicker reduction function
 
Flicker and banding visible in the monitor under fluorescent or mercury vapor light during live view or movie recording can be reduced using the flicker reduction function. When "Auto" mode is set in the flicker reduction menu, the camera can automatically identify the light source frequency for the appropriate exposure control. You can also manually switch between 50 Hz and 60 Hz according to your local area.
 
 

Creative expression

More advanced expression by combining creative angle and Special Effects

The D5200's LCD monitor opens horizontally from 0 to 180 and flips up and down from +180 to -90. It allows you to set the monitor at your preferred angle for the creative expression you desire in your composition. You can shoot comfortably from a high or low angle with a stable posture, when it would otherwise be difficult to shoot using the optical viewfinder. Even if shooting from ground level, it is possible to shoot confirming composition. Moreover, the vari-angle LCD monitor helps you to shoot more creative images than ever before in combination with the Special Effects, for both still images and movies.

  • More information about Special Effects

Enable you to confirm an effect in real time while shooting and deliver more creative expression Special Effects

The D5200 comes equipped with seven options of Special Effects. It is easy to shoot images applying various effects without using image-editing software. The result of an effect is displayed on the LCD monitor in real time, therefore you can set the effects while checking the appearance of your image. The wide range of effects greatly expands your creative possibilities in combination with the vari-angle LCD monitor for both still images and movies.

Special Effects incorporated in the D5200

Color sketch*, Miniature effect*, Selective color*, Silhouette, Night vision, High key, Low key

  • *It is possible to apply these effects to still images after shooting using retouch menus.

Ideal for movies to create a dynamic impression for a commercial or a cinematic effect [Selective color]

All colors other than the color(s) you want to emphasize are recorded in black and white. Up to three colors are selectable and the color range can be adjusted in values between 1 to 7.

The image can be pop or artistic [Color sketch]

The camera detects and colors subjects' outlines to create sketch-style images. Vividness of colors and density of outlines are adjustable.

Note: Movies shot in this mode play back like a slide show made up of a series of stills.

Landscape appears as if it is miniature scale model when shooting from a high place [Miniature effect]

Distant subjects appear as if they are miniature scale models. The position of the focus point remains sharp while the peripheral area is defocused.

Note: Miniature effect movies play back at high speed.

Easy to enjoy super-high sensitivity shooting [Night vision]

Enables shooting in extremely low-light conditions. Records monochrome (black and white) images.

Renders a woman or child, for example, with a gentle and soft atmosphere [High key]

Creates beautiful bright images filled with light by intentional overexposure.

Suitable for metallic materials or a portrait of a man with a dignified and somber atmosphere [Low key]

Creates dark and somber images to emphasize highlights by intentional underexposure.

Creates a dramatic effect on a subject [Silhouette]

Creates dramatic images with silhouettes of subjects against a bright background.

Shoots the scene beautifully and automatically 16 options of Scene Modes

If you select a mode according to the scene, the D5200 automatically chooses the most appropriate settings to deliver a beautiful image. Five frequently used Scene Modes such as Portrait and Landscape can be directly selected using the mode dial. For other modes such as Sunset, Dusk/dawn and Food, set the mode dial to SCENE and select the mode by rotating the command dial. You can capture scenes which previously had been difficult to shoot, easily and beautifully.

Scene Modes employed on the D5200

Portrait, Landscape, Child, Sports, Close up, Night portrait, Night landscape, Party/indoor, Beach/snow, Sunset, Dusk/dawn, Pet portrait, Candlelight, Blossom, Autumn colors, Food

Sports
Close up
Night landscape
Party/indoor
Dusk/dawn
Food

Customizes colors and tones of your movies and images to your preferences before shooting Picture Control

The D5200 employs six types of Picture Control, selectable according to your subjects and shooting scenes for both still images and movies. Selected Picture Control lets you fine-tune sharpening, contrast, etc. to match your own image creation ideas. Changes can be saved as custom Picture Controls and used with image-browsing/editing software ViewNX 2 (supplied) and image-editing software Capture NX 2 (optional).

Picture Control employed on the D5200

Standard, Neutral, Vivid, Monochrome, Portrait, Landscape

  • More information
Set Picture Control display
Adjusting display
Standard
Standard processing for balanced results. Recommended for most situations.
Neutral
Minimal processing for natural results. Choose for photographs that will later be extensively processed or retouched.
Vivid
Provides distinct, colorful, fresh-looking images. Choose for situations where you want to emphasize primary colors such as blue, red and green.
Monochrome
Gives you monochromatic shadings, such as black-and-white or sepia. You can select filter effects and toning.
Portrait
Portrait delivers natural-appearing skin. Natural texture gives the skin of portrait subjects a smoother feel.
Landscape
Produces vibrant landscapes and cityscapes. Suitable for any kinds of nature scenes.

Easy in-camera image editing Retouch menus

The D5200 comes equipped with 19 kinds of image-editing functions. These in-camera functions let you retouch images easily. There are a variety of options such as Fisheye that produces effects similar to those obtained with a fisheye lens and Filter effects that achieve images similar to those taken with a filter. Edit movie allows you to delete unwanted parts by choosing the start or end point, or save a selected frame as a JPEG image. In each case, a duplicate image or movie is created, leaving the original securely intact.

Retouch menus employed on the D5200

D-Lighting, Red-eye correction, Trim, Monochrome, Filter effects, Color balance, Image overlay, NEF (RAW) processing, Resize, Quick retouch, Straighten, Distortion control, Fisheye, Color outline, Color sketch*, Perspective control, Miniature effect*, Selective color*, Edit movie

  • *It is possible to apply these effects to still images/movies prior to shooting using Special Effects.
Straighten
Corrects inclination of the image within a range of 5 (in approx. 0.25 steps).
Trim
The desired part of the image can be trimmed and enlarged.
Fisheye
Creates images that resemble those taken with a fisheye lens.

Effective for backlit or shaded conditions built-in flash

Even when the subject's face is backlit or, for example, shaded by a hat, you can shoot with appropriate brightness using the built-in flash. The D5200 detects the brightness situation of the subject, pops up* the built-in flash automatically and fires. Using i-TTL flash control that achieves high-precision metering, an optimal amount of light for the scene realizes naturally reproduced images.

  • *When shooting mode is set to Auto, Portrait, Child, Close up, Night portrait, Party/indoor, Pet portrait or Color sketch.

Exclusive Nikon software expand your creativity

Your Imaging Toolbox ViewNX 2 (supplied)

This simple and intuitive software helps you get the most out of your images and movies after shooting. ViewNX 2 provides importing and browsing capability while also incorporating image-editing functions such as Resize, Brightness, Crop, Straighten and NEF (RAW) image processing. High-definition and high-quality RAW processing is achieved by utilizing the same processing algorithm as Capture NX 2 that faithfully reproduces Nikon image quality. Its movie-editing functions help you create your own original movies quickly and easily, and Nikon's smart photo sharing and storage service, my Picturetown, works smoothly with ViewNX 2, allowing you to log in directly from the software for easy uploading without activating a browser.

  • More information

Quick and simple image-editing software with intuitive operation Capture NX 2 (optional)

Nikon's RAW images (NEF: Nikon Electronic Format) maintain extremely rich data. Only Nikon's Capture NX 2 can fully utilize this data with its optimized file format and software processing algorithms. With the enhanced speed of the algorithms, high-speed processing is achieved. This enables high-speed, stress-free editing even if the data size is large. Also, Capture NX 2 supports 64-bit (native) to realize a comfortable working environment. You can focus on editing with ease because it is possible to leave the original image intact with NEF editing. In addition to the intuitive and simple editing using Color Control Points, it incorporates various functions such as Auto Retouch brush, Batch Processing, Quick Fix, Straighten Tool, Vignette Control, Auto Color Aberration Control and Distortion Control.

  • *Compared with conventional versions, under test conditions established by Nikon.

Note: For further details of the latest version or operating environment, please visit Nikon's website.

  • More informationOpen in a new window.
 
 

D-Movie

Reproduces even fast-moving scenes beautifully D-Movie compatible with 1920 x 1080 60i/50i

The D5200 allows you to record movie with sharpness, clarity and fluid motion easily. Utilizing the newly developed Nikon DX-format CMOS sensor and EXPEED 3, which is equivalent to that of higher models, the D5200 deliver movies with reduced noise, jaggies and moir. It renders various fast-moving scenes naturally, such as galloping horses, the splashing of water or the view from a moving car. The D5200 also employs subject-tracking AF that tracks and maintains focusing on a moving subject and face-priority AF that is optimal for portrait shooting. The movie-record button is located next to the shutter-release button. You can start/stop movie recording as if shooting still images while holding the camera stably and camera shake that may occur during operation is minimized. If you want to shoot according to your creative intention, it is possible to set the shutter speed and ISO sensitivity manually* (in mode M). In combination with unique shooting angles using the vari-angle LCD monitor and NIKKOR lenses that feature high resolution, you can enjoy advanced, creative movie recording by making clips, short films or video projects combining stills and video.
The D5200 also employs a variety of movie-editing features that can be accomplished easily inside the camera and without the need for a computer. It is possible to delete unwanted parts by choosing the start and end point in single frame units, and save a selected frame as a JPEG image with the same image size as that of the selected movie frame.

Lens: AF-S DX NIKKOR 18-105mm f/3.5-5.6G ED VR
Lens: AF-S DX NIKKOR 18-55mm f/3.5-5.6G VR
Note: The video shown here was taken in 1920 x 1080 60i, then converted to Flash Video format for ease of handling. Image quality varies from the original.
  • *Selectable shutter speed varies according to the frame rate of the movie. ISO sensitivity can be set to values between ISO 100 to 6400 or Hi 0.3 to Hi 2.

Sample movies utilizing the Special Effects of the D5200

Selective color
Lens: AF-S DX NIKKOR 18-55mm f/3.5-5.6G VR
Low key
Lens: AF-S DX NIKKOR 18-105mm f/3.5-5.6G ED VR

Note: The video shown here was taken using the D-Movie function, then converted to Flash Video format for ease of handling. Image quality varies from the original.

Built-in stereo microphone that enables you to record rich, high-quality sound [NEW]

The D5200's built-in stereo microphone lets you enjoy recording rich, high-quality sound. The sensitivity level can be adjusted, choosing from auto and manual (1 to 20 steps) according to the shooting situation. Select low level (smaller value) for scenes in louder environments, such as a concert hall; high level (large value) for quieter environments, with more delicate ambient sounds, such as a murmuring stream.

ME-1 Stereo Microphone (optional) compatible

In addition to the built-in microphone, the D5200 lets you record stereo sound with the optional ME-1 Stereo Microphone. Using the ME-1 Stereo Microphone reduces noise caused by lens vibration recorded during autofocus shooting. You can select the microphone sensitivity setting in the same way as with the built-in stereo microphone.

Specifications

Frame size (pixels)
Frame rate*1
Maximum bit rate
(high quality/Normal)
Maximum length
(high quality/Normal)*4
1920 x 1080
60i*2
24 Mbps/12 Mbps
20 min./29 min. 59 s
50i*2
30p*2
25p*3
24p
1280 x 720
60p*2
50p*2
640 x 424
30p*2
8 Mbps/5 Mbps
29 min. 59 s/29 min. 59 s
25p*3
  • *1Listed value. Actual frame rates for 60p, 50p, 30p, 25p, and 24p are 59.94, 50, 29.97, 25, and 23.976 fps respectively.
  • *2Available when NTSC is selected for Video mode.
  • *3Available when PAL is selected for Video mode.
  • *4Movies recorded in miniature effect mode are up to three minutes long when played back.

Enables playback of still images and movies on High-Definition TV HDMI supported

The D5200 supports HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) that allows you to play back still images and movies with High-Definition TV*1. HDMI mini connector is employed as the interface. Also, the D5200 is compatible with HDMI-CEC (Consumer Electric Control) that enables remote operation of the camera using a TV remote control*2.

  • *1Requires optional commercially available HDMI connection cable (Type C) for playback.
  • *2Remote control of HDMI-CEC supported TV.

Ease of use

Compact and lightweight body with three color variations and enhanced holding

The D5200's compact and lightweight body of approx. 505 g (1 lb 1.8 oz)* is easy to carry around. A sub-grip is newly employed on the lower left of the front of the camera to improve holding in combination with the thumb pad on the upper right of the rear of the camera. You can shoot sharp images using 24.1 effective megapixels, without blur caused by camera shake. The color of the body can be chosen from black, red and bronze.

  • *Body only.
Dimensions (W x H x D): approx. 129 x 98 x 78 mm/5.1 x 3.9 x 3.1 in.
Weight: approx. 555 g/1 lb 3.6 oz (including battery, SD memory card, excluding body cap), approx. 505 g/1 lb 1.8 oz (body only)

Selectable body colors

Black
Red
Bronze

Sub-grip and thumb pad improve holding

Front
Rear

Easier and more intuitive to operate newly designed GUI

The D5200 incorporates an easier and more fluid new GUI, utilizing graphic-processing performance enhanced by EXPEED 3. For the info display design, you can choose from two options Classic or Graphic. Background color can be selected from black, blue and brown. A new design is also employed for each setting display.

In optical viewfinder shooting

-Classic

Black
Blue
Brown

-Graphic

Black
Blue
Brown

In live view shooting

-Graphic

 

Information edit button

Pressing the information edit button when shooting information is displayed gives you direct access to the menu of the setting you would like to adjust.

Information edit button

In optical viewfinder shooting

Info display
Setting menu display

In live view shooting

Info display
Setting menu display

WU-1a Wireless Mobile Adapter (optional) that enables wireless transmission of images to a smart device, and remote shooting

By attaching the optional WU-1a Wireless Mobile Adapter to the D5200's USB connector, two-way communication between the camera and a smart device such as a smartphone or tablet computer with Wi-Fi communication function is possible. With the remote shooting function that enables release of the shutter from a distance, you can use your smart device as a remote live view monitor, to confirm the best angle and shoot. Images can be transmitted wirelessly and you can easily upload them to SNS or attach them to a mail. The WU-1a is compatible with smart devices using the iOS or Android.

Note: This function requires installing of Wireless Mobile Adapter Utility to the smart device prior to use.

Wireless Mobile Adapter Utility

Wireless Mobile Adapter Utility is software enabling download of images from a camera to a smart device or operation of a camera from a smart device for taking an image by attaching the WU-1a Wireless Mobile Adapter.

Note: Can be downloaded from the application store of each smart device (free).

Comfortable remote control without worrying about obstacles in the way
WR-R10/WR-T10 Wireless Remote Controllers (optional) that achieve multiple camera control [NEW]

WR-R10/WR-T10 Wireless Remote Controllers expand the flexibility of remote control. Unlike remote controls using infrared light, it is possible to release the shutter even if there are obstacles such as a tree in the way. The communication distance for a combination of the WR-R10 with WR-T10 is approx. 20 m (66 ft). You can control a single or multiple cameras with the WR-R10 attached using the WR-T10 as a transmitter*. With the WR-R10/WR-T10, you can enjoy a variety of shooting, such as attaching different lenses to the cameras, changing angles for each camera, or shooting still images and movies simultaneously by switching channels.

  • *WR-T10 and WR-R10(s) have to be set to the same channel and paired in advance to achieve simultaneous release. (For further information, please refer to the user's manual of the WR-R10/WR-T10.)
Comfortable remote shooting is assured even if there are people or objects between the remote controller and camera.

Examples of use

Controlling multiple cameras with one WR-T10 (Simultaneous release)

The shutters on all cameras can be released simultaneously by pressing the WR-T10's shutter-release button all the way down.
 

Specifications of the WR-R10/WR-T10

 
WR-R10
WR-T10
Product images
Compatible cameras
D4*1, D3 series*1, D800 series*1, D700*1, D600, D300 series*1, D7000, D5200, D5100, D3200, D3100, etc., D-SLR cameras that employ a ten-pin remote terminal*1 or accessory terminal
-
Channels
5 (2.425 GHz), 10 (2.450 GHz), 15 (2.475 GHz)
Range (line of sight)
Approx. 50 m (164 ft) at height of about 1.2 m (4 ft) between WR-R10s*2
Approx. 20 m (66 ft) at height of about 1.2 m (4 ft) from WR-T10 to WR-R10
Pairing
Unlimited
Controllable functions
Live view*3, movie*3, continuous shooting, shutter-release button (half/full pressing available), possible to activate a function assigned to an Fn button*4
  • *1Requires WR-A10 WR adapter. Cameras other than the D4 or D800 series that employ a ten-pin remote terminal, including F-SLRs, are capable of using the controller for half/full pressing of the shutter-release button only (except D1, D1H, D1X, D100 [+MB-D100])
  • *2Only available when master D-SLR camera employs a ten-pin remote terminal.
  • *3Available only with the D4, D800 series, D600, D5200 and D3200.
  • *4Available only with the D4, D800 series and D5200.

Note: Depending on the camera, there may be a limitation to the accessories that can be attached simultaneously with the WR-R10 Wireless Remote Controller. Attempting to forcibly attach accessories can damage the camera or accessory.

Versatile playback functions

The D5200 gives you a variety of playback display options that take advantage of the large 7.5-cm (3-in.) monitor. The number of images displayed at one time can be selected from 1, 4, 9 and 72, and calendar display arranges images in chronological order. You can also display histograms of a magnified area of an image and check the focus using playback zoom of face.

72-thumbnail display
Calendar display
Histogram display for magnified area
Playback zoom of face

Transmits taken images from the camera to a computer wirelessly to expand your photographic creativity Eye-Fi card (on the market) compatible

The D5200 can transmit taken image data (JPEG) from the camera to a computer wirelessly. You can also transmit images to online photo sharing and storage services such as "my Picturetown" and a computer automatically.

  • More informationOpen in a new window.

Note: The D5200 can turn Eye-Fi cards on and off, but may not support other Eye-Fi functions. Direct any inquiries to the manufacturer. Eye-Fi cards are for use only in the country of purchase (As of October, 2012). Observe all local laws concerning the use of wireless devices.

Embeds location information on an image GP-1 GPS Unit (optional)

The D5200 is compatible with the Nikon GP-1 GPS Unit that is able to embed location information on an image. Latitude, longitude and altitude of a shooting location are recorded as Exif data. Images with location information can be displayed on a GeoTag workspace of ViewNX 2 (supplied with the D5200). What's more, Nikon's image sharing and storage website my Picturetown, online image sharing services and commercially available digital mapping software are all there to enhance your photographic enjoyment.

  • More information

High-capacity (SDXC), high-speed (UHS-I) SD memory card compatible

The D5200 supports SDXC (Secure Digital eXtended Capacity) and UHS-I. Combined with the enhanced speed of the image-processing engine EXPEED 3, it processes and writes image data of 24.1 megapixels at high speed. In high-speed continuous shooting, this allows the shooting of 100 frames in JPEG (fine/Medium)*.

  • *With an 8 GB SanDisk Extreme Pro SDHC UHS-I card (SDSDXPA-008G). Results will vary with card type, camera settings, and scene recorded. The maximum number of exposures that can be stored in memory buffer at ISO 100; number drops when long-exposure noise reduction or auto distortion control is on.

Long-life battery due to energy-saving design EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery

The D5200's superior energy-saving design allows you to shoot approx. 500 shots per charge* with the EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery.

  • *Based on CIPA Standards.
EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery (supplied)

Nikon's photo sharing and storage service my Picturetown

Nikon's own image-sharing website, my Picturetown, allows you to easily store, manage and share your images with your family and friends, and post to social networking services (SNS). Membership is free and permits storage of up to 2 GB of photos and/or movies. And with an additional paid registration, you can expand your capacity to 200 GB*. Also, utilizing free applications compatible with a smart device, you can enjoy images using a PC or a smart device anytime, anywhere.

Nikon Digital SLR Camera D5200 Specifications

Type
Type
Single-lens reflex digital camera
Lens mount
Nikon F mount (with AF contacts)
Effective angle of view
Nikon DX format; focal length equivalent to approx. 1.5x that of lenses with FX-format angle of view
Effective pixels
Effective pixels
24.1 million
Image sensor
Image sensor
23.5 x 15.6 mm CMOS sensor
Total pixels
24.71 million
Dust-reduction system
Image sensor cleaning, Airflow Control System, Image Dust Off reference data (optional Capture NX 2 software required)
Storage
Image size (pixels)
  • 6000 x 4000 [L]
  • 4496 x 3000 [M]
  • 2992 x 2000 [S]
File format
  • NEF (RAW): 14 bit, compressed
  • JPEG: JPEG-Baseline compliant with fine (approx. 1:4), normal (approx. 1:8) or basic (approx. 1:16) compression
  • NEF (RAW)+JPEG: Single photograph recorded in both NEF (RAW) and JPEG formats
Picture Control System
Standard, Neutral, Vivid, Monochrome, Portrait, Landscape; selected Picture Control can be modified; storage for custom Picture Controls
Media
SD (Secure Digital) and UHS-I compliant SDHC and SDXC memory cards
File system
DCF (Design Rule for Camera File System) 2.0, DPOF (Digital Print Order Format), Exif (Exchangeable Image File Format for Digital Still Cameras) 2.3, PictBridge
Viewfinder
Viewfinder
Eye-level pentamirror single-lens reflex viewfinder
Frame coverage
Approx. 95% horizontal and 95% vertical
Magnification
Approx. 0.78x (50 mm f/1.4 lens at infinity, -1.0 m-1)
Eyepoint
17.9 mm (-1.0 m-1; from center surface of viewfinder eyepiece lens)
Diopter adjustment
-1.7 to +0.7 m-1
Focusing screen
Type B BriteView Clear Matte Mark VII screen
Reflex mirror
Quick return
Lens aperture
Instant return, electronically controlled
Lens
Compatible lenses
Autofocus is available with AF-S and AF-I lenses; autofocus is not available with other type G and D lenses, AF lenses (IX NIKKOR and lenses for the F3AF are not supported), and AI-P lenses; non-CPU lenses can be used in mode , but the camera exposure meter will not function
The electronic rangefinder can be used with lenses that have a maximum aperture of f/5.6 or faster
Shutter
Type
Electronically controlled vertical-travel focal-plane shutter
Speed
1/4000 to 30 s in steps of 1/3 or 1/2 EV, bulb, time (requires optional ML-L3 Remote Control)
Flash sync speed
X=1/200 s; synchronizes with shutter at 1/200 s or slower
Release
Release modes
(single frame), (continuous low speed), (continuous high speed), (self-timer), (delayed remote; ML-L3), (quick-response remote; ML-L3), (quiet shutter release); interval timer photography supported
Frame advance rate
Up to 3 fps () or 5 fps ()
Self-timer
2 s, 5 s, 10 s, 20 s; 1 to 9 exposures
Exposure
Metering mode
TTL exposure metering using 2016-pixel RGB sensor
Metering method
  • Matrix: 3D color matrix metering II (type G and D lenses); color matrix metering II (other CPU lenses)
  • Center-weighted: Weight of 75% given to 8-mm circle in center of frame
  • Spot: Meters 3.5-mm circle (about 2.5% of frame) centered on selected focus point
Range
(ISO 100, f/1.4 lens, 20C/68F)
  • Matrix or center-weighted metering: 0 to 20 EV
  • Spot metering: 2 to 20 EV
Exposure meter coupling
CPU
Exposure modes
Auto modes (auto; auto [flash off]); programmed auto with flexible program (); shutter-priority auto (); aperture-priority auto (); manual (); scene modes ( portrait; landscape; child; sports; close up; night portrait; night landscape; party/indoor; beach/snow; sunset; dusk/dawn; pet portrait; candlelight; blossom; autumn colors; food); special effects modes ( night vision; color sketch; miniature effect; selective color; silhouette; high key; low key)
Exposure compensation
Can be adjusted by -5 to +5 EV in increments of 1/3 or 1/2 EV in , , and modes
Exposure bracketing
3 shots in steps of 1/3 or 1/2 EV
Exposure lock
Luminosity locked at detected value with ( ) button
ISO sensitivity
(Recommended Exposure Index)
ISO 100 to 6400 in steps of 1/3 EV; can also be set to approx. 0.3, 0.7, 1 or 2 EV (ISO 25600 equivalent) above ISO 6400; auto ISO sensitivity control available
Active D-Lighting
Auto, extra high, high, normal, low, off
ADL bracketing
2 shots
Focus
Autofocus
Nikon Multi-CAM 4800DX autofocus sensor module with TTL phase detection, 39 focus points (including 9 cross-type sensors), and AF-assist illuminator (range approx. 0.5 to 3 m/1 ft 8 in. to 9 ft 10 in.)
Detection range
-1 to +19 EV (ISO 100, 20C/68F)
Lens servo
  • Autofocus (AF): Single-servo AF (AF-S); continuous-servo AF (AF-C); auto AF-S/AF-C selection (AF-A); predictive focus tracking activated automatically according to subject status
  • Manual focus (M): Electronic rangefinder can be used
Focus point
Can be selected from 39 or 11 focus points
AF-area modes
Single-point AF, 9-, 21- or 39-point dynamic-area AF, 3D-tracking, auto-area AF
Focus lock
Focus can be locked by pressing shutter-release button halfway (single-servo AF) or by pressing ( ) button
Flash
Built-in flash
, , , , , , , : Auto flash with auto pop-up
, , , , : Manual pop-up with button release
Guide number
Approx. 12/39, 13/43 with manual flash (m/ft, ISO 100, 20C/68F)
Flash control
TTL: i-TTL flash control using 2016-pixel RGB sensor is available with built-in flash and SB-910, SB-900, SB-800, SB-700, SB-600 or SB-400; i-TTL balanced fill-flash for digital SLR is used with matrix and center-weighted metering, standard i-TTL flash for digital SLR with spot metering
Flash modes
Auto, auto with red-eye reduction, auto slow sync, auto slow sync with red-eye reduction, fill-flash, red-eye reduction, slow sync, slow sync with red-eye reduction, rear-curtain with slow sync, rear-curtain sync, off
Flash compensation
-3 to +1 EV in increments of 1/3 or 1/2 EV
Flash-ready indicator
Lights when built-in flash or optional flash unit is fully charged; flashes after flash is fired at full output
Accessory shoe
ISO 518 hot-shoe with sync and data contacts and safety lock
Nikon Creative Lighting
System (CLS)
Advanced Wireless Lighting supported with SB-910, SB-900, SB-800 or SB-700 as a master flash or SU-800 as commander; Flash Color Information Communication supported with all CLS-compatible flash units
Sync terminal
AS-15 Sync Terminal Adapter (available separately)
White balance
White balance
Auto, incandescent, fluorescent (7 types), direct sunlight, flash, cloudy, shade, preset manual, all except preset manual with fine-tuning
White balance bracketing
3 shots in steps of 1
Live View
Lens servo
  • Autofocus (AF): Single-servo AF (AF-S); full-time servo AF (AF-F)
  • Manual focus (M)
AF-area modes
Face-priority AF, wide-area AF, normal-area AF, subject-tracking AF
Autofocus
Contrast-detect AF anywhere in frame (camera selects focus point automatically when face-priority AF or subject-tracking AF is selected)
Automatic scene selection
Available in and modes
Movie
Metering
TTL exposure metering using main image sensor
Metering method
Matrix
Frame size (pixels)
and frame rate
  • 1920 x 1080, 60i (59.94 fields/s)/50i (50 fields/s)*, high/normal
  • 1920 x 1080, 30p (progressive)/25p/24p, high/normal
  • 1280 x 720, 60p/50p, high/normal
  • 640 x 424, 30p/25p, high/normal
  •  Frame rates of 30p (actual frame rate 29.97 fps), 60i, and 60p (actual frame rate 59.94 fps) are available when NTSC is selected for video mode; 25p, 50i, and 50p are available when PAL is selected for video mode; actual frame rate when 24p is selected is 23.976 fps
    *Sensor output is about 60 or 50 fps
    Note: A smaller crop is used for movies with a frame size/frame rate of 1920 x 1080 60i or 50i
File format
MOV
Video compression
H.264/MPEG-4 Advanced Video Coding
Audio recording format
Linear PCM
Audio recording device
Built-in monaural or external stereo microphone; sensitivity adjustable
Maximum length
29 min. 59 s (3 min. in miniature effect mode)
ISO sensitivity
ISO 100 to 6400; can also be set to approx. 0.3, 0.7, 1, or 2 EV (ISO 25600 equivalent) above ISO 6400
Monitor
Monitor
7.5-cm (3-in.), approx. 921k-dot (VGA), vari-angle TFT monitor with 170 viewing angle, approx. 100% frame coverage, and brightness adjustment
Playback
Playback
Full-frame and thumbnail (4, 9, or 72 images or calendar) playback with playback zoom, movie playback, photo and/or movie slide shows, histogram display, highlights, auto image rotation, and image comment (up to 36 characters)
Interface
USB
Hi-Speed USB
Video output
NTSC, PAL
HDMI output
Type C mini-pin HDMI connector
Accessory terminal
Wireless remote controller: WR-R10 (available separately)
Remote cord: MC-DC2 (available separately)
GPS unit: GP-1 (available separately)
Audio input
Stereo mini-pin jack (3.5-mm diameter)
Supported languages
Supported languages
Arabic, Chinese (Simplified and Traditional), Czech, Danish, Dutch, English, Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hindi, Hungarian, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese (Portugal and Brazil), Romanian, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Thai, Turkish, Ukrainian
Power source
Battery
One EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery
AC adapter
EH-5b AC Adapter; requires EP-5A Power Connector (available separately)
Tripod socket
Tripod socket
1/4 in. (ISO 1222)
Dimensions / weight
Dimensions
(W x H x D)
Approx. 129 x 98 x 78 mm/5.1 x 3.9 x 3.1 in.
Weight
Approx. 555 g/1 lb 3.6 oz with battery and memory card but without body cap; approx. 505 g/1 lb 1.8 oz (camera body only)
 Operating environment
Temperature
0 to 40C/32 to 104F
humidity
85% or less (no condensation)
Accessories
Supplied accessories
(may differ by country or area)
EN-EL14 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery, MH-24 Battery Charger, DK-5 Eyepiece Cap, DK-20 Rubber Eyecup, UC-E17 USB Cable, EG-CP16 Audio Video Cable, AN-DC3 Camera Strap, BF-1B Body Cap, BS-1 Accessory Shoe Cover, ViewNX 2 CD-ROM
  • The SD, SDHC and SDXC logos are trademark of the SD Card Association.
  • PictBridge is a trademark.
  • HDMI, the HDMI logo and High-Definition Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing, LLC.
  • Google and Android are registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc.
  • Products and brand names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies.
  • Images in viewfinders, on LCDs and monitors shown in this site are simulated.

Memory card capacity

The following table shows the approximate number of pictures that can be stored on an 8 GB SanDisk Extreme Pro SDHC UHS-I card at different image quality and size settings.

Image quality
Image size
File size*1
No. of images*1
Buffer capacity*2
NEF (RAW) + JPEG fine*3
Large
Medium
Small
37.0 MB
32.2 MB
28.5 MB
152
173
192
6
6
6
NEF (RAW) + JPEG normal*3
Large
Medium
Small
30.9 MB
28.4 MB
26.5 MB
178
192
203
6
6
6
NEF (RAW) + JPEG basic*3
Large
Medium
Small
27.7 MB
26.6 MB
25.6 MB
196
204
210
6
6
6
NEF (RAW)
-
24.6 MB
217
8
JPEG fine
Large
Medium
Small
12.2 MB
7.4 MB
3.8 MB
507
853
1600
35
100
100
JPEG normal
Large
Medium
Small
6.2 MB
3.7 MB
1.9 MB
1000
1600
3200
100
100
100
JPEG basic
Large
Medium
Small
3.0 MB
1.9 MB
1.0 MB
1900
3200
6000
100
100
100
  • *1All figures are approximate. Results will vary with card type, camera settings, and scene recorded.
  • *2Maximum number of exposures that can be stored in memory buffer at ISO 100. Drops when long exposure noise reduction or auto distortion control is on.
  • *3Image size applies to JPEG images only. Size of NEF (RAW) images cannot be changed. File size is the total for NEF (RAW) and JPEG images.

Approved memory cards

The following SD memory cards have been tested and approved for use in the D5200. Cards with class 6 or faster write speeds are recommended for movie recording. Recording may end unexpectedly when cards with slower write speeds are used.

 
SD memory cards
SDHC memory cards*2
SDXC memory cards*3
SanDisk
2GB*1
4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB, 32 GB
64 GB
Toshiba
Panasonic
4 GB, 6 GB, 8 GB, 12 GB,
16 GB, 24 GB, 32 GB
48 GB, 64 GB
Lexar Media
4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB, 32 GB
-
 
Platinum II
Professional
64 GB, 128 GB
Full-HD Video
-
4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB
-
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon VHS00901 Shoulder Strap From Woven Fabric with Embroidered Nikon Logo

Strap AN-DC4

 
Shoulder strap from woven fabric with embroidered Nikon logo.
 
VHS00901
 
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon AU00263 Premium Nikon Branded DSLR Slim

Nikon Premium Nikon branded DSLR slim

Link contains in-depth information about this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon Coolpix S3200 Digital Camera - Red


- 16.0MP, 6x Optical Zoom, 4.6-27.6mm (Angle Of View Equivalent To That Of 26-156mm Lens In 35mm [135] Format), 2.7" LCD, Image Stabilization, HD720p Movies

COOLPIX S3200 Simply better pictures

 
Simply better pictures
 
Slim, smart design that's a breeze to use. Capture those special up-close moments with 6x zoom and 16.0 MP sensor with Nikon image quality.
 
Overview
 
Never miss an important moment.
 
You cant catch those special moments if you dont have your camera nearby. With the COOLPIX S3200, youll always be ready for making memories. Slim, sleek and stylish, it fits comfortably in your pocket or purse so you can take it on every outing. And since its a Nikon, your photos and HD movies will always be gorgeous.
 
VR image stabilizationMotion DetectionISO 3200Smart Portrait SystemScene Auto SelectorSubject TrackingHD Movie Mode 

16.0
Megapixel CCD Sensor

6x
Wide-Angle Optical Zoom-NIKKOR Glass Lens

2.7"
LCD Monitor

720p
HD 720p Movies with Sound
 
Beautiful compositions

Versatile 6x optical Zoom-NIKKOR glass lens

Composition matters, and the COOLPIX S3200 makes it easy to compose beautiful photos and HD movies. Its 6x optical Zoom-NIKKOR glass lens goes from wide-angle to telephoto with ease. Zoom all the way out to show your friend in action, then zoom in for a dramatic close-up. Plus, the COOLPIX S3200 includes electronic Vibration Reduction (VR) image stabilization, which minimizes the effects of camera shake for sharper, clearer images.
 
photo of the silver S3200, top view

Slim, stylish and easy to use

Great performance in a no-fuss package
 
If you want a camera that’s slim, sleek and super easy to use, look no further than the COOLPIX S3200. Designed to be as simple and intuitive as possible, you’ll start taking great photos and HD movies right out of the box. The camera is thinner than 20mm when turned off, and its sleek design fits comfortably in a pocket or purse. When you’re ready to use it, simply turn it on, point, shoot and be amazed at the results.
 
photo of a dad holding the handlebars of his son's bike as he learns to ride and HD video icon
 
HD movies on demand

HD (720p) movie recording at the touch of a button
 
Sometimes, a still photo just isn’t enough. In those instances, the COOLPIX S3200 is ready to record HD (720p) movies with sound at the touch of a button. Record all the action, then share what you just captured on the COOLPIX S3200’s 2.7-inch LCD or play back your movies and photos on a TV or computer.
 
Specifications
 
  • Type
     Compact Digital Camera 
  • Effective Pixels
     16 million
  • Image Sensor
     CCD 
  • Sensor Size
     1/ 2.3 in.
  • Total Pixels
     16.44 million (approx.)
  • Lens
     6x optical Zoom-NIKKOR glass lens 
  • Lens Focal Length
     4.6-27.6 mm (angle of view equivalent to that of 26-156 mm lens in 35mm [135] format) 
  • Lens f/-number
     f/3.5-6.5 
  • Lens Construction
     5 elements in 5 groups 
  • Lens Zoom
     6x
  • Digital Zoom
     Up to 4x (angle of view equivalent to that of approx. 624mm lens in 35mm [135] format) 
  • Vibration Reduction
     Electronic VR 
  • Autofocus (AF)
     Contrast-detect TTL AF 
  • Autofocus (AF) Focus-area selection
     Auto (9-area automatic selection)
    Center
    Face priority
    Manual with 99 focus areas
    Subject tracking 
  • Focus Range
     [W]: Approx. 1 ft. 8 in. (50 cm.) to infinity
    [T]: Approx. 3 ft. 4 in. (1 m.) to infinity
    Macro close-up mode: [W]: Approx. 2.0 in. (5 cm.) to infinity 
  • Focus Lock
     Yes 
  • Maximum Autofocus Areas/Points
     99 
  • Monitor Size
     2.7 in. diagonal
  • Monitor Type
     TFT-LCD  with Anti-reflection coating
    5-level brightness adjustment 
  • Monitor Resolution
     230,000-dots
  • Monitor Frame coverage (shooting mode)
     97% horizontal (Approx.)
    97% vertical (Approx.) 
  • Monitor Frame coverage (playback mode)
     100% horizontal (Approx.) 
  • Storage Media
     SD memory card
    SDHC memory card
    SDXC memory card 
  • Internal Memory
    Approx. 42MB
  • Storage File System
     DCF
    EXIF 2.3
    DPOF compliant
  • Storage File formats
     Still pictures: JPEG
    Audio files: WAV
    Movies: AVI (Motion-JPEG compliant) 
  • Movie
     HD: 1280x720p / 30fps
    Small Size: 320x240 / 30fps
    Standard TV: 640x480 / 30fps 
  • Voice Memo Function
     Yes 
  • Image Size (pixels)
     4608 x 3456 (16M) 
  • ISO Sensitivity
    ISO 80 -3200
     Auto (auto gain ISO 80-1600)
    Fixed range auto (ISO 80-400, ISO 100-800) 
  • Lowest ISO Sensitivity
     80 
  • Highest ISO Sensitivity
     3200 
  • Exposure Metering
     256-segment matrix, center-weighted 
  • Exposure Control
     Programmed auto exposure (shutter speed, ND filter selection and ISO sensitivity)
    Flexible program with motion detection 
  • Exposure Modes
     Programmed Auto 
  • Scene Modes
     Back Light
    Beach
    Close Up
    Copy
    Dusk/Dawn
    Fireworks Show
    Food
    Landscape
    Museum
    Night Landscape
    Night Portrait
    Panorama Assist
    Party/Indoor
    Pet Portrait
    Portrait
    Scene Auto Selector
    Snow
    Sports
    Sunset 
  • In-Camera Image Editing
     Crop
    D-Lighting
    Filter Effects
    Glamour Retouch
    Rotate image
    Skin softening
    Small Picture 
  • Exposure Compensation
     2 EV in steps of 1/3 
  • White Balance
     Auto
    Cloudy
    Daylight
    Flash
    Fluorescent
    Incandescent
    Manual 
  • Shutter
     Mechanical and image sensor electronic shutter 
  • Shutter Speed
     1/2000-1 sec. (when ISO sensitivity set to Auto)
    4 sec. (when scene mode is set to Fireworks show) 
  • Top Continuous Shooting Speed at full resolution
    Up to 6 shots at approx. 1.3 frames per second
  • Continuous Shooting Options
     Best Shot Selector
    Continuous
    Multi-shot 16
    Single 
  • Aperture
     Electronically-controlled ND filter (-3.3 AV) selection 
  • Self-timer
     Can be selected from 10 or 2 seconds duration 
  • Built-in flash Range (approx.) (ISO sensitivity: Auto)
     [W]: 0.5 to 4.5m (1ft 8in. to 14ft.)
    [T]: 0.5 to 2.4m (1ft. 8in. to 7ft. 10in.) 
  • Built-in Flash Control
     TTL auto flash with monitor preflashes 
  • Built-in Flash
     Yes 
  • Interface
     Hi-speed USB 
  • Interface Data transfer protocol
     MTP
    PTP 
  • Video Output
     NTSC
    PAL 
  • I/O terminal
     Audio/video (A/V) output
    Digital I/O (USB) 
  • Supported Languages
     Arabic
    Brazilian Portuguese
    Chinese (Simplified and Traditional)
    Czech
    Danish
    Dutch
    English
    Finnish
    French
    German
    Greek
    Hindi
    Hungarian
    Indonesian
    Italian
    Japanese
    Korean
    Norwegian
    Polish
    Portugese
    Romanian
    Russian
    Spanish
    Swedish
    Thai
    Turkish
    Ukranian
    Vietnamese 
  • Power Sources
     One Rechargeable Li-ion Battery EN-EL19 (supplied) 
  • Charging Time
     2 hours and 30 minutes (when using Charging AC Adapter EH-69P and when no charge remains) (Approx.)
  • Battery / Batteries
     Rechargeable Li-ion Battery EN-EL19 
  • Battery Life (shots per charge)
     Still pictures*: Approx. 210 shots
    *Based on Camera and Imaging Products Association (CIPA) standards for measuring the life of camera batteries. Measured at 23(-/+2)C (73(-/+4)F); zoom adjusted with each shot, flash fired with every other shot, image quality set to Normal, image size set to 4608 x 3456 (16M). Battery life may vary depending on shooting interval and length of time menus and images are displayed. 
  • Tripod Socket
     in. 
  • Approx. Dimensions
    Height: 2.3in. (57.8mm)
    Width: 3.8in. (94.8mm)
    Depth: 0.8in. (19.5mm)
    Excluding projections. Method of noting dimensions and weight is in accordance with CIPA DCG-005-2009 guideline.
  • Approx. Weight
     4.6 oz. (128g)
    With battery and SD memory card. Method of noting dimensions and weight is in accordance with CIPA DCG-005-2009 guideline.
  • Supplied Accessories
     
    • AN-CP19 Strap
    • UC-E6 USB Cable
    • EG-CP14 Audio Video Cable
    • EN-EL19 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery
    • EH-69P AC Adapter/Charger
    • NikonView NX 2 CD-ROM
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon Coolpix S3200 Digital Camera - Blue


- 16.0MP, 6x Optical Zoom, 4.6-27.6mm (Angle Of View Equivalent To That Of 26-156mm Lens In 35mm [135] Format), 2.7" LCD, Image Stabilization, HD720p Movies

COOLPIX S3200 Simply better pictures

 
Simply better pictures
 
Slim, smart design that's a breeze to use. Capture those special up-close moments with 6x zoom and 16.0 MP sensor with Nikon image quality.
 
Overview
 
Never miss an important moment.
 
You cant catch those special moments if you dont have your camera nearby. With the COOLPIX S3200, youll always be ready for making memories. Slim, sleek and stylish, it fits comfortably in your pocket or purse so you can take it on every outing. And since its a Nikon, your photos and HD movies will always be gorgeous.
 
VR image stabilizationMotion DetectionISO 3200Smart Portrait SystemScene Auto SelectorSubject TrackingHD Movie Mode 

16.0
Megapixel CCD Sensor

6x
Wide-Angle Optical Zoom-NIKKOR Glass Lens

2.7"
LCD Monitor

720p
HD 720p Movies with Sound
 
Beautiful compositions

Versatile 6x optical Zoom-NIKKOR glass lens

Composition matters, and the COOLPIX S3200 makes it easy to compose beautiful photos and HD movies. Its 6x optical Zoom-NIKKOR glass lens goes from wide-angle to telephoto with ease. Zoom all the way out to show your friend in action, then zoom in for a dramatic close-up. Plus, the COOLPIX S3200 includes electronic Vibration Reduction (VR) image stabilization, which minimizes the effects of camera shake for sharper, clearer images.
 
photo of the silver S3200, top view

Slim, stylish and easy to use

Great performance in a no-fuss package
 
If you want a camera that’s slim, sleek and super easy to use, look no further than the COOLPIX S3200. Designed to be as simple and intuitive as possible, you’ll start taking great photos and HD movies right out of the box. The camera is thinner than 20mm when turned off, and its sleek design fits comfortably in a pocket or purse. When you’re ready to use it, simply turn it on, point, shoot and be amazed at the results.
 
photo of a dad holding the handlebars of his son's bike as he learns to ride and HD video icon
 
HD movies on demand

HD (720p) movie recording at the touch of a button
 
Sometimes, a still photo just isn’t enough. In those instances, the COOLPIX S3200 is ready to record HD (720p) movies with sound at the touch of a button. Record all the action, then share what you just captured on the COOLPIX S3200’s 2.7-inch LCD or play back your movies and photos on a TV or computer.
 
Specifications
 
  • Type
     Compact Digital Camera 
  • Effective Pixels
     16 million
  • Image Sensor
     CCD 
  • Sensor Size
     1/ 2.3 in.
  • Total Pixels
     16.44 million (approx.)
  • Lens
     6x optical Zoom-NIKKOR glass lens 
  • Lens Focal Length
     4.6-27.6 mm (angle of view equivalent to that of 26-156 mm lens in 35mm [135] format) 
  • Lens f/-number
     f/3.5-6.5 
  • Lens Construction
     5 elements in 5 groups 
  • Lens Zoom
     6x
  • Digital Zoom
     Up to 4x (angle of view equivalent to that of approx. 624mm lens in 35mm [135] format) 
  • Vibration Reduction
     Electronic VR 
  • Autofocus (AF)
     Contrast-detect TTL AF 
  • Autofocus (AF) Focus-area selection
     Auto (9-area automatic selection)
    Center
    Face priority
    Manual with 99 focus areas
    Subject tracking 
  • Focus Range
     [W]: Approx. 1 ft. 8 in. (50 cm.) to infinity
    [T]: Approx. 3 ft. 4 in. (1 m.) to infinity
    Macro close-up mode: [W]: Approx. 2.0 in. (5 cm.) to infinity 
  • Focus Lock
     Yes 
  • Maximum Autofocus Areas/Points
     99 
  • Monitor Size
     2.7 in. diagonal
  • Monitor Type
     TFT-LCD  with Anti-reflection coating
    5-level brightness adjustment 
  • Monitor Resolution
     230,000-dots
  • Monitor Frame coverage (shooting mode)
     97% horizontal (Approx.)
    97% vertical (Approx.) 
  • Monitor Frame coverage (playback mode)
     100% horizontal (Approx.) 
  • Storage Media
     SD memory card
    SDHC memory card
    SDXC memory card 
  • Internal Memory
    Approx. 42MB
  • Storage File System
     DCF
    EXIF 2.3
    DPOF compliant
  • Storage File formats
     Still pictures: JPEG
    Audio files: WAV
    Movies: AVI (Motion-JPEG compliant) 
  • Movie
     HD: 1280x720p / 30fps
    Small Size: 320x240 / 30fps
    Standard TV: 640x480 / 30fps 
  • Voice Memo Function
     Yes 
  • Image Size (pixels)
     4608 x 3456 (16M) 
  • ISO Sensitivity
    ISO 80 -3200
     Auto (auto gain ISO 80-1600)
    Fixed range auto (ISO 80-400, ISO 100-800) 
  • Lowest ISO Sensitivity
     80 
  • Highest ISO Sensitivity
     3200 
  • Exposure Metering
     256-segment matrix, center-weighted 
  • Exposure Control
     Programmed auto exposure (shutter speed, ND filter selection and ISO sensitivity)
    Flexible program with motion detection 
  • Exposure Modes
     Programmed Auto 
  • Scene Modes
     Back Light
    Beach
    Close Up
    Copy
    Dusk/Dawn
    Fireworks Show
    Food
    Landscape
    Museum
    Night Landscape
    Night Portrait
    Panorama Assist
    Party/Indoor
    Pet Portrait
    Portrait
    Scene Auto Selector
    Snow
    Sports
    Sunset 
  • In-Camera Image Editing
     Crop
    D-Lighting
    Filter Effects
    Glamour Retouch
    Rotate image
    Skin softening
    Small Picture 
  • Exposure Compensation
     2 EV in steps of 1/3 
  • White Balance
     Auto
    Cloudy
    Daylight
    Flash
    Fluorescent
    Incandescent
    Manual 
  • Shutter
     Mechanical and image sensor electronic shutter 
  • Shutter Speed
     1/2000-1 sec. (when ISO sensitivity set to Auto)
    4 sec. (when scene mode is set to Fireworks show) 
  • Top Continuous Shooting Speed at full resolution
    Up to 6 shots at approx. 1.3 frames per second
  • Continuous Shooting Options
     Best Shot Selector
    Continuous
    Multi-shot 16
    Single 
  • Aperture
     Electronically-controlled ND filter (-3.3 AV) selection 
  • Self-timer
     Can be selected from 10 or 2 seconds duration 
  • Built-in flash Range (approx.) (ISO sensitivity: Auto)
     [W]: 0.5 to 4.5m (1ft 8in. to 14ft.)
    [T]: 0.5 to 2.4m (1ft. 8in. to 7ft. 10in.) 
  • Built-in Flash Control
     TTL auto flash with monitor preflashes 
  • Built-in Flash
     Yes 
  • Interface
     Hi-speed USB 
  • Interface Data transfer protocol
     MTP
    PTP 
  • Video Output
     NTSC
    PAL 
  • I/O terminal
     Audio/video (A/V) output
    Digital I/O (USB) 
  • Supported Languages
     Arabic
    Brazilian Portuguese
    Chinese (Simplified and Traditional)
    Czech
    Danish
    Dutch
    English
    Finnish
    French
    German
    Greek
    Hindi
    Hungarian
    Indonesian
    Italian
    Japanese
    Korean
    Norwegian
    Polish
    Portugese
    Romanian
    Russian
    Spanish
    Swedish
    Thai
    Turkish
    Ukranian
    Vietnamese 
  • Power Sources
     One Rechargeable Li-ion Battery EN-EL19 (supplied) 
  • Charging Time
     2 hours and 30 minutes (when using Charging AC Adapter EH-69P and when no charge remains) (Approx.)
  • Battery / Batteries
     Rechargeable Li-ion Battery EN-EL19 
  • Battery Life (shots per charge)
     Still pictures*: Approx. 210 shots
    *Based on Camera and Imaging Products Association (CIPA) standards for measuring the life of camera batteries. Measured at 23(-/+2)C (73(-/+4)F); zoom adjusted with each shot, flash fired with every other shot, image quality set to Normal, image size set to 4608 x 3456 (16M). Battery life may vary depending on shooting interval and length of time menus and images are displayed. 
  • Tripod Socket
     in. 
  • Approx. Dimensions
    Height: 2.3in. (57.8mm)
    Width: 3.8in. (94.8mm)
    Depth: 0.8in. (19.5mm)
    Excluding projections. Method of noting dimensions and weight is in accordance with CIPA DCG-005-2009 guideline.
  • Approx. Weight
     4.6 oz. (128g)
    With battery and SD memory card. Method of noting dimensions and weight is in accordance with CIPA DCG-005-2009 guideline.
  • Supplied Accessories
     
    • AN-CP19 Strap
    • UC-E6 USB Cable
    • EG-CP14 Audio Video Cable
    • EN-EL19 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery
    • EH-69P AC Adapter/Charger
    • NikonView NX 2 CD-ROM
 
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Nikon 1 J1 Digital Camera - Black


- 10.1MP, 2.7x Lens Focal Length (Nikon CX Format), 3.0" TFT LCD, Built-In Stereo Microphone, Built-In Flash, 1080/60i
- 10-30mm VR f3.5 - 5.6

Nikon 1 J1 Create and Express as Never Before

 
Create and Express as Never Before
 
Nikon 1 J1 for the freedom to capture, communicate and connect to life. Bring quality, depth and passion to visual storytelling and spark conversations through photos, movies and multimedia. Your zest for life is fueled by a desire to communicate all that you experience. Share the very incredible world that is yours with Nikon 1.
 
Overview
 
Infuse your world with imagery

For your very mobile lifestyle comes a completely new imaging system with freedom to create and express as never before. Highly compact and portable, the Nikon 1 J1 goes everywhere you go. Moments from your amazing world are captured using a highly responsive autofocus and super fast shooting speed. In one touch you can work in Full HD (1080p) movie record mode. A camera so versatile you can even snap photos while recording movies. Unleash your creativity with Nikon 1—offering a balance of high performance, advanced features, portability and a newly designed interchangeable lens system. Infuse your world with photos from every moment and connect as never before.

CX-Format
High-Speed AF CMOS Sensor

10 FPS
Continuous Shooting

Motion Snapshot
One-Touch Photo Animation Experience

Full HD
1080p Movies
 
Revolutionary new Nikon 1 system breaks visual barriers

Innovation in technology and design

Today, all it takes is a single imaging device to capture and share every moment of an incredible and connected life. Nikon brings an evolution in imaging technology, starting with a newly developed Nikon CX-format super high-speed AF CMOS sensor that powers every capture. Ensure image precision through the new, compact interchangeable lens system featuring image stabilization (VR) and superior fast and quiet autofocus motors built on the NIKKOR heritage of optical excellence.
 
Focus that's as fast as you Capture all the action

Not a moment is missed with a camera that keeps up with you! Always on the go, you know moments worth sharing can happen all the time. Don't let your creativity be hindered by slow focus speed; Nikon 1 J1 delivers an amazing 10 fps speed in autofocus mode. Grab every turn of the swimmer as he leaps from the high dive and glides into the water below. Even fast moving action like this is rendered with amazing clarity—thanks to an incredible 73 point AF array continuously working to ensure everything is sharp and clear.
 
 
For moments that deserve more Motion Snapshot brings photos to life

Certain snapshots from life evoke emotions that just cannot be retold with merely a photograph. Remember the feelings you had while watching a wave crash to the shore or fireworks exploding overhead? Make those moments come alive in a single click using Motion Snapshot. Reveal the essence that can't be captured in a single photo.
 
 
Share a richer experience

Simultaneously capture Full HD (1080p) movies and photos

There will be moments when you're recording a great movie and an opportunity to grab an amazing photo comes along. Capture both at the same time! Start your movie recording with a touch of a button. See that great still? Hit the shutter even during record mode. Autofocus keeps everything sharp, working double duty to simultaneously capture both movies and photos. Infuse even more personality into multimedia creations by adding slow motion. For times when photos alone are not enough, family and friends will appreciate your expressions brought to life.
 
 
Get the best of what's seen

Let the camera do the work with Smart Photo Selector

For all the times you wished your camera could capture those great spontaneous moments while they unfolded in front of you, there is Nikon 1. Have too many blurry or poorly lit photos? Or how many photos do you have where someone's eyes were shut? With a single touch using Smart Photo Selector there are no more imperfect photos. Get the best of what you see. Engage in the moment while you let the camera do the work for you.
 
 
Creativity expanded with 1 NIKKOR Lenses
 
Compact, light, high performance optics

Expand creativity and select from a range of lens options, including one designed specifically for movie filming. Engineered for fast and easy swap-out, stay photo-ready all the time. Compactness brings portability, whether using the single focal length 10mm or the 30-110mm telephoto. 1 NIKKOR lenses feature Vibration Reduction (VR) to keep photos sharp, extending a heritage of precision symbolized by durability, superior image quality and optical excellence.
 
 
EXPEED 3 processor
 
EXPEED 3 marks the culmination of years of dedication to advancing digital imaging technologies. At the heart of Nikon 1 is EXPEED 3, with dual image processors, to deliver outstanding system performance, high-speed processing, state-of-the-art phase detection autofocus and the fastest data transfer rates. Witness outstanding image quality, tone reproduction and advanced autofocus at unprecedented speeds.
 
 
Low light
 
An advanced, innovative Nikon super high-speed AF CMOS imaging sensor, wide ISO range and option to select the best lens for the job give you even more control over the light. Produce amazing photos in all those moody environments. Tap only ambient light and open the most artistic doors to photographing on the dance floor, nabbing dramatic sunsets and candlelit moments.
 
 
LCD monitor
 
Check your creativity: frame and share your creations on the large and sharp three-inch LCD color display. An ultra-high resolution screen featuring 460k-dots shows every detail to precision. An anti-glare coating renders easy viewing of photos and HD movies, even outdoors.
 
 
Intuitive simplicity
 
Easy access to advanced features are hallmarks of the Nikon 1 system. From the ultra intuitive command and features buttons, easy-to-understand menu and fast mount lens, you'll be expressing your thoughts and visions as never before. Even advanced features for photos and movies can be created with one-click ease.
 
Specifications
 
  • Type
     Advanced Camera with Interchangeable Lenses 
  • Lens Mount
     Nikon 1 mount 
  • Picture Angle
    Approx. 2.7x lens focal length (Nikon CX format)
  • Effective Pixels
     10.1 million
  • Sensor Size
     13.2mm x 8.8mm
  • Image Sensor Format
     CX 
  • Image Sensor Type
     CMOS 
  • Total Pixels
     12 million
  • Dust-reduction system
     Optical anti-dust mechanism 
  • Image Area (pixels)

    Still Images (3:2 aspect ratio)
    3,872 x 2,592
    2,896 x 1,944
    1,936 x 1,296 

    Smart Photo Selector (3:2 aspect ratio)
    3,872 x 2,592
    2,896 x 1,944
    1,936 x 1,296 

    Movie Mode (16:9 aspect ratio)
    3,840 x 2,160 (1080/60i)
    1,920 x 1,080 (1080/30p)
    1,280 x 720 (720/60p) 

    Motion Snapshot (16:9 aspect ratio)
    3,840 x 2,160 
  • File Format
     Compressed 12-bit NEF (RAW)
    JPEG: JPEG-Baseline compliant with fine (approx 1:4), normal (approx 1:8), or basic (approx 1:16) compression
    NEF (RAW) + JPEG: Single photograph recorded in both NEF (RAW) and JPEG formats 
  • Picture Control
     Standard
    Neutral
    Vivid
    Monochrome
    Portrait
    Landscape
    Selected Picture Control can be modified
    User-customizable Settings 
  • Storage Media
     SD
    SDHC
    SDXC 
  • Card Slot
     1 Secure Digital (SD) 
  • File System
    Compliant with DCF (Design Rule for Camera File System) 2.0
    DPOF (Digital Print Order Format)
    EXIF 2.3 (Exchangeable Image File Format for Digital Still Cameras)
    PictBridge 
  • Viewfinder
     LCD 
  • Lens Aperture
     electronically controlled 
  • Shutter type
     Electronic Shutter 
  • Fastest Shutter Speed
     1/16,000 sec. 
  • Slowest Shutter Speed
     30 sec.
  • Flash Sync Speed
     Up to 1/60 sec. 
  • Bulb Shutter Setting
     Yes 
  • Shutter Release Modes
     Single-frame [S] mode
    Continuous
    Electronic [Hi]
    Self-timer mode
    Delayed remote
    Quick Response Remote
    Interval Timer Shooting 
  • Frame Advance Rate
     Electronic [Hi]: Approx. 10, 30 or 60 fps
    Other modes: Up to 5 fps (single AF or manual focus, S Shutter- priority auto or M Manual exposure mode, shutter speed 1/250 sec or faster, and other settings at default values) 
  • Top Continuous Shooting Speed at full resolution
     5 frames per second  10, 30 or 60 fps using Electronic (Hi) shutter 
  • Self-timer
     2, 5, 10 sec. Timer duration electronically controlled
  • Remote Control Modes
     Delayed remote (2 sec)
    Quick-response remote 
  • Exposure Metering System
     TTL metering using image sensor 
  • Metering Method
     Matrix
    Center-weighted: Meters 4.5mm circle in center of frame
    Spot: Meters 2mm circle centered on select focus area 
  • Exposure Modes
     Programmed Auto with flexible Program (P)
    Shutter-Priority Auto (S)
    Aperture-Priority Auto (A)
    Aperture-Priority (A)
    Manual (M)
    Scene Auto Selector 
  • Scene Modes
     Portrait
    Landscape
    Night Portrait
    Close-up
    Auto 
  • Shooting Modes
     Still Image (3:2)
    Smart Photo Selector (3:2)
    Movie (HD 16:9)
    Movie Slow Motion (8:3)
    Motion Snapshot (16:9) 
  • Exposure Compensation
     3 EV in increments of 1/3EV 
  • Exposure Lock
     Luminosity locked at detected value with AE-L/AF-L button 
  • ISO Sensitivity
     100- 3200
     6400
  • Active D-Lighting
     On
    Off 
  • Autofocus System
     Hybrid autofocus (phase detection/contrast-detect AF)
    AF-assist illuminator  
  • AF-area mode
     Single-point AF: 135 focus areas
    Auto-area AF: 41 focus areas
    Subject tracking
    Face-priority AF 
  • Focus Lock
     Focus is locked by pressing AE-L/AF-L button or lightly pressing shutter release button in (S) AF 
  • Focus Modes
     Auto (AF)
    Auto AF-S/AF-C selection (AF-A)
    Single-servo AF (AF-S)
    Continuous-servo (AF-C)
    Full-time Servo (AF-F)
    Manual Focus (MF) 
  • Built-in Flash
     Yes 
  • Guide Number
     5/16 (m/ft ISO 100, 20C/68F) Approx. 
  • Flash Control
     i-TTL flash control using image sensor available 
  • Flash Mode
     Fill-flash
    Red-eye reduction
    Rear curtain with sync
    Rear curtain with slow sync
    Slow sync
    Slow sync with red-eye reduction 
  • Flash Compensation
     -3 to +1 EV in increments of 1/3 EV 
  • Flash-ready indicator
     Lights when built-in flash unit is fully charged  
  • White Balance
     Auto
    Incandescent
    Fluorescent
    Direct Sunlight
    Flash
    Cloudy
    Shade
    Preset Manual
    All except preset manual with fine tuning 
  • Movie Metering
     TTL exposure metering using main image sensor 
  • Movie Metering method
     Matrix
    Center-weighted: Meters 4.5mm circle in center of frame
    Spot: Meters 2mm circle centered on select focus area 
  • Movie File Format
     MOV 
  • Movie Video Compression
     H.264/MPEG-4 Advanced Video Coding 
  • Movie Audio recording format
     AAC 
  • Movie Audio recording device
     Built-in stereo microphone; sensitivity adjustable 
  • Movie
     HD: 1920 x 1080/60i
    HD: 1920 x 1080/30p
    HD: 1280 x 720/60p
    Slow-motion: 640 x 240/400fps
    Slow-motion: 320 x 120/1200fps
    Motion Snapshot: 1920 x 1080/60p (plays at 24p)
    Audio file format: ACC
    Movie file format: MOV 
  • Monitor Size
     3.0 in. diagonal
  • Monitor Resolution
     460,000 Dots
  • Monitor Type
     TFT-LCD with brightness adjustment 
  • Interface
     USB: Hi-speed USB
    HDMI output: Type C mini-pin HDMI connector 
  • Supported Languages
     Arabic
    Chinese (Simplified and Traditional)
    Czech
    Danish
    Dutch
    English
    Finnish
    French
    German
    Indonesian
    Italian
    Japanese
    Korean
    Norwegian
    Polish
    Portuguese
    Russian
    Spanish
    Swedish
    Thai
    Turkish
    Spanish 
  • Date, Time and Daylight Savings Time Settings
     Yes 
  • World Time Setting
     Yes 
  • Battery / Batteries
     EN-EL20 Lithium-ion Battery 
  • Battery Life (shots per charge)
     230 shots (CIPA)
  • AC Adapter
     EH-5b AC Adapter
    Requires EP-5C Power Supply Connector 
  • Tripod Socket
     1/4 in. 
  • Approx. Dimensions
    Width 4.2 in. (106mm)
    Height 2.4 in. (61mm)
    Depth 1.2 in. (29.8mm)
     Excluding projections. 
  • Approx. Weight
     8.3oz. ( 234g)
     camera body only 
  • Operating Environment
     32 to 104F (0 to 40C)
    Less than 85% humidity (no condensation) 
  • Supplied Accessories
     
    • EN-EL20 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery
    • MH-27 Battery Charger
    • UC-E6 USB Cable
    • BF-N1000 Body Cap
    • AN-N1000 Strap
    • ViewNX 2
    • Short Movie Creator CD
    • User's Manual
    • Reference manual CD
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Aiptek Z3 SportyCam FHD Outdoor Camcorder - Black


- Internal 40MB Memory, Supports Micro SD/SDHC Card, HD 1080p, 4x Digital Zoom, 1.5"LCD, High Quality Glass Lens, H.264
SportyCam Z3
 
Full HD Outdoor Camcorder
 
  • Full HD (1920 x 1080p) wide-angle camcorder
  • High quality glass lens
  • Remote controlled operation
  • Waterproof diving case
  • Including mounts for bike, flat surfaces and helmet
 
SportyCam Z3 is a Full HD outdoor camcorder with an ultra wide-angle lens. Small, light and fully equipped with the best hardware, the Z3 is the ultimate tool for all outdoor activities such as diving, surfing, climbing, and biking. Equipped with a wide range of mounting plates and fixing materials the SportyCam Z3 can be attached under all circumstances. The Full HD wide-angle lens records in uncompromising quality. Operate the Z3 easily and comfortably with the handy remote control. Or enjoy your experiences again by connecting the SportyCam Z3 to your HDTV. No matter which activity, no matter how deep or high, the SportyCam Z3 will follow you.
 
Product Features
 
  • Full HD (1920x1080p) progressive 30fps
  • 720p HD cideo recording with 60fps for fast moving actions
  • AVC H.264 video compression records high quality videos while maximizing the space in recording media
  • Supports HDTV via HDMI or SDTV via composite AV-out
  • External card slot for microSD/SDHC cards up to 32 GB
  • inklusive diving case (30 m waterproof)
  • Tripod thread on both, camera and underwater case
  • Easy operation via remote control (can be used for several devices simultaneously)
  • Coming with bike mount, three-way pivot arm, 2x mount plates, 2x clip and velcro for flexible mounting
 
Specifications:
 
Sensor Type 5 Megapixels (2048x1536) CMOS sensor
View Angle

Full HD: 130
HD 720p: 170

Frame Rate at
Video Mode

Full HD: 1920x1080, 30 fps, 16:9
HD: 1280 x 960, 30 fps, 4:3
HD: 1280 x 720, 60 fps, 16:9
HD: 1280 x 720, 30 fps, 16:9
WVGA: 848 x 480, 60 fps, 16:9

Still Image
Resolution
8 M (3200x2400) 4:3 - interpolated
5 M (2592x1944) 4:3
3 M (2048x1536) 4:3
Bitrate

FullHD: 12Mbit, 6Mbit
HD; WVGA: 8 Mbit, 4Mbit

File format AVC (Advanced Video Coding) H.264 (.MOV), JPEG, WAV
Internal Memory 40 MB
External Memory micro SD / SDHC up to 32 GB
LCD Display 1.5 " (3,7 cm) diagonal, 270 | 960x240 Pixels
Aperture Range F2.8
Focal length f=2.8 mm
Focus Range

30 cm ~

Digital Zoom

4x (HD, WVGA)

Waterproof

IP 68 (39m) with additional case

Shock resistent

Yes

Remote Control

Yes (Rec, -Stop, Snapshot)

Operation

Sensor buttons

Functions  
Keylock Yes
Sound Trigger Yes, 65 dB (On, Off)
Exposure Control Auto
White Balance Auto
Internal Mic Yes
Date Stamp Yes (On, Off)
DPOF Yes (Digital Print Order Format)
Speaker Yes
Cyclic Recording Yes (On, Off)
Self Timer Yes (Off, 5, 10 s)
Capture Modes Single, Triple, Continuous (2, 3, 5, 10, 20, 30 or 60 s)
Voice Recorder Yes
Connections  
HDMI mini HDMI
AV-Out 3,5 mm mini jack, NTSC/PAL supported
PC Connection mini USB 2.0
Power  
Charging Time Around 4 h
Input power supply DC: 110 - 240V, 50/60Hz
Output power supply AC: 5V, 1A
Power saving mode Yes (Off, 2, 5 or 10 min)
Battery 1400 mAh, 3,7 V, Li-Ion battery,rechargeable
Batterie Lifetime Video: 4 h
Audio: 5 h
Power consumption 1.3 W
Product Details  
Device Language EN/DE/FR/IT/FI/NO/SV/RU/TC
Manual Language EN/DE/FR/IT
QSG Language EN/DE/FR/IT/FI/NO/SV/RU/TC
Color Black
Dimensions 85 mm x 50 mm x 23 mm (LxWxH)
Weight 81 g
AIPTEK Art.-Nr. 400463
EAN 4719851876653
Warranty 24 months (EU only)
MSRP 179,00
 
+ Package Content
            • SportyCam Z3
            • waterproof case
            • remote control
            • clip for waterproof case
            • clip for remote control
            • three-way pivot arm
            • bike mount
            • flat mount plate
            • curved mount plate
            • velcro
            • wrist-strap
            • mini USB cable
            • manual
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Aiptek V60 PocketCinema DLP Pico Projector with Office Reader - 640x480, 50 Peak Lumens, 35 Lumens, 1000;1, Internal 2GB Memory, HDMI, USB & AV Input

PocketCinema V60

DLP Pico Projector with Office Reader
 
  • DLP optical technology with RGB LED
  • Picture size up to 60 (150 cm)
  • Native Office and PDF Reader
  • HDMI, USB & AV input
  • Video/Music/Photo playback
 
Aiptek PocketCinema V60 is a pico projector with versatile features and functions to perform both business presentation and personal entertainment. The DLP technology used is the same as in large cinema projectors, which provides rich colors and deep contrast in image with the projection size up to 150 cm (60") and 50 lumens of brightness. The built-in office and PDF reader allows you to project presentation directly without conversion. Or, simply connect PocketCinema V60 to a BluRay player, a notebook, or a tablet via HDMI and enjoy a movie. Adopted the energy saving and long lifetime LED technology, the PocketCinema V60 is the ideal and portable companion for business and entertainment.
 
  • DLP Technology provides sharp and rich image quality
  • 50 lumens of brightness
  • Modern RGB LED with a working lifetime up to 20.000 hours
  • Projects photos and videos up to 60” (150 cm) picture size
  • Built-in Office & PDF reader allows you to project your presentations
  • directly without converting
  • Connection via HDMI port for projection from Notebook or Tablet
  • Supports SD/SDHC memory cards up to 32GB and USB sticks
  • Embedded rechargeable Li-Polymer battery
 
Product Features
 
Optical technology DLP
Light Source RGB LED
LED Lifetime up to 20.000 h
Contrast 1000:1
Resolution 640 x 480 Pixel (VGA)
Aspect Ratio 4:3
Projection Image Size (diagonal) 6 " ~ 60" (15.2 cm ~ 152.4 cm)
Projection Distance

7.9 " ~ 78.7" (20 cm ~ 200 cm)

Brightness

50 Peak Lumens
35 ANSI Lumens

Focus Manual
Lens Offset 50 %
Internal Memory 2 GB (around 1.5 GB for storage)
Internal Speaker Yes
Interface 7 Touch Buttons
Projection Sources Internal Memory, AV in, HDMI in, microSD/SDHC, USB mass storage device
Connections  
micro USB For file transfer, power bank (e.g. smartphone)
AV Port AVIn: 3.5 mm mini jack, PAL & NTSC
Audioout: 3.5 mm mini jack
DV in Charging
HDMI HDMI input (A type)
Playback formats
 
Photo *.jpeg, *.jpg, *.bmp
Video *.avi, *.mov, *.mp4, *.mpg
Audio *.mp3, *.wav, *.ogg
Document *.ppt, *.pptx, *.doc , *.docx, *.xls, *.xlsx, *.pdf
Product Details
 
Dimensions 135 mm x 65 mm x 22 mm (LxWxH)
Color Black
Weight 180 g
Model Code VR6
Cooling Aktiv
OSD Language EN/DE/FR/IT/ES/NL/PT
Power  
Battery Type Integrated, 3000 mAh, Li-polymer, rechargeable
Battery Lifetime Eco: 100 min
Normal: 80 min
Enhanced: 60 min
Power Supply Input: 100 ~ 240 V AC
Output: 5V, 3A DC
Power for external
USB Devices

Max. 500 mA, 5V

Power saving

1 min / 3min / 5 min / 10 min / 20 min / 30 min / Off

Power Consumption

TBA

Logistic Data
 
Giftbox Language EN/DE/FR/IT/ES/NL/RU/AR
Manual Language EN/DE/FR/IT/NO/FI/RU/AR
Dimension Giftbox 190 mm x 165 mm x 80 mm (LxWxH)
Weight Giftbox 0.7 kg
AIPTEK Art.-Nr. 430033
EAN 4719851877223
Warranty 24 months (EU only)
 
+ Package Contents
            • PocketCinema V60
            • Power adapter
            • Pouch
            • HDMI cable
            • micro USB cable
            • USB Adapter cable
            • Manual
 
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Aiptek V100 PocketCinema DLP Pico Projector - 854x480, 100 Lumen Power Mode, 50 Lumen Battery Mode, 16;9, 1000;1, HDMI, USB & AV input

PocketCinema V100

 
DLP Pico Projector
 
  • DLP optical technology with RGB LED
  • Picture size up to 120 (300 cm)
  • WVGA (854 x 480 Pixel) resolution
  • Video/Music/Photo playback
  • HDMI, USB & AV input
 
PocketCinema V100 is a compact Pico projector and the best solution for business. The DLP chip used, familiar in large cinema projectors, provides rich colors and high contrasts with a brightness of up to 100 lumens. Versatile connection options such as HDMI-in, AV-in, USB or SDcard slot make the V100 a universal projection machine. Use it in the office, at home or on the road; share your life, your ideas and your passion without compromising quality or brightness.
 
  • DLP Technology provides sharp and rich image quality
  • Modern RGB LED with a working lifetime up to 20.000 hours
  • Projects photos and videos up to 120 (300 cm) picture size
  • WVGA (854 x 480 Pixel) resolution in 16:9 ratio
  • Supports SD/SDHC memory cards up to 32GB and USB sticks
  • Connection via HDMI port to PC or Notebook for projection
  • HD video playback up to 1080p video resolution
  • Supports Android & Blackberry Smartphone storage projection via
  • USB cable and power bank feature
  • Embedded rechargeable LiPolymer battery
 
Technical Details
 
Product Features
 
Optical technology DLP, 0,3"
Light Source RGB LED
LED Lifetime up to 20.000 h
Contrast 1000:1
Resolution 854 x 480 Pixel (WVGA)
Aspect Ratio 16:9
Projection Image Size (diagonal) 12 " ~ 120 " (30 cm ~ 300 cm)
Projection Distance

19 " ~ 118 " (50 cm ~ 300 cm)

Brightness

Power Mode: up to 100 Lumen
Battery Mode: up to 50 Lumen

Focus Manual
Lens Offset 100 %
Internal Speaker Yes
Internal Memory 2 GB
Interface 6 Buttons
Projection Sources HDMI, AV, internal memory, USB, SD/SDHC card,, Android / Blackberry device
Projection Modes Normal, Mirrored, Ceiling, Rear
Connections  
USB Mini USB 2.0 for file transfer
USB Sticks, Android Storage Projection
AV-in 3,5 mm mini jack, PAL & NTSC
Audio-out 3,5 mm mini jack
card slot SD / SDHC up to 32 GB
HDMI-in mini HDMI
VGA D-Sub (via optional adapter cable)
Component YcBCr (via optional adapter cable)
Playback formats
 
Photo JPEG, BMP
Video H.264, *.mov, *.avi, *.mp4, *.3gp
Audio *.mp3, *.wav
Power  
Battery Type Integrated, 1600 mAh, 7.4 V, Li-polymer, rechargeable
Battery Lifetime Up to 90 minutes
Power Supply Input: 100 ~ 240 V AC
Output: 12V, 2A DC
Power Consumption

AC Mode: 15.1 W / Power Save: 12.5 W
Battery Mode: 12.5 W / Power Save: 7.1 W
Charging Mode: 20.0 W

Product Details
 
Dimensions 106 mm x 102 mm x 32 mm (LxWxH)
Color Black
Weight 208 g
Model Code V100
Cooling Aktiv
OSD Language EN/DE/FR/IT/ES/PT/NL/NO/FI/DK/SV/RO/PL/RU/TR
Logistic Data
 
Giftbox Language EN/DE/FR/IT/ES/NL/RU/AR
Manual Language EN/DE/FR/IT/NO/FI/RU/AR
Dimension Giftbox 191 mm x 188 mm x 76 mm (LxWxH)
Weight Giftbox 1,1 kg
AIPTEK Art.-Nr. 430029
EAN 4719851876615
Warranty 24 months (EU only)
MSRP 349,00
 
Package Contents
            • PocketCinema V100
            • Power adapter
            • remote control
            • HDMI cable
            • AV cable
            • USB cable
            • USB Adapter cable
            • Quick Start Guide
 
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Aiptek I50S MobileCinema DLP Pico Projector + Powerbank - 640x480, 35 Lumens, 1000;1, To Suit iPhone 4/4S - Black

MobileCinema i50S

 
DLP Pico Projector for iPhone
 
  • DLP light engine with RGB LEDs
  • Picture size up to 150 cm (60)
  • 35 ANSI lumen of brightness
  • Power bank for iPhone charging
  • Made for iPhone 4 and iPhone 4S
 
MobileCinema i50S is the perfect gadget for your iPhone 4 and iPhone 4S. The compact projector is just like a second skin put on your iPhone and projects all kinds of media onto a screen size of up to 150 cm (60"). Simply connect, play and enjoy your private movie show. With its 35 ANSI lumens, MobileCinema i50S provides more than double the brightness of similar products on the market. The DLP chip used, familiar in large cinema projectors, provides rich colors and high contrasts. The internal battery can also be used to charge your iPhone. Thus, MobileCinema i50S is not only an ultracompact Pico projector, but also a powerful battery bank that makes this gadget really unique.
 
  • DLP technology for sharp and colorful pictures
  • Modern, energysaving RGB LEDs for up to 20,000 hours lifetime
  • 35 ANSI lumen of brightness with 640 x 480 (VGA) Pixel resolution
  • Projects image up to 150 cm (60 ") diagonal
  • 1000:1 contrast ratio
  • Special App for photo/video sharing, web browsing or live view
  • Built-in rechargeable battery for up to 120 min projection or 60% power for iPhone
  • Compatible with iPhone iPhone 4 and 4S
 
Specifications:
 
Optical Technology DLP
Licht Source RGB LED
LED Lifetime up to 20.000 h
Contrast 1000:1
Resolution 640 x 480 Pixel (VGA)
Aspect Ratio 4:3
Projection Image
Size (Diagonal)
15.2 cm ~ 152.4 cm (6 ~ 60 )
Projection Distance
20 cm ~ 200 cm (8 ~ 80 )
Brightness
35 ANSI Lumen
Focus Manual
Offset 50 %
Interface Focus, Mode Switch, On, Off, Charging (iPhone)
Projection Modes Text, Video, Eco
Projections Source iPhone 4, iPhone 4S (30 pin Connector)
Cooling Passive
Connections  
Micro USB 2-in-1: data transfer, charging
Software & System Requirements
Software  Aiptek Viewer
Operating System  iOS 4.0 or higher
Power  
External 5V, 0.5 A DC
Battery Internal, 1850 mAh Li-polymer, rechargeable
Batterie Lifetime
Projection mode: 120 min
Charging iPhone: 60%
Power consumption Projection mode: 4.5 W
Charging iPhone: 5 W
Product Details
 
Giftbox Language
EN/DE/FR/IT/ES/NL
Manual Language EN/DE/FR/IT/ES/NL
Color black
Dimension 125 mm x 67 mm x 20 mm (LxWxH)
Weight 100 g
AIPTEK Art.-No. 430035
EAN 4719851877070
Warranty 24 Months (for EU only)
MSRP 229,00
 
+ Package Conetents
            • MobileCinema i50S
            • Pouch
            • USB cable
            • Quick Start Guide
 
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Aiptek I50D MobileCinema DLP Pico Projector - 640x480, 35 Lumens, 1000;1, To Suit iPad, iPhone and iPod - Black/Silver

MobileCinema i50D

 
DLP Pico Projector for iPad
 
  • DLP light engine with RGB LEDs
  • Picture size up to 150 cm (60 )
  • 35 ANSI lumen of brightness
  • Power bank for iPhone charging
  • Made for iPad, iPhone and iPod
 
MobileCinema i50D is the perfect gadget for your mobile Apple device such as iPod, iPad or iPhone. The compact and cable free projector is easy to plug onto your Apple device and projects all kinds of media onto a screen size of up to 150 cm (60"). Simply connect, play and enjoy your private movie show. Or browse the internet in the evening by projecting the content onto the ceiling. The internal battery can also be used to charge your device on the go. Thus, MobileCinema i50D is not only an ultracompact Pico projector, but also a powerful battery bank that makes your Apple product really unique.
 
  • DLP technology for sharp and colorful pictures
  • Modern, energy-saving RGB LEDs for up to 20,000 hours lifetime
  • 35 ANSI lumen of brightness with 640 x 480 (VGA) Pixel resolution
  • Projects image up to 150 cm (60 ") diagonal
  • 1000:1 contrast ratio
  • Special App for photo/video sharing, web browsing or live view
  • Built-in rechargeable battery for up to 120 min projection or 80% power for iPhone
  • Compatible with iPhone 3GS / iPhone4 / iPhone 4S / iPad / iPad 2 / iPad 3 / iPod touch 3rd / iPod touch 4th
 
Specifications:
 

Optical Technology DLP
Licht Source RGB LED
LED Lifetime up to 20.000 h
Contrast 1000:1
Resolution 640 x 480 Pixel (VGA)
Aspect Ratio 4:3
Projection Image
Size (Diagonal)
15.2 cm ~ 152.4 cm (6 ~ 60 )
Projection Distance

20 cm ~ 200 cm (8 ~ 80 )

Brightness

35 ANSI Lumen

Focus Manual
Offset 50 %
Interface Focus, On, Off, Charging
Projections Source iPhone 3GS / iPhone4 / iPhone 4S
iPad / iPad 2 / iPad 3
iPod touch 3rd / iPod touch 4th
Cooling Passive
Connections  
Micro USB charging
Software & System Requirements
Software Aiptek Viewer (not for iPhone 3GS)
Operating System iOS 4.0 or higher
Power  
External 5V, 0.5 A DC
Battery Internal, 1850 mAh Li-polymer, rechargeable
Batterie Lifetime

Projection mode: 120 min
Charging iPhone: 80%

Power consumption Projection mode: 4.5 W
Charging iPhone: 5 W
Charging iPad : 10 W
Product Details
 
Giftbox Language

EN/DE/FR/IT/ES/NL

Manual Language EN/DE/FR/IT/ES/NL
Colour black/silver
Dimension 67 mm x 74 mm x 20 mm(LxWxH)
Weight 110 g
AIPTEK Art.-No. 430036
EAN 4719851877100
Warranty 24 Months (for EU only)
MSRP 229,00
 
+ Package Conetents
 
MobileCinema i50D
 
Pouch
 
USB cable
 
Quick Start Guide
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
22/02

Aiptek A50P MobileCinema DLP Projector - 640x480, 35 Lumen, 1000:1, 4:3, To Suit Samsung Galaxy, HTC, LG New Mobile Series - Black

MobileCinema A50P
 
  • Built-in MHL cable, Plug and Play with Samsung
  • Galaxy, HTC, LG new mobile series
  • Made for Android Smart Phone, Mirror projection
  • HDMI input connectivity
  • Share in 60, 35 lumens brightness
  • Power Bank feature for emergency power charge
 
 
Key Features
 
MobileCinema A50P is the perfect gadget for your MHL or HDMI compatible mobile device.
The compact projector is easily connected via microUSB or microHDMI and projects all types of media content to any surface, up to a size up of 60 inches.
 
Simply connect, play and enjoy a movie to share with others.
The DLP chip design is the same one used in other great cinema projectors, providing rich colors and high contrasts.
 
In addition the internal battery may also be used to charge your mobile phone, thus making the MobileCinema A50P not only an ultra-compact pico projector, but also a powerful battery bank.
 
Key Feature:
 
  • DLP technology for sharp and colorful pictures
  • Modern, energy-saving RGB LEDs for up to 20,000 hours lifetime
  • 45 Lumen brightness with 640 x 480 (VGA) Pixel resolution
  • Projects image up to 150cm (60 ) diagonal
  • 1000:1 contrast ratio
  • No additional software needed direct projection of all your media
  • Built-in rechargeable battery for up to 120 min projection or up to 80% recharge power for your mobile device
  • Compatible with all Mobile-HD-Link (MHL)compatible mobile phones
 

Optical technology

DLP

Light Source

RGB LED

Resolution

640 x 480 Pixel (VGA)

Projection Image Size (Diagonal)

15.2cm ~ 152.4cm (6 ~ 60 )

Projection Distance

20cm to 200cm

Brightness

Up to 40 PEAK Lumen (35 ANSI Lumen)

Projection Sources

MHL compatible device, microHDMI

Dimensions

132 x 71 x 15 mm

Weight (g)

170g

Manual Language

EN/DE/FR/IT/ES/NL

 
Spec :

Optical technology
DLP
Light Source
RGB LED
LED Lifetime
Up to 20.000h
Contrast
1000:1
Resolution
640 x 480 Pixel (VGA)
Aspect Ratio
4:3
Projection Image Size (Diagonal)
15.2cm ~ 152.4cm (6 ~ 60)
Projection Distance
20cm ~ 200cm (7.9 ~ 78.7)
Brightness
35 ANSI lumens
Focus
Manual
Lens Offset
0%
Internal Speaker
Yes
Interface
MHL/Micro HDMI/USB
Projection Sources
Android phone support MHL or Micro HDMI, Notebook/Tablet/DVD Player/Game Player Device with HDMI input
Dimension
132mm x 71mm x 14mm (DxWxH)
Housing Colour
Black
Weight
165g
Model Code
A50P
Power Input
5V, 2A
Power Output
5V, 500mAh
Battery Type
Embedded 1850 mAh Li-polymer rechargeable battery
Battery Lifetime
Projection mode: up to 100min
Power Bank mode: 70 % recharge of the most android MHL phone
Power Consumption
Projection mode: 7W
Power Bank mode: 2.5W
Software
N/A
Operating System
Device support MHL or Micro HDMI
Package Content
MobileCinema A50P, Pouch, USB cable, Quick Start Guide
Optional Accessories
HDMI adapter, MHL extension cable
Link contains in-depth information about this product Link contains a picture of this product    NA  
Previous Page Next Page